elevator modernization and maintenance - home …homeforward.org/sites/default/files/rfp...

REQUEST FOR BIDS RFB # 03/19-388

ELEVATOR MODERNIZATION AND MAINTENANCE

RFB Issue Date: March 11, 2019Proposal Due Date: April 05, 2019

HOME FORWARD135 SW Ash StreetPortland, OR 97204

ELEVATOR MODERNIZATION AND MAINTENANCE

RFB #03/19 - 388

BID REQUIREMENTS

Contents Form Number # of Pages

Advertisement for Bids HF- 121 1

Instructions to Bidders HF- 221 13

Substitution Request HF- 251 1

(Bid Submittals)Bid Form HF- 301 3

Recently Completed Modernization Projects HF- 302 1

Bid Bond HF- 451 1

Certification, Hazardous Materials Training HF- 551 1

First Tier Sub Contractor Disclosure Form HF- 421 2

MWESB Contact Log HF- 422 1

List of All MWESB Bids Rejected HF- 423 1

Project Equity Report HF- 424 1

CONTRACT CONDITIONS

Agreement for Modernization AIA 104 28 Agreement for Goods and Services 2

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 1 of 213

ADMINISTRATIVE SPECIFICATIONS(Attachment A)

01 11 Summary of Work01 23 Alternates01 30 Administrative Requirements01 33 Submittal Procedures01 40 Quality Requirements01 50 Temporary Facilities & Controls01 60 Product Requirements01 70 Execution and Closeout Procedures01 73 Cutting and Patching

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS(Attachment B)

14 24 00 Hydraulic Elevator Modernization – Medallion Apartments14 21 00 Traction Passenger Elevator Modernization – Schrunk Tower14 21 00 Geared to Gearless Traction Passenger Elevator Modernization – Williams Plaza

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS

(Attachment C)

General Conditions and Specifications for Elevator Full Service Preventive Maintenance

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 2 of 213

ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDSElevator Modernization and Maintenance

RFB #03/19 - 388

Sealed bids will be received at Home Forward’s Procurement & Contracts department (135 SW Ash Street, Portland, OR 97204, 5th Floor) until 11:00 a.m., Friday, April 5, 2019. Shortly thereafter, bids will be opened and read publicly. The First Tier Subcontractor List, form HF-421, must be received by 1:00 p.m. on the same day, April 5, 2019. No bidder may withdraw their bid after the hour set for opening until after the lapse of sixty (60) days from the bid opening.

The elevator equipment at Schrunk Tower (8832 N Syracuse St, 97203), Medallion Apartments (1969 NW Johnson St, 97209) and Williams Plaza (2041 NW Everett St, 97209) is in need of modernization and ongoing preventive maintenance. Each of the three buildings is undergoing occupied rehabilitation. Interim maintenance will commence upon contract execution, followed by modernization and ongoing preventive maintenance. Modernization for all three buildings is anticipated to occur between May 2020 and October 2020. The contracts include modernization and three years of preventive maintenance with two (2) one year extension options. Home Forward intends to issue three contracts as a result of this procurement. Modernization at Medallion Apartments and Williams Plaza will be included under one contract, while modernization for Schrunk Tower will have a separate contract. Maintenance for all three buildings will be on the third contract.

Bid documents are available at www.homeforward.org. Addenda will only be distributed to plan holders and plan centers that have submitted registration forms downloaded from the Home Forward website.

A pre-bid tour of the elevator equipment will be held at 1:00 PM on Monday, March 18, 2019, beginning at Schrunk Tower. Questions posed during the tour that are not addressed in the Solicitation will be answered by addendum.

Home Forward maintains an aspirational goal of 20% MWESB participation in the execution of this project. Prime contractors who do not meet the 20% goal will be required to submit proof that good faith efforts have been made to contract with certified MWESB contractors.

This Project is subject to BOLI prevailing wage rates.

Home Forward may reject any bid not in compliance with the prescribed bidding procedures and requirements, may reject any or all bids, and waive all informalities if doing so is determined by Home Forward to be in the public interest. Questions regarding this project should be directed to Peter Garcia at (503) 802-8549, or [email protected].

Publication Date: March 13, 2019

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 3 of 213

http://www.homeforward.org/

mailto:[email protected]

Elevator Modernization and MaintenanceRFB #03/19 - 388

Page 1 of 13

Page 1 of 13HF-221

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

CONTENTS

1. Point of Contact

2. Product Substitutions Prior To Bid

3. Request For Bid Document Availability

4. Brand Name Usage

5. Bid Bond/Security

6. Performance Bond

7. Labor and Material Payment Bond

8. Public Works Bond

9. Public Prevailing Rate of Wage

10. Overtime (ORS 279C.540)

11. Electronic Reporting

12. Construction Contractors Board License; City of Portland Business License

13. Bidder Responsibility

14. Good Faith Requirements

15. Bid Requirements

16. Protest Procedure

17. Rejection of Bids

18. Contents of Bid

19. Procedure When Only One Responsive Bid is Received

20. Low Tie Bids

21. Award of Contract

22. Registration and Representative in Oregon

23. Cancellation

24. Product Substitutions After Bid


Page 2 of 13

Page 2 of 13HF-221

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

1. POINT OF CONTACTThe single contact for questions regarding the RFB (Request for Bid), forms, Specifications, Plans, bidding process, change, clarification, the award process, protests, and/or any other issues that may arise, is Peter Garcia at 503-802-8549, and e-mail [email protected].

2. PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS PRIOR TO BIDThe materials, products, and equipment described in the Bidding Documents establish a standard of required function, dimension, appearance, and quality to be met by any proposed substitution. No substitution will be considered prior to receipt of Bids unless written request for approval has been received at least ten (10) days prior to the date for receipt of bids. Each such request shall include the name of the material or equipment for which it is to be substituted and a complete description of the proposed substitute including drawings, cuts, performance and test data, and any other information necessary for evaluation. A statement setting forth any changes in other materials, equipment, or other work that incorporation of the substitute would require shall be included. The burden of proof of the merit of the proposed substitute is upon the offeror.

If any proposed substitution is approved prior to receipt of Bids, such approval will be set forth in an Addendum. Bidders shall not rely upon approvals made in any other manner.

3. INVITATION TO BID DOCUMENT AVAILABILITYNotices for RFBs are posted on the Oregon Procurement Information Network (ORPIN). Offerors can view solicitation documents at www.homeforward.org, by following the Work With Us tab and the link to Current Opportunities. Addendums will only be distributed to plan holders and plan centers that have submitted registrations to the RFB contact.

4. BRAND NAME USAGEAny brand name listed in the specifications shall establish the requirements for quality, utility, durability, function, and purpose. See 2, above, for substitutions before bid opening and Section 01 60 00 for product substitutions after bid opening.

5. BID BOND/SECURITYBid Security in the amount of 5% of the total bid for modernization is required. A bidder shall submit or post a surety bond (see HF-451), irrevocable letter of credit issued by an insured institution as defined in ORS706.008, cashier’s check or certified check. No bid will be considered unless accompanied by the required forms and bid security. Bid security is forfeited as fixed and liquidated damages should the bidder neglect or refuse to enter into contract or provide a suitable bond for the faithful performance of the work and for payment of all obligations incurred in performing the work when the bidder is notified of contract award.

6. PERFORMANCE BONDSThe Contractor shall provide and continuously maintain for the terms of the modernization Contracts, performance bonds in the amounts of one hundred percent (100%) of the total modernization Contract prices to guarantee faithful performance of the Contracts and any changes thereto. The bonds shall be payable to HF (Home Forward) and issued by a good and sufficient surety company authorized to transact business in Oregon and listed in the then current U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Circular 570, Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies. The bonds shall be in the form of the Performance Bond included in the Bid Form package. The costs of the bonds shall be borne by Contractor. The successful bidder shall deliver the performance bonds to HF within ten (10) days after it has been notified by HF of award.

http://www.homeforward.org/


Page 3 of 13

Page 3 of 13HF-221

7. LABOR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BONDSThe Contractor shall provide and continuously maintain for the terms of the Contracts labor and material payment bonds in the amount of one hundred percent (100%) of the total modernization Contract prices to guarantee payment for all labor and materials furnished in accordance with the Contract and any changes thereto, as required by ORS Chapter 279C (for the protection of claimants under ORS 279C.600). The bonds shall be payable to HF and issued by a good and sufficient surety company authorized to transact business in Oregon and listed in the then current U.S. Department of Treasury’s Circular 570 as described above. The bond shall be in the form of Labor and Material Payment Bond included in the Bid Form package. The costs of the bond shall be borne by Contractor. The successful bidder shall deliver the payment bond to HF within ten (10) days after it has been notified by HF of award.

8. PUBLIC WORKS BONDPublic Works Bond – Contractor and all subcontractors must have a public works bond in the amount of $30,000 filed with the Construction Contractors Board (CCB) prior to the start of work on a PWR job (ORS 279C.836). The Owner must verify the Contractor’s bond and the Contractor must verify all subcontractors bonds are on file prior to the start of work.

9. PREVAILING RATE OF WAGEThis contract is for public works subject to Oregon Bureau of Labor and Industries (BOLI) prevailing wage requirements as outlined in ORS 279C.800-870. The BOLI requirements include, but are not limited to, the following:

A. Owner shall pay the BOLI public works fee.B. All rates must be paid in compliance with the appropriate BOLI Labor Rates effective at time

of solicitation issuance.C. The rates must be posted in a “conspicuous” or “accessible” location on or around the project

site.D. All wages must be paid by contractor or subcontractors in accordance with this work.E. The prevailing wage identified upon execution of the contract is the wage rate that applies

through the project.F. No person may take action to circumvent the prevailing wage to employees on public works

contracts including but not limited to;1) Reducing an employee’s regular rate of pay on non-BOLI projects in an attempt to offset

the prevailing wage rate on a public works project.G. The certified payroll statement shall include accurate and complete payroll records for the

prior week, including the name and address of each worker, the workers correct classification, rate of pay and daily and weekly number of hours worked, deduction made and actual wages paid.

H. Certified payroll shall be preserved by contractor and subcontractors for not less than a three-year period from the date of the completion of the project.

10. OVERTIME (ORS 279C.540)This project is a “public works” project in the State of Oregon and Oregon Revised Statutes shall apply. Overtime must be paid for:A. Any time in excess of eight hours in one day or 40 hours in any one week in five consecutive

days, Monday through Friday.B. Any time in excess of ten hours in any one day or 40 hours in any one week when the work

week is four consecutive days, Monday through Friday.C. For all work performed on Saturday and Sunday or legal holidays as described in the statute.

11. ELECTRONIC REPORTING"Contractor shall electronically submit all required weekly certified payroll for the Project via LCP Tracker by the 5th business day of each month. The General Contractor shall include in each subcontract a provision requiring the subcontractor (a) to submit all required weekly certified


Page 4 of 13

Page 4 of 13HF-221

payroll for the work on the Project to the attention of the General Contractor's representative by the 5th business day of each month and (b) to include this provision in all of its subcontracts.

The Prime Contractor shall be responsible for certified payroll compliance of all subcontractors.

Questions regarding this requirement should be directed to Peter Garcia at [email protected], or at (503) 802-8549.

Each contractor and every lower tier sub-contractor is required to submit certified payrolls and labor compliance documentation. HF utilizes a Labor Compliance Management System provided by LCP Tracker. The software is a web-based system that is accessible by any web browser. The system was designed to help in reducing contractor and subcontractors’ administrative reporting burden to fulfill the labor compliance requirements.

Upon award of the construction contract, the prime contractor and all subcontractors shall use the system for their monthly progress payment status reports, fringe benefits statements, weekly certified payroll reports and non-performance reports.

The prime contractor shall be responsible for the compliance of all subcontractors in the use of LCP Tracker.

Questions regarding this requirement should be directed to Peter Garcia at 503-802-8549 or [email protected].

12. CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTORS BOARD LICENSE; CITY OF PORTLAND BUSINESS LICENSEA bid may not be received or considered by HF unless the bidder is licensed by the state Construction Contractors Board. A bid may not be received or considered by HF unless the bidder has a valid City of Portland business license.

13. BIDDER RESPONSIBILITYA. In accordance with ORS 279C.375, HF must determine that contract award is made to the

lowest responsible bidder and included in that determination is whether a bidder has available the appropriate financial, material, equipment, facility and personnel resources and expertise; a satisfactory record of performance; and a satisfactory record of integrity.

B. Responsible bidders should demonstrate the successful completion of three (3) elevator modernization projects within the last five (5) years that are similar in nature to the work proposed by this solicitation.

14. GOOD FAITH REQUIREMENTSArticle I. PROGRAM DESCRIPTIONHome Forward has a compelling government interest to ensure that its contracts provide employment opportunities for minority, women, and emerging small businesses (MWESB’s) in order to address historical underutilization. Therefore, on projects estimated at $200,000 or above, Bidders are required to submit documentation showing that Good Faith Efforts (GFE) have been made to contract with MWESB Subcontractors unless Home Forward’s aspirational goal of 20% target business subcontracting participation has been met.

Article II. ASPIRATIONAL GOALTo maximize participation of Target Businesses, Home Forward has adopted an MWESB aspirational goal of 20% of all subcontracts on all construction projects.

Article III. PRE-BID REQUIREMENTSA) Bidders are required to make good faith efforts to contract with MWESB Subcontractors.



Page 5 of 13

Page 5 of 13HF-221

B) Bidders will identify GFE Divisions of Work areas where subcontracting opportunities may exist. Bidders are required to make good faith efforts to contract with MWESB subcontractors for each GFE Division of Work that bidder intends to perform using a subcontractor.

For the purposes of these specifications, “GFE Divisions of Work” shall be defined as: Any work item, or combination of items, that will result in a subcontract or purchase agreement should the prime contractor be awarded this project. There may be multiple subcontract or purchase agreement opportunities within each trade discipline. Bidders are required to make good faith efforts for each opportunity. A bidder may not use a subcontractor to perform any GFE Division of Work unless the bidder has made good faith efforts as required by these specifications with respect to that GFE Division of Work.

C) Bidders are not required to contact MWESB Subcontractors for any Work that will be performed by the Bidders’ own forces.

D) These requirements are contractual obligations and are included in the construction contract. Failure to comply may result in a finding of breach of contract, possible disqualification of the Bidder to bid on future contracts, or a claim for damages.

E) Who to contactFor any work that will be performed by a Subcontractor, Bidders must contact:

1) Each MWESB Subcontractor that attended a pre-bid meeting (if one was held) that specializes in the Work that work will be subcontracted. If the MWESB identified itself only as another potential prime contractor at the pre-bid meeting, however, that MWESB need not be contacted. A list of Subcontractors attending the pre-bid meeting will be provided to all Bidders. AND

2) In addition, the Bidder shall contact a minimum of three (3) MWESB Subcontractors for each scope of work that will be subcontracted. If, for a particular scope of work, there are less than 3 subcontractors certified as MWESB in Multnomah, Washington, and Clackamas Counties, Bidders shall contact all certified Subcontractors in Multnomah, Washington, and Clackamas Counties.

3) Search the State of Oregon’s Certification Office for Business Inclusion and Diversity (COBID) website below to locate potential MWESB subcontractors for each GFE Division of Work. Search NIGP and/or NAICS codes for each GFE Division of Work you intend to subcontract and/or search “Firms by Keyword” (Painting, Welding, etc.). If you have difficulty identifying potential MWESB subcontractors please contact Home Forward’s Equity Coordinator at 503-802-8431.

State of Oregon’s Certification Office for Business Inclusion and Diversity (COBID) website:https://oregon4biz.diversitysoftware.com/FrontEnd/VendorSearchPublic.asp?XID=6787&TN=oregon4biz

F) When to contactBidders shall make the first contact with each MWESB Subcontractor at least seven (7) calendar days before bid opening. For example, if bids are opening on Thursday, the first contact shall be on the Thursday of the preceding week. If bids are opened on Tuesday, then the first contact shall be on the Tuesday of the preceding week.

G) How to contact

https://oregon4biz.diversitysoftware.com/FrontEnd/VendorSearchPublic.asp?XID=6787&TN=oregon4biz

https://oregon4biz.diversitysoftware.com/FrontEnd/VendorSearchPublic.asp?XID=6787&TN=oregon4biz


Page 6 of 13

Page 6 of 13HF-221

1) Bidders shall contact MWESB Subcontractors by phone, email, fax or letter to advise them of potential subcontracting opportunities.

2) Bidders shall follow up any contact to each MWESB Subcontractor to determine if a bid will be submitted or if further information is required. A Subcontractor need not be contacted if that Subcontractor responds to the first contact with a statement that the Subcontractor will not bid on this project or if a Subcontractor already has submitted a sub-bid.

H) What information must be providedBidders shall ensure that MWESB Subcontractors have an equal opportunity to compete for work by having the same information as other subcontractors and shall inform them of the date and time that sub-bids are due. Bidders not achieving at least 20% participation of subcontracting to Target business shall be required to submit documentation of their good faith efforts for review prior to award of the bid.

Home Forward may reject any bid not in compliance with the prescribed GFE bidding procedures and requirements. Home Forward may reject any or all bids and waive all informalities if, in the judgment of HF, it is in the public interest to do so. Questions regarding the GFE requirements should be directed to the RFB Contact.

Article IV. OPTIONAL GOOD FAITH EFFORTSA) Bidders also should consider efforts such as:

1) Advertisements in community based newspapers (i.e. Skanner, Asian Reporter, El Hispanic News, Etc.)

2) Letters to Minority and Women Community Organizations3) Alternative methods of participation in minority, women or emerging small businesses

through arrangements such as joint ventures, negotiated subcontract agreements and competitive bids

4) Purchase of Construction materials and equipment from MWESB suppliers

Article V. SUBMISSION OF REQUIRED DOCUMENTATIONA) HF-421 (FIRST TIER SUBCONTRACTOR DISCLOSURE FORM) DUE DAY OF BID

OPENING BY 1:00 PM – FROM ALL BIDDERS1) Bidders shall submit this form with their bid or by 1:00 p.m. on the day the bid is due.

Otherwise, the bid will be rejected.

2) The bidder’s HF-421 shall list ALL Subcontractors to be used on this contract regardless of the dollar amount. (This is more than what is required by the State of Oregon’s subcontractor disclosure form). If this bid included Alternates for additional work, Bidders shall list ALL first-tier Subcontractors who will be used if HF elects to do the additional work.

3) Bidders shall also list scope of work they intend to self-perform and separately list any scope of work where the identity of the subcontractor who will perform the work is undetermined at bid time.

B) HF-422 (MWESB CONTACT LOG) AND HF-423 (IF APPLICABLE) DUE DAY AFTER BID OPENING BY 1:00PM FROM APPARENT LOW BIDDER1) The apparent low Bidder shall submit HF-422 or equivalent, by 1 p.m. the next business

day following bid submission. Submission of HF-422 is waived only when HF’s 20% aspirational target business subcontracting goal has been met or exceeded, or when all work will be self-performed.

2) Failure to timely submit HF-422 will result in bid rejection. Contractors shall submit additional information upon request if HF believes it needs to clarify the Bidder’s Good Faith Efforts.


Page 7 of 13

Page 7 of 13HF-221

3) If for any reason the apparent low Bidder is not awarded the contract or its bid is rejected, the next apparent low bidder shall submit HF-422 by 1:00 p.m. the next business day following HF’s notification.

C) HF-424 (PROJECT EQUITY REPORT) DUE MONTHLY FROM CONTRACTORThe selected contractor shall list the contract amounts and payment amounts to all Subcontractors (including MBE/WBE/ESB Subcontractors) and second tier Subcontractors on HF-424. All first tier Subcontractors with second tier Subcontractors also must submit HF-424 monthly.

Article VI. ADDITION OR REPLACEMENT OF SUBCONTRACTORS AFTER BID SUBMISSION

A) “The Bidder awarded the Contract shall not replace an MWESB Subcontractor without the consent of HF at any time. In the event that an MWESB Subcontractor must be replaced, the Contractor must submit a Subcontractor Change Request Form to Cathleen Massier at [email protected]”

B) If ANY Subcontractor is added or replaced after the bid is submitted, the successful Bidder shall make good faith efforts to solicit bids from MWESBs for the work to be performed. Documentation of these efforts is required, and must be submitted to Home Forward or designee prior to any changes to be made. Contact Home Forward for any questions on this procedure.

Article VII. ENFORCEMENT AFTER CONTRACT AWARDThe Owner’s commitment to this program is reflected, in part, by the cost of administering the program. Failure to meet the requirements of this section of the contract negates such funding and impairs the Owner’s efforts to promote contracting diversity and to provide fair and equal opportunities to the public as a whole as a result of the expenditure of public funds. Therefore, the parties mutually agree that failure to meet the requirements of this section of the contract, including but not limited to the submission of required documentation, constitutes a material breach of contract.

In the event of a breach of contract, the Owner may take any or all of the following actions:A) Withholding Progress Payments

The Owner may withhold all or part of any progress payment(s) until the Contractor has remedied the breach of contract. In the event that progress payments are withheld, the Contractor shall not be entitled to interest on said payments. If a Subcontractor(s) is responsible for noncompliance with the Good Faith Effort Program requirements, the Owner may choose to withhold only their portion of the progress payment.

B) Liquidated Damages – GFE Program Non-ComplianceThe parties mutually agree that it would be difficult, if not impossible, to assess the actual damage incurred by the Owner for the Contractor’s failure to comply with the Good Faith Effort Program. The parties further agree that it is difficult, if not impossible; to determine the cost to the owner when contracting opportunities are not provided. Therefore, if the Contractor fails to comply with the Good Faith Effort provisions of this contract, the Bidder agrees to pay the sum of $1,000 for each violation. These damages are independent of any liquidated damages that may be assessed due to any delay in the project caused by the Contractor’s failure to comply with this or other provisions of the contract.

C) Liquidated Damages – DelayThe Contractor agrees that any delay to the specified contract time as a result of the Contractor’s failure to comply with the requirements of this section shall subject the Contractor to the amount of liquidated damages specified elsewhere in the contract.

D) Possible DebarmentFailure to comply with the requirements of this portion of the contract may lead to the Contractor’s disqualification from bidding on and receiving other Owner contracts.



Page 8 of 13

Page 8 of 13HF-221

E) Other RemediesThe remedies that are noted above do not limit any other remedies available to the Owner in the event that the Contractor fails to meet the requirements of the Good Faith Effort Requirements.

Article VIII. REVIEW OF RECORDSA) In the event that the Owner reasonably believes that a violation of the requirements of this

section has occurred, the Owner is entitled to review the books and records of the Contractor and any Subcontractors employed on the project to which the requirements of this section are applicable to determine whether such a violation has or has not occurred.

B) In the event that the Contractor or any Subcontractor fails to provide the books and records for inspection and copying when requested, such failure shall constitute a material breach of this contract and permit the imposition of any of the remedies noted in Article VII, including the withholding of all or part of any progress payment(s).

The Following MWESB HF Forms are included in this specification:HF-421 First Tier Subcontractor Disclosure FormHF-422 MWESB Contact LogHF-424 Project Equity Report


Page 9 of 13

Page 9 of 13HF-221

BIDDER CHECKLIST

This Checklist helps identify documents that must be submitted by the Bidder to establish that Good Faith Efforts (GFE) have been made. However, it remains the responsibility of the Bidder to determine all the documents that must be submitted. For purposes of this document, “submitted” means in the physical possession of Home Forward, Procurement Department. All forms can be provided electronically upon request.

DUE DAY OF BID OPENING BY 4:00PM – FROM ALL BIDDERS

HF-421 and HF 423 (if applicable)– Home Forward – First Tier Disclosure Form – Subcontractor and Self-Perform Work List – Provide all required information:(The completed Form 1 must be submitted even if you intend to self-perform ALL the work on this project.) Bidder Name, Bid Number, Bid Amount, and Project Name List ALL Divisions of Work being Self-Performed, Subcontractor Identified, or

Undetermined List ALL Subcontractor information by Division of Work

DUE DAY AFTER BID OPENING BY 1:00PM – FROM THE APPARENT LOW BIDDER WHEN THE 20% ASPIRATIONAL GOAL HAS NOT BEEN MET

HF-422 – Home Forward – Good Faith Effort Program – MWESB Contact / Bids Received Log – Provide all required information.

DUE, MONTHLY, AFTER AWARD OF CONTRACT FROM CONTRACTOR

HF-424 – Home Forward – Project Equity Report

Questions:Please contact the Procurement Department at

Email: [email protected]: (503) 802-8549


Page 10 of 13

Page 10 of 13HF-221

15. BID REQUIREMENTS15.1 COMPLETION OF BID FORMSA) Bids shall be prepared without assistance from any person employed by HF except as stated

in the Paragraph entitled "Clarification of Bidding and Contract Requirements."

B) Each bidder shall furnish all information required by these documents. Each bid shall bear the bidder's name and address, the signature of a person authorized to bind the bidder, and the title of that person. All documents must be clearly and distinctly typed or written with ink. No erasures are permitted. Mistakes must be crossed out and initialed in ink by the person signing the bid. Corrections must be explained in the bid over the signature of the person signing the bid.

C) Bids shall be made only on the Bid Form provided by HF. Bids submitted on any other form may be rejected as non-responsive. No changes shall be made in the wording of the bid forms, and no addition shall be made to the items contained therein. Any additions, limitations, or provisions attached to the bid may render it non-responsive and cause its rejection.

15.2 BID PRICEA) To be the lowest responsive and responsible bidder, the bid must meet the requirements

contained in this Request for Bids and have the lowest total bid price including any exercised alternates, if applicable.

B) All prices on the Bid Form shall be in U.S. dollars.

C) If required on the Bid Form, the unit price for each unit shall be shown. Prices shall include all costs for any items to be delivered, and any work to be performed, including overhead, profit, packing, import duties, delivery charges, insurance, and all other costs. Unit prices must be based upon the units designated on the Bid Form, regardless of the number of units per case as the bidder packs them. Bidders may not specify a minimum quantity for shipment. Bids that attempt to modify the units upon which the unit price is based, that attempt to impose a minimum shipment, or that attempt to condition prices bid in any other way will be rejected as non-responsive. A total shall be entered in the "Total Price” column of the Bid Form for each item. In the case of a discrepancy between a unit price and a total price, the unit price shall be presumed to be correct unless there is apparent evidence on the face of the bid establishing that the extended total bid price is correct. The Total Bid Price will be recalculated by HF based upon unit prices and considered as the basis for awarding the contract if applicable.

15.3 NO TELEGRAPHIC BIDSHF will not accept bids sent telegraphically, such as by fax or e-mail, or any other electronically transmitted bids.

15.4 CLARIFICATION OF BIDDING AND CONTRACT REQUIREMENTSA) A bidder desiring clarification of the meaning of the Request for Bid (RFB) must request the

clarification in writing. Bidders shall immediately notify HF of any ambiguity, error, or omission in the RFB. HF shall furnish to all prospective bidders all information furnished to any prospective bidder regarding a request for clarification. HF shall furnish that information in the form of an addendum to the RFB. Requests for clarification, or reports of errors or omissions, shall be submitted in writing by email to:

Peter GarciaHome Forward135 SW Ash St.Portland, OR 97204Email: [email protected]


Page 11 of 13

Page 11 of 13HF-221

Bidders must reference HF's Bid Number on all correspondence.

B) Any request for clarification must be received by HF's Procurement Department not less than seven (7) days before the scheduled bid opening. HF may decline to consider requests received less than seven (7) days before the scheduled bid opening.

15.5 REVISIONS TO THE REQUEST FOR BIDSHF reserves the right to revise or amend the IFB up to the time set for opening the bids. Revisions and amendments shall be announced only by Addenda to the IFB. Copies of any addenda shall be furnished to all bidders on plan holders list. If addenda are required, the date set for opening bids may be postponed by HF to enable bidders to revise their bids. In any case, bid opening shall be at least five (5) days after the issuance of the last addendum. If the bid opening is postponed, HF will announce the new date for opening bids in an addendum. All bidders are required to acknowledge receipt of each addendum by submitting the form entitled “Receipt of Addenda” with their bid.

15.6 SUBMISSION OF BIDSBidders shall deliver bids to Procurement Dept., Home Forward, 135 SW Ash St., Floor 5, Portland, OR 97204, at or before the time specified in this IFB. No bids shall be accepted by HF after the time specified. HF shall not be liable for delays in delivery of bids to the Procurement Department due to handling by the U.S. Postal Service, any other type of delivery service, or HF's internal mail distribution system. HF shall keep bids unopened until the time fixed for the bid opening. HF reserves the right to postpone the bid opening for its own convenience.

15.7 MARKING OF BIDSEach bid shall be sealed in a suitable envelope that bears the following information on at least one side of the envelope:A) The words "HF - BID FOR:" followed by the name of the project;B) The bid number;C) Bidder's full and correct name; andD) Bidder's address.

15.8 WITHDRAWAL OF BIDSA bidder may withdraw its bid only by a written and signed request that is received by HF's Procurement Department prior to the time that the first bid is opened. Following withdrawal of its bid, the bidder may submit a new bid, provided that it is received prior to the designated time for bid opening. The bidder agrees that after the first bid is opened, its bid constitutes a valid firm offer that shall not be withdrawn sooner than sixty (60) days after bid opening.

16. PROTEST PROCEDUREA) Protest of Solicitation Procedures

Protests of a Solicitation shall only be considered when presented to the HF Procurement and Contracts Managers in writing, in accordance with the following timelines:

Protests shall be submitted to the Procurement and Contracts Manager at the address listed below, in writing, no less than seven (7) days prior to the solicitation closing. Protests not properly asserted within these timelines shall be deemed waived by the protestor.

B) Protest of AwardAn aggrieved Offeror shall have seven (7) business days after the date of issuance of the notice of intent to award to submit to the Procurement and Contracts Manager a written protest of the matter described in the award. The written protest must specify the grounds upon which the protest is based, demonstrate the basis for the protestor’s status as an aggrieved Offeror, and include a postal address at which the protestor will receive the Procurement and Contracts Manager’s response.


Page 12 of 13

Page 12 of 13HF-221

Protests shall be submitted to:Attn. Procurement and Contracts ManagerHome Forward135 SW Ash Street, Floor 5Portland, OR 97204

The Procurement and Contracts Manager shall consider written protest and issue a written decision on protests. The Procurement and Contracts Manager may not consider a protest that is filed in an untimely manner or that fails to allege facts that would support a finding that the protestor is an aggrieved Offeror. If the solicitation documents explicitly provides for a hearing at the request of an Offeror, a hearing will be conducted before the Procurement and Contracts Manager no later than four (4) days after submission of a written protest.

The Procurement and Contracts Manager may at its sole discretion either award the Contract to the protestor or cancel the procurement or solicitation.

17. REJECTION OF BIDSHF may reject a bid for any of the following reasons:A) If the bid is not in substantial compliance with all prescribed public bidding procedures and

requirements;B) If the bid is conditioned in whole or in part upon the addition, revision, or deletion of any

requirement or provision in any part of the RFB;C) If the bid is based upon any substitution that has not been approved by HF;D) If the bidder does not have financial, material, equipment, facilities and personnel resources

and expertise, or the ability to obtain the resources and expertise, necessary to indicate the capability of the prospective bidder to meet all contractual responsibilities;

E) If the bidder does not have a satisfactory record of performance; F) If the bidder does not have a satisfactory record of integrity;G) If the bidder is not qualified legally to contract with HF;H) If the bidder has been debarred under ORS 279B.130 or federally debarred; I) If the bidder has not supplied all necessary information in connection with the inquiry

concerning responsibility. If a prospective bidder fails to promptly supply information requested by HF concerning responsibility, HF shall base its responsibility determination upon any available information, or may find the prospective bidder not to be responsible; or

J) For good cause upon a finding by HF that it is in the public interest to reject the bid or all bids per ORS 279B.100.

18. CONTENTS OF BIDEach Bidder shall complete and submit to HF documents outlined on the Bid Form HF-301

19. PROCEDURE WHEN ONLY ONE RESPONSIVE BID IS RECEIVEDIf HF receives only one responsive bid, HF reserves the right to negotiate this contract with the sole responsive bidder. As a condition of HF's entering into negotiations with the bidder, and as a matter of continuing responsiveness to the IFB, the bidder shall submit detailed cost and price data to HF, and shall allow HF to verify the data. HF will use the cost and price data to determine whether the bid price is fair and reasonable. HF will not award the contract to the bidder if HF determines that the bid price is not fair and reasonable, unless HF and the bidder negotiate a price that is fair and reasonable.

20. LOW TIE BIDSIf two or more responsible bidders submit responsive bids with identical Total Bid Prices, and fitness, availability and quality are equal, HF will award the contract to the bidder who offers goods or services manufactured or produced in Oregon. If two or more of the tied bidders offer goods or services manufactured or produced in Oregon, the contract shall be awarded to the bidder with principal offices or headquarters in Oregon. If two or more of the tied bidders have principal offices or headquarters in Oregon, HF will award the contract to the


Page 13 of 13

Page 13 of 13HF-221

bidder with principal offices or headquarters in Multnomah, Washington or Clackamas County. If two or more of the tied bidders have principal offices or headquarters in Multnomah, Washington or Clackamas County, HF will award the contract to the bidder with principal offices in the City of Portland. If two or more of the tied bidders have principal offices or headquarters in the City of Portland, HF will select the successful bidder publicly by drawing lots. If none of the tied bidders is located in Oregon, HF will award the contract publicly by drawing lots.

21. AWARD OF CONTRACTA) Unless all bids are rejected or this procurement is canceled, the contract shall be awarded to

the lowest responsive and responsible bidder in accordance with the bid form, HF-301. HF may:1) Hold the bids and accompanying checks or bonds under consideration for a reasonable

time until the final award is made;2) Conduct a pre-award survey of any bidder; or3) Waive any minor informality or irregularity in a bid.

B) Within ten (10) days after HF notifies the successful bidder that HF has awarded the contract to the bidder, the successful bidder shall deliver to HF all required documents, including, but not limited to, the signed contract (in duplicate), any required bonds, and any required insurance certificates. The contract with the successful bidder shall not be effective until it has been signed by both Contractor and HF.

C) The contract to be awarded by HF to the successful bidder shall be based upon HF’s IFB and the bid submitted by the successful bidder. A sample of the contract form that the successful bidder shall be required to sign is included. The successful bidder shall not make any additions to, deletions from, or changes in the required contract form, except that the successful bidder shall complete the appropriate blanks in the form and shall sign the form.

22. REGISTRATION AND REPRESENTATIVE IN OREGONA) Prior to commencing performance of the contract, the successful bidder shall register to do

business in Oregon and shall obtain all required licenses.

B) Within ten (10) days after HF notifies the successful bidder that HF has awarded the contract to the bidder, the successful bidder shall notify HF in writing of the name and address of its agent in Oregon who is authorized to accept all legal process on behalf of the successful bidder. The successful bidder shall not change that authorized agent without prior written notice to HF.

23. CANCELLATIONHF reserves the right to cancel award of this contract at any time before execution of the contract if cancellation is deemed to be in HF's best interest. In no event shall HF have any liability for the cancellation of award. The bidder assumes the sole risk and responsibility for all expenses connected with the preparation of its bid.

24. PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS AFTER BID - See Section 01 60 00

END OF SECTION


Page 1 of 1

:HF-251

SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM

TO: Home Forward135 SW Ash StreetPortland, OR 97204Fax: 503 802-8496

Job Title: Job No.:

SPECIFIED ITEM:

Section Page Paragraph Description

The undersigned requests consideration of the following

PROPOSED SUBSTITUTION:

Attached data includes product description, specifications, drawings, photographs, performance and test data adequate for evaluation of the request; applicable portions of the data are clearly identified.

Attached data also includes description of changes to Contract Documents which proposed substitution will require for its proper installation.

The undersigned states that the following paragraphs, unless modified on attachments, are correct:

1. The proposed substitution does not affect dimensions shown on Drawings.

2. The undersigned will pay for changes to building design, including engineering design, detailing the construction costs caused by the requested substitution.

3. The proposed substitution will have no adverse affect on other trades, the construction schedule, or specified warranty requirements.

4. Maintenance and service parts will be locally available for the proposed substitution.

The undersigned further states that the function, appearance and quality of the Proposed Substitution are equivalent or superior to the specified Item.

The undersigned agrees, if this page is reproduced, terms and conditions for substitutions found in biddingdocuments apply to this proposed substitution.

Submitted by:For use by Design Consultant:

Signature: Firm: Accepted Accepted as notedAddress: Not Accepted Received too late

By:Date: Date:Telephone: _______

Attachments:

Remarks: Remarks:

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 17 of 213


Page 1 of 7

Bidders Name:

:HF-301

* * BID FORM * *

Project Title: ______Elevator Modernization and Maintenance_________________________

Bid Opening: 11:00 a.m., Friday, April 5, 2019

TO: Home Forward135 SW Ash StreetPortland, OR 972045th floor, Procurement and Contracting Dept.Ph. 503.802.8541

FROM:

BID STATEMENT:After careful examination of the plans and specifications, including Division 01 and the Work Specifications for the project noted above, I hereby state that I will perform all work described in strict adherence to the contract documents for the lump sum base bid of:

1. Medallion ApartmentsA. Full Modernization on Two (2) Hydraulic Elevators

$

Write Dollar Amount: Dollars

$___30,000 ss Cab Allowance per Section 2.06(A)

Do not include the cost for the following items in the Base Bid:

Interim Elevator Preventive Maintenance – Item C Elevator Preventive Maintenance – Item D

B. Add Alternates (Medallion Apartments)

Add Alternate M1 – Hydraulic Power Unit, Section 2.03(A)

$_________________

Write Dollar Amount: ____________________________________ Dollars

Add Alternate M2 – Provide non-proprietary controller, Section 2.03(C)

$_________________


RFB 03/19 - 388Page 18 of 213


Page 2 of 7

Bidders Name:

:HF-301

C. Interim Elevator Preventive Maintenance (Medallion Apartments)Interim Elevator Service will commence when upon contract execution. The scope of work required for the Interim Elevator Preventive Maintenance shall be as stated in Attachment C – General Conditions and Specifications for Elevator Full Service Preventive Maintenance

1. Cost Per Month

Elevator #1 - PXH-5160: $

Elevator #2 - PXH-15449: $

TOTAL $

2. When each elevator is taken fully out of service for the Elevator Modernization, the prorated Interim Elevator Preventive Maintenance cost will be suspended. When each elevator is placed fully back in service, payment of the maintenance cost to the Elevator Contractor will resume.

3. The Interim Elevator Preventive Maintenance rate shall continue until all modernized elevators are accepted by the Owner and State of Oregon Elevator Inspector after substantial completion, and also includes Elevator Contractor’s completion of all punch list items required by the Owner.

D. Elevator Preventive Maintenance (Medallion Apartments)The Elevator Preventive Maintenance will commence upon the full and successful completion and acceptance of elevator modernization. The terms of Attachment C – General Conditions and Specifications for Elevator Full Service Preventive Maintenance shall apply to all maintenance work done by Contractor under this Contract.

1. Cost Per Month

ELEVATOR YEAR 1 YEAR 2 YEAR 3

#1 - PXH-5160

#2 - PXH-15449

TOTAL

a. Price adjustments shall be limited to a maximum of four percent (4.0%) per year.

2. Schrunk TowerA. Full Modernization on Two (2) Traction Elevators

$


$___30,000 ss Cab Allowance per Section 2.06(F)



RFB 03/19 - 388Page 19 of 213


Page 3 of 7

Bidders Name:

:HF-301

B. Add Alternates (Schrunk Tower)

Add Alternate S1 – Gearless Machine, Section 2.03(A)(2)

$_________________


Add Alternate S2 – New larger car, Section 2.06(B) **If exercised, this alternate will have an effect upon the schedule that will be addressed upon acceptance**

$_________________


Add Alternate S3 – Provide non-proprietary controller, Section 2.07(A)

$_________________


C. Interim Elevator Preventive Maintenance (Schrunk Tower)Interim Elevator Service will commence when a signed contract and Notice to Proceed is sent to Elevator Contractor for the Elevator Modernization. The starting date will be determined by mutual agreement between Owner and Contractor and noted in the Contract Acceptances and Notice to Proceed. The scope of work required for the Interim Elevator Preventive Maintenance shall be as stated in Attachment C – General Conditions and Specifications for Elevator Full Service Preventive Maintenance

1. Cost Per Month

Elevator #1– PXVE-6065: $

Elevator #2– PXVE-6064: $

TOTAL $



D. Elevator Preventive Maintenance (Schrunk Tower)The Elevator Preventive Maintenance will commence upon the full and successful completion and acceptance of elevator modernization. The terms of Attachment C – General Conditions and Specifications for Elevator Full Service Preventive Maintenance shall apply to all maintenance work done by Contractor under this Contract.

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 20 of 213


Page 4 of 7

Bidders Name:

:HF-301

1. Cost Per Month


#1 – PXVE-6065

#2 – PXVE-6064

TOTAL


3. Williams PlazaA. Full Modernization on Two (2) Traction Elevators

$


$___30,000 ss Cab Allowance per Section 2.06(F)



B. Add Alternates (Williams Plaza)

Add Alternate W1 – Gearless Machine, Section 2.03(A)(2)

$_________________


Add Alternate W2 – Provide non-proprietary controller, Section 2.07(A)

$_________________


C. Interim Elevator Preventive Maintenance (Williams Plaza)Interim Elevator Service will commence when a signed contract and Notice to Proceed is sent to Elevator Contractor for the Elevator Modernization. The starting date will be determined by mutual agreement between Owner and Contractor and noted in the Contract Acceptances and Notice to Proceed. The scope of work required for the Interim Elevator Preventive Maintenance shall be as stated in Attachment C – General Conditions and Specifications for Elevator Full Service Preventive Maintenance

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 21 of 213


Page 5 of 7

Bidders Name:

:HF-301

1. Cost per Month

Elevator #1– PXE-6008: $

Elevator #2– PXE-6009: $

TOTAL $



D. Elevator Preventive Maintenance (Williams Plaza)The Elevator Preventive Maintenance will commence upon the full and successful completion and acceptance of elevator modernization. The terms of Attachment C – General Conditions and Specifications for Elevator Full Service Preventive Maintenance shall apply to all maintenance work done by Contractor under this Contract.

1. Cost per Month


#1 – PXE-6008

#2 – PXE-6009

TOTAL


4. Award of Contract Bidder bidding on Base Bid must provide bids on all alternates and preventive maintenance at all

three properties. Home Forward may exercise any alternates, in any order shown. Unless all bids are rejected or this procurement canceled, the contract shall be awarded to the lowest responsive and responsible bidder for modernization and maintenance, and be based on the base bid plus or minus any alternates exercised, as well as the bids for preventive maintenance.

5. BID CONDITIONS

A. Contracts and Bonds.If the undersigned is notified of the acceptance of this bid within sixty (60) calendar days after the time set for the opening of bids, bidder agrees to execute a contract and to furnish performance and payment bonds for modernization as required by the Contract.

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 22 of 213


Page 6 of 7

Bidders Name:

:HF-301

B. Bid Guarantee.The undersigned further agrees that the amount or penal sum of the check or bid bond (5% of the total bid for modernization only) accompanying this proposal is the measure of damages which the Owner will sustain by failure of the undersigned to execute said agreement and furnish the required bonds, and if the undersigned fails to deliver said documents within ten (10) days after receipt of written notice to Bidder, therein awarding the Contract, then the check shall become the property of the Owner’s Agent or the bond shall remain in full effect; but if this bid is not accepted within sixty (60) days after the time set for the opening of bids, or if the undersigned executes said Contract and delivers said bonds, then the check shall be returned to the originator or the bond shall become void.

C. Compliance Reports.The bidder represents that all previous projects that bidder has participated in as contractor or subcontractor, when subject to the Equal Opportunity Clause prescribed by Executive Orders 10925, 11114, 11246 or the Secretary of Labor, Bidder has filed all required compliance reports; and that representations indicating submission of required compliance reports, signed by proposed subcontractors, will be obtained on this project prior to subcontract awards.

D. Contract Time.The project shall be completed within the time allotted in Section 01 11 00 and restated in the GENERAL CONDITIONS, 2.2 & 2.3 or be subject to liquidated damages as defined in the GENERAL CONDITIONS, paragraph 3.5.

6. ATTACHMENTS:

*A. Bid Bond (HF-451)*B. Recently Completed Modernization Projects (HF-302)*C. Certification, Hazardous Materials Training (Form-551)

**D. 1) Subcontract and Self-Performed Work List (HF-421)

* (Documents required to be submitted with bid) ** (Documents submitted to HF by 1:00 PM on the date of the bid)

7. ADDENDA:Receipt of Addenda through is hereby acknowledged. **

** (If applicable, addenda(s) must be acknowledged for acceptance of bid).

8. Please check box if applicable:I am a Section 3 Business registered with the City of Portland……

9. CERTIFICATIONS:

Non-Collusion

The undersigned Bidder hereby certifies that it, its agents, officers, partners, owners, providers, representatives, employees and parties in interest, including the affiant, has not in any way colluded, conspired, connived or agreed, directly or indirectly, with any other Bidder, firm or person, in connection with this solicitation, to submit a collusive or sham Bid, to refrain from bidding, to manipulate or ascertain the price(s) of other Bidders or potential Bidders, or to secure through any unlawful act an advantage over other Bidders or HF.

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 23 of 213


Page 7 of 7

Bidders Name:

:HF-301

The price or prices quoted in the attached Bid have been arrived at in an entirely independent and lawful manner by the Bidder without consultation with other Bidders or potential Bidders or foreknowledge of the prices to be submitted in response to this solicitation by other Bidders or potential Bidders on the part of the Bidder, its agents, officers, partners, owners, providers, representatives, employees and parties in interest, including the affiant.

Conflict Of Interest

The undersigned Bidder and each person signing on behalf of the Bidder certifies, and in the case of a sole proprietorship, partnership or corporation, each party thereto certifies as to its own organization, under penalty of perjury, that to the best of their knowledge and belief, no member of the Board of Commissioners, officer, employee, or person, whose salary is payable in whole or in part by the Owner, has a direct or indirect financial interest in the award of this Bid, or in the services to which this Bid relates, or in any of the profits, real or potential, thereof, except as noted otherwise herein.

Statement of Residency

The undersigned Bidder shall state whether the Bidder is a “resident Bidder” of the State of Oregon or a “nonresident Bidder.”

“Resident Bidder” means a Bidder that has paid unemployment taxes or income taxes in Oregon during the twelve (12) calendar months immediately preceding submission of its bid, has a business address in Oregon, and has stated in its bid whether it is a resident Bidder pursuant to ORS 279A.120.

“Nonresident Bidder” means a Bidder that is not a resident Bidder as defined by ORS 279A.120.

The Bidder shall check the appropriate box:

[ ] Resident Bidder[ ] Nonresident Bidder

If the Bidder checked the box entitled “Nonresident Bidder,” the Bidder shall state in which state, if any, it resides. If the Bidder does not reside in any state, it shall state “None.”

The nonresident Bidder resides in the State of ______________.

ATTEST:

Bidder Signature: Date:

CREDENTIALS

Bidder's Name SS No.

Address: SAIF No.

Federal I. D.

Ph. (Res.) Portland License No.

Ph. (Off.) Oregon Builders Reg. No.

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 24 of 213


Page 1 of 1

:HF-451

BID BOND

KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS, that we, the undersigned,as PRINCIPAL, and as SURETY, are held and firmly bound unto HOME FORWARD, hereinafter called the "Public Housing Authority," in the penal sum of _______________________________ DOLLARS , ($ ),lawful money of the United States, for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.

THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that whereas the Principal has submitted the accompanying Bid, dated , 20 for the furnishing of labor and materials for PROJECT NO. __RFB 03/19 - 388_____Identified as

, in conformance with the Job Specifications bound hereto.

NOW, THEREFORE, if the Principal shall not withdraw said Bid within the period specified therein after the opening of the same, or, if no period is specified within sixty (60) calendar days after the said opening, and shall within the period specified therefore, or, if no period is specified, within ten (10) calendar days after the prescribed forms are presented for signature, enter into a written contract with the Public Housing Authority in accordance with the Bid as accepted, and give bond with good and sufficient surety or sureties, as may be required, for the faithful performance and proper fulfillment of such Contract; or in the event of the withdrawal of said Bid within the period specified, or failure to enter into such Contract and give such bond within the time specified, if the Principal shall pay the Public Housing Authority the difference between the amount specified in said Bid and amount for which the Public Housing Authority may procure the required work or supplies or both, if the later amount be in excess of the former, then the above obligations shall be void and of no effect, otherwise to remain in full force and virtue.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the above-bounded parties have executed this instrument, under their several seals, this day of , 20 , the name and corporate seal of each corporate party being hereto affixed and these presents duly signed by its undersigned representative, pursuant to authority.

(Seal) (Seal)

By (Seal) (Seal) Surety Principal

(Surety's Agent executes and attaches acknowledgment.)

(The above is to be filled in by Surety Company, and the power of attorney of person signing for the surety company must be attached.)

CERTIFICATIONS (To be executed when Principal's agent signs above).

I, , certify that I am the , of the corporation and the signature thereto is genuine; and that said bond was duly signed, and attested to, for and in behalf of said corporation by authority of its governing body.

(Seal) ______________________________Local Representative or Agent Name

Title ______________________________ Local Representative Address

Date ______________________________Local Phone Number

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 25 of 213


Page 1 of 1

Bidders Name:

:HF-302

RECENTLY COMPLETED MODERNIZATION PROJECTS(Required Form)

Modernization Project #1

Owner:

Project:

Cost:

Contact Name / Phone:


Owner:

Project:

Cost:



Owner:

Project:

Cost:


Modernization Project #4 (Optional)

Owner:

Project:

Cost:


Modernization Project #5 (Optional)

Owner:

Project:

Cost:


RFB 03/19 - 388Page 26 of 213

Elevator Modernization and MaintenanceRFB #03/19 – 388

Page 1 of 1

:HF-551

CERTIFICATION: HAZARDOUS MATERIALS TRAINING

This is to certify that all employees of ;(General Contractor / Sub-Contractor)

that are scheduled to have or may have contact with hazardous materials while working on site for project

have received and successfully (Name of Project)

passed training for the following safety standards:

OHSA STANDARDS SECTION 1926.62, & 1910.132LEAD Containing employee protection requirements for construction workers

exposed to lead.

Certified Training by:__________________________________ Date: __________________

EPA’S RENOVATION, REPAIR AND PAINTING FINAL RULE 40 CFR 745LEAD Containing requirements for workers and firms that work in pre-1978 homes and

child-occupied facilities that will impact lead-based paint.

Certified Training by:__________________________________ Date: __________________

OSHA STANDARDS SECTION 1926.1101, & 1910.132ASBESTOS Containing employee protection requirements for construction workers

exposed to asbestos.

Certified Training by: _________________________________ Date: __________________

And are in compliance with ORS 654.122 of Oregon Safe Employment Act.

Additionally:

(1) Employers must assess all asbestos/lead operations for their potential to generate fibers/dust. Employers must use exposure monitoring data to assess employee exposure.

(2) Proper PPE (personal protection equipment) appropriate to the level of hazard observed must be used.

(3) Work-site housekeeping must be in accordance with OHSA standards.

(4) Site clean-up of hazardous materials must be done on a daily basis as per General Conditions clause 2 (g).

(5) Any visible mold growth discovered on building materials during the project is to be reported to Home Forward (HF), or its representative, prior to impact. All activities impacting mold shall follow the HF Mold Remediation Protocols document, dated April 26, 2010.

Contractor:

Authorized Representative:

Date: RFB 03/19 - 388Page 27 of 213


Page 1 of 2

:HF-421

FIRST TIER SUBCONTRACTOR DISCLOSURE FORM

Bidder Name: Total Bid Amount:

Bid Number: Project Name: RFB 03/19 – 388

Bid Closing Date: Time: _________________________________

Please list any identified divisions of work that you did not subcontract along with a brief explanation. This description should indicate what work the prime contractor will retain.

We have elected to subcontract work in the following areas to the following first tier subcontractors furnishing labor or materials. List all first tier subcontractors who will provide labor or materials (including MBE/WBE/ESBs), their address, telephone no., CCB#, fax no., the type of work to be done and the dollar amount of the subcontract. If this bid includes alternatives for additional work, also show all first-tier subcontractors who will be used if HF elects to do the additional work.

Certified Firms MBE/WBE/ESB

Yes/No

SUBCONTRACTORS/MATERIALS SUPPLIERS

(Please Print)

DIVISION OF WORK (Painting, electrical, landscaping, etc.)OR MATERIALS

SUPPLIED

DOLLARAMOUNT OF

SUBCONTRACT

MBE WBE ESBName:Address:City/St/Zip:Phone#:CCB#:Fax#:Name:Address:City/St/Zip:Phone#:CCB#:Fax#:Name:Address:City/St/Zip:Phone#:CCB#:Fax#:Name:Address:City/St/Zip:Phone#:CCB#:Fax#:

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 28 of 213


Page 2 of 2

:HF-421

FIRST TIER SUBCONTRACTOR DISCLOSURE FORM (Additional Page To Be Used As Needed)

Certified Firms MBE/WBE/ESB

Yes/No

SUBCONTRACTORS/MATERIALS SUPPLIERS

(Please Print)

DIVISION OF WORK (Painting, electrical, landscaping, etc.)OR MATERIALS

SUPPLIED

DOLLARAMOUNT OF

SUBCONTRACT

MBE WBE ESBName:Address:City/St/Zip:Phone#:CCB#:Fax#:Name:Address:City/St/Zip:Phone#:CCB#:Fax#:Name:Address:City/St/Zip:Phone#:CCB#:Fax#:Name:Address:City/St/Zip:Phone#:CCB#:Fax#:Name:Address:City/St/Zip:Phone#:CCB#:Fax#:Name:Address:City/St/Zip:Phone#:CCB#:Fax#:

At the completion of each contract the Contractor shall provide final certification of MBE/WBE/ESB Participation listing firm names and dollar amounts of participating sub-contractors and suppliers. Final payment will not be issued until this requirement is met.

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 29 of 213


Page ___ of ___ HF-422

MWESB CONTACT LOG

Bidder Name Bid Number RFB 03/19 - 388

Bidders shall record their contacts with potential MBE/WBE/ESB subcontractors through use of this log or equivalent. Additional forms may be copied if needed.

Contact Record Able to Make

Contact?

Submitting Quote?

Quote Received?

Name of Subcontractor

Contact Method

Date Time Conductor Contact Yes No Yes No Yes NoNotes

Attach copies of all emails, faxes, letters, logs etc.

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 30 of 213


Page 1 of 1

HF-423

LIST OF ALL MWESB BIDS REJECTED (FORM C)

Please list below all bids from MWESB firms that were rejected.

Firm Name Division of Work

Bid Amount Reason for Rejection

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 31 of 213

Project Name:

Contractor Name:

Contract #:

Prime Contract Amount:

Month End Date:

Item Amount % Notes:

Prime Contract Amount:

All Sub-Contracts $ Awarded #DIV/0!

Section 3 Awarded #DIV/0!

MWESB Awarded #DIV/0!

Minority-Owned Business Awarded #DIV/0!

Women-Owned Business Awarded #DIV/0!

Emerging Small Business Awarded #DIV/0!

Prime Contract Spent Amount: #DIV/0!

All Sub-Contract $ Spent #DIV/0!

Section 3 Spent #DIV/0!

Minority-Owned Business Spent #DIV/0!

Women-Owned Business Spent #DIV/0!

Emerging Small Business Spent #DIV/0!

Contractor Scope of Work Section 3? DMWESB?

Original

Contract Amount

Current Contract

Amount

Payment

Made this

Month Total $ Spent % Spent

Section 3

Amount MBE WBE ESB DBE

#DIV/0! -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

#DIV/0! -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

#DIV/0! -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

#DIV/0! -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

#DIV/0! -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

#DIV/0! -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

#DIV/0! -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

#DIV/0! -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

#DIV/0! -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

#DIV/0! -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

#DIV/0! -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

#DIV/0! -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

#DIV/0! -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

#DIV/0! -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

#DIV/0! -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

#DIV/0! -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

#DIV/0! -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

#DIV/0! -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

#DIV/0! -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

#DIV/0! -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

#DIV/0! -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

#DIV/0! -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

#DIV/0! -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

#DIV/0! -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

#DIV/0! -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

#DIV/0! -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

#DIV/0! -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

#DIV/0! -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

#DIV/0! -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

#DIV/0! -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

#DIV/0! -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

#DIV/0! -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Total 30 0 0 -$ -$ -$ -$ #DIV/0! -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

PROJECT EQUITY REPORT

By submitting this document, you are certifying that the firms listed have been utilized by your company in the amounts represented, and that the information contained herein is complete and accurate.

Please complete the grey cells, do not change any other cells' contents or worksheet's layout.

CHANGES TO CONTRACT: Before replacing, substituting, or adding any subcontractor, please contact: [email protected]

Email the completed worksheet as an Excel attachment to [email protected], [email protected], [email protected] no later than the 5th of each month.

MWESB businesses must be currently certified with the State of Oregon's Office for Business Inclusion and Diversity (COBID). Section 3 businesses must be currently

certified with the City of Portland's Section 3 Program.

Although many of the MWESB businesses are certified in more than one MWESB category, they are tracked here in only one category.

The hierarchy is as follows: Minority-owned (MBE), Women-owned (WBE), Emerging Small Business (ESB).

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 32 of 213

AIA®

Document A104TM – 2017Standard Abbreviated Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor

AIA Document A104™ – 2017 (formerly A107™ – 2007). Copyright © 1936, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1974, 1978, 1987, 1997, 2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This draft was produced by AIA software at 19:05:40 on 08/14/2017 under Order No.5120168051_1 which expires on 01/24/2018, and is not for resale.User Notes: AIA A104 - Home Forward - Template - November 14 2017 - wch - v2 (1815311161)

1

ADDITIONS AND DELETIONS: The author of this document has added information needed for its completion. The author may also have revised the text of the original AIA standard form. An Additions and Deletions Report that notes added information as well as revisions to the standard form text is available from the author and should be reviewed.

This document has important legal consequences. Consultation with an attorney is encouraged with respect to its completion or modification.

ELECTRONIC COPYING of any portion of this AIA® Document to another electronic file is prohibited and constitutes a violation of copyright laws as set forth in the footer of this document.

AGREEMENT made as of the « » day of « » in the year « »(In words, indicate day, month and year.)

BETWEEN the Owner:Home Forward135 SW Ash StreetPortland, Oregon 97204

and the Contractor:(Name, legal status, address and other information)

« »« »« »« »« »

for the following Project:(Name, location and detailed description)

« »« »« »

The Architect:(Name, legal status, address and other information)

« »« »« »« »« »

The Owner and Contractor agree as follows.

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 33 of 213


2

TABLE OF ARTICLES

1 THE WORK OF THIS CONTRACT

2 DATE OF COMMENCEMENT AND SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION

3 CONTRACT SUM

4 PAYMENT

5 DISPUTE RESOLUTION

6 ENUMERATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

7 GENERAL PROVISIONS

8 OWNER

9 CONTRACTOR

10 ARCHITECT

11 SUBCONTRACTORS

12 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS

13 CHANGES IN THE WORK

14 TIME

15 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION

16 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY

17 INSURANCE AND BONDS

18 CORRECTION OF WORK

19 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

20 TERMINATION OF THE CONTRACT

21 CLAIMS AND DISPUTES

ARTICLE 1 THE WORK OF THIS CONTRACT§ 1.1 The Contractor shall execute the Work described in the Contract Documents, except as specifically indicated in the Contract Documents to be the responsibility of others.

§1.2 THE OWNER’S RELIANCE ON THE CONTRACTOR AND SUBCONTRACTORS §1.2.1 The Owner and Contractor acknowledge and agree that (1) all Work performed by the Contractor and Subcontractors at all tiers shall be performed in the interests of the Owner and for its benefit, (2) the Contractor and Subcontractors at all tiers are authorized by the Owner to exercise their own independent, professional and trade judgments in performing their contractual obligations pursuant to this Section 1.2.1 on behalf of the Owner, (3) the Owner will be relying on the Contractor and Subcontractors at all tiers to perform their obligations consistent with this Section 1.2.1 and (4), as a result, the Contractor and Subcontractors at all tiers shall owe a duty to the Owner to exercise reasonable care and to avoid negligence in performing their obligations under the Contract and on the

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 34 of 213


3

Project. The Contractor shall cause a provision equivalent to this Section 1.2.1 to be included in all subcontracts with Subcontractors.

§1.3 CONSTRAINTS ON OPERATIONS AT THE PROJECT SITE§1.3.1 In addition to its other obligations under this Agreement, the Contractor shall:

.1 perform the Work and conduct its operations at the Project site so as not to interfere with Owner’s operations and other activities;

.2 comply with all safety, drug testing, employee orientation, hazardous materials, hours of operation, space utilization, materials storage and delivery, clean-up and similar such rules, procedures and requirements relating to working and operating at Owner’s facilities.

ARTICLE 2 DATE OF COMMENCEMENT AND SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION§ 2.1 The date of commencement of the Work shall be the date to be set forth in a notice to proceed issued by the Owner. The commencement of the Work shall be authorized by the Owner in the notice to proceed, and the Contractor shall commence the Work pursuant to the notice to proceed, to be issued no later than ________ , 201_.

§ 2.2 The Contract Time shall be measured from the date of commencement.

§ 2.3 Substantial Completion§ 2.3.1 Subject to adjustments of the Contract Time as provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall achieve Substantial Completion of the entire Work not later than _____________, 201_ and shall achieve Final Completion of the entire Work not later than fourteen (14) days after the date required for achievement of Substantial Completion.

§ 2.3.2 Subject to adjustments of the Contract Time as provided in the Contract Documents, if portions of the Work are to be completed prior to Substantial Completion of the entire Work, the Contractor shall achieve Substantial Completion of such portions by the following dates:

Portion of Work Substantial Completion Date

§ 2.3.3 If the Contractor fails to achieve Substantial Completion as provided in this Section 2.3, liquidated damages, if any, shall be assessed as set forth in Section 3.5.

§ 2.3.4 The Contractor also shall perform the Work in compliance with the Construction Schedule set out in Exhibit A attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference, subject to adjustments therein as provided in the Contract Documents.

§ 2.4 ACCELERATION OF THE WORK§ 2.4.1 If during the course of construction the Owner or Architect determines that the performance of the Work has not progressed or reached the level of completion required by the current, approved Construction Schedule, the Owner shall have the right to order the Contractor to take corrective measures as necessary to restore the progress of the construction to the requirements of such schedule, including but not limited to (1) working additional shifts or overtime, (2) furnishing additional labor, services, materials, equipment and facilities and (3) other similar acceleration measures. The costs incurred by the Contractor pursuant to this Section 2.4.1 shall be paid by the Contractor.

§ 2.4.2 In the circumstances referenced in Section 2.4.1, and without limiting the Owner’s rights under that Section, upon demand by the Owner, the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Owner and Architect a Recovery Schedule, in a form and providing sufficient detail to explain and display how the Contractor intends to reschedule the Work to regain compliance with the Construction Schedule during an agreed Recovery Period.

§ 2.4.2.1 Within seven (7) days after the Contractor’s receipt of the Owner’s demand for a Recovery Schedule, the Contractor shall present the Recovery Schedule to the Owner and Architect. The Recovery Schedule shall represent the Contractor’s best judgment as to how the Work should be made to comply with the Construction Schedule

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 35 of 213


4

within the agreed Recovery Period. The Recovery Schedule shall be prepared to a similar level of detail as the Contractor’s Construction Schedule.

§ 2.4.2.2 Five (5) days prior to the expiration of the agreed Recovery Period, the Owner, Architect and Contractor shall confer to determine whether the Contractor has regained compliance with the Construction Schedule. If in the opinion of the Owner the Contractor is still not in compliance with the Construction Schedule, the Contractor shall prepare another Recovery Schedule pursuant to Sections 2.4.2 and 2.4.2.1, to take effect during the immediate subsequent agreed Recovery Period. If in the opinion of the Owner the Contractor has regained compliance with the Construction Schedule, the use of the Construction Schedule shall be resumed.

§ 2.5 Nothing in this Article 2 or any other provision of this Agreement shall be construed or applied to prevent or bar the Owner from directing the Contractor to accelerate the Work at the Owner’s expense pursuant to Article 13.

ARTICLE 3 CONTRACT SUM§ 3.1 The Owner shall pay the Contractor the Contract Sum in current funds for the Contractor’s performance of the Contract. The Contract Sum shall be « » ($ « » ), subject to additions and deletions as provided in the Contract Documents.

3.1.1 The Contract Sum includes all sales, consumer, use and other similar taxes applicable by law to the Work and the Contract or portions thereof, except as set out in Section 9.5.

§ 3.1.2 The Contract Sum does not include the cost of the building permit. Such permit shall be paid and reimbursed pursuant to Section 9.6.1.

§ 3.1.3 The Contract Sum is based upon the following alternates, if any, which are described in the Contract Documents and are currently accepted or not accepted by the Owner as follows:

Accepted or Deadline For Impact on ContractNo. Description Not Accepted Acceptance Sum if Accepted___ _________________ ___________ ________, 200__ $ __________________ _________________ ___________ ________, 200__ $ __________________ _________________ ___________ ________, 200__ $ _______________

§ 3.1.4 The Contract Sum is based on the following unit prices, if any:(Identify the item and state the unit price and the quantity limitations, if any, to which the unit price will be applicable.)

Item Units and Limitations Price per Unit ($0.00)

3.1.4.1 The Contractor acknowledges and agrees that the quantities indicated in Section 3.1.4, if any, are estimates and that neither the Owner nor the Architect is a guarantor of any particular quantities of unit price Work. In the event the actual quantities differ so significantly from the estimated quantities that application of the agreed unit prices would result in an inequity to either the Owner or the Contractor, the unit prices shall be equitably adjusted.

§ 3.1.4.2 Unit prices, if any, to be applied to Work under Change Orders or Construction Change Directives shall be as set out in Article 13.

§ 3.1.5 Allowances, if any, included in the stipulated sum:(Identify each allowance.)

Item Price Interior Cab Finishing $30,000

§ 3.3 [Intentionally deleted.]


RFB 03/19 - 388Page 36 of 213


5

§ 3.5 Owner and Contractor agree that time is of the essence and that if Substantial Completion is not achieved within the Contract Time, the amount of the Owner’s actual damages for loss of use of the Project will be difficult, impractical or impossible to determine. Accordingly, the Owner and Contractor agree that in the event Contractor fails to achieve Substantial Completion within the Contract Time, Contractor shall pay to the Owner as liquidated damages to compensate the Owner for damages related to the loss of use of the Project Two Hundred Dollars per day ($200/day) for every day Contractor fails to meet the Substantial Completion Date. The parties agree that Owner’s actual damages resulting from loss of use are difficult to calculate, and that the liquidated damages represent a reasonable estimate (but not a penalty) of Owner’s damages for loss of use. Owner may withhold liquidated damages from any payments otherwise due Contractor. The liquidated damages for loss of use cover only loss of revenue, cost of replacement facilities, and concessions to any occupant or lessee. The liquidated damages for loss of use do not cover (and Owner does not waive) delay damages incurred by Owner for extended overhead or management costs, extra or extended financing costs, extra or extended services by Architect or other design professionals, claims by other contractors, and possibly other types of costs, expenses and damages incurred by Owner.

ARTICLE 4 PAYMENT§ 4.1 Progress Payments§ 4.1.1 Based upon Applications for Payment submitted to the Architect and Owner by the Contractor and Certificates for Payment issued by the Architect, the Owner shall make progress payments on account of the Contract Sum to the Contractor as provided below and in Article 15.

§ 4.1.2 The period covered by each Application for Payment shall be one calendar month ending on the last day of the month.

§ 4.1.3 Provided that an Application for Payment is received by the Architect and Owner not later than the first day of a month, the Owner shall make payment of the certified amount to the Contractor not later than thirty (30) days after receipt of the Application for Payment. If an Application for Payment is received by the Architect after the date fixed above, payment shall be made by the Owner not later than thity (30) days after the Architect and Owner receive the Application for Payment.(Federal, state or local laws may require payment within a certain period of time.)

§ 4.1.4 For each progress payment made prior to Substantial Completion of the Work, the Owner may withhold retainage from the payment otherwise due as follows:

Five percent (5%) of each progress payment.

§ 4.1.5 Payments due and unpaid under the Contract shall bear interest from the date payment is due at the rate of one percent (1%) per month.

§ 4.2 Final Payment§ 4.2.1 Final payment, constituting the entire unpaid balance of the Contract Sum, shall be made by the Owner to the Contractor when

.1 the Contractor has fully performed the Contract except for the Contractor’s responsibility to correct Work as provided in Section 18.2, and to satisfy other requirements, if any, which extend beyond final payment; and

.2 a final Certificate for Payment has been issued by the Architect in accordance with Section 15.7.1.

§ 4.2.2 The Owner’s final payment to the Contractor shall be made no later than 30 days after the issuance of the Architect’s final Certificate for Payment

ARTICLE 5 DISPUTE RESOLUTION§ 5.1 Binding Dispute ResolutionFor any claim subject to, but not resolved by, mediation pursuant to Section 21.4, the method of binding dispute resolution shall be set forth in Article 21.

ARTICLE 6 ENUMERATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS§ 6.1 The Contract Documents are defined in Article 7 and, except for Modifications issued after execution of this Agreement, are enumerated in the sections below.

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 37 of 213


6

§ 6.1.1 The Agreement is this executed AIA Document A104™–2017, Standard Abbreviated Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor, as modified by the parties.

§ 6.1.2 [Intentionally deleted.]


§ 6.1.4 The Specifications:

Exhibit B:

§ 6.1.5 The Drawings:

Title of Drawings exhibit: Exhibit B

§ 6.1.6 The Addenda, if any:

Number Date Pages

Portions of Addenda relating to bidding or proposal requirements are not part of the Contract Documents unless the bidding or proposal requirements are enumerated in this Article 6.

§ 6.1.7 Exhibits forming part of the Contract Documents:.1 Exhibit A: Construction Schedule

.2 Exhibit B: Construction Documents

.3 Exhibit C: Schedule of Values

.4 Exhibit D: Forms of Waivers and Releases

.5 Exhibit E: Public Contracting Provisions

.6 Exhibit F: Contractor’s Insurance

.7 Exhibit G: Forms of Payment and Performance Bonds

.8 Exhibit I: Workforce Training & Hiring

ARTICLE 7 GENERAL PROVISIONS§ 7.1 The Contract DocumentsThe Contract Documents are enumerated in Article 6 and consist of this Agreement, Drawings, Specifications, Addenda issued prior to the execution of this Agreement, other documents listed in this Agreement, and Modifications issued after execution of this Agreement. A Modification is (1) a written amendment to the Contract signed by both parties, (2) a Change Order, (3) a Construction Change Directive, or (4) a written order for a minor change in the Work issued by the Architect. The intent of the Contract Documents is to include all items necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work by the Contractor. The Contract Documents are complementary, and what is required by one shall be as binding as if required by all; performance by the Contractor shall be required to the extent consistent with the Contract Documents and reasonably inferable from them as being necessary to produce the indicated results.

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 38 of 213


7

§ 7.1.1 In the event of conflicts or inconsistencies between or among the Contract Documents, the following order of precedence shall apply:

.1 Modifications, with those of later date having precedence over those of earlier date;

.2 this Agreement;

.3 Addenda, with those of later date having precedence over those of earlier date;

.4 the Specifications and notes and schedules on the Drawings; and

.5 the Drawings, with those in larger scale having precedence over those in smaller scale.

In the event a conflict or inconsistency nonetheless remains, unless directed to do otherwise in writing by the Owner or Architect, the Contractor shall furnish or perform the better quality of, and the greater quantity of, the Work.

§ 7.1.2 No revisions or amendments to the provisions of this Agreement made in the Specifications or Drawings or any other documents prepared by the Architect, a consultant of the Architect or any other third party shall be binding on the Owner or Contractor, such revisions and amendments only being binding if they are set out in a Modification signed by the Owner and Contractor.

§ 7.2 The ContractThe Contract Documents form the Contract for Construction. The Contract represents the entire and integrated agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes prior and contemporaneous negotiations, representations, or agreements, either written or oral. The Contract may be amended or modified only by a Modification. The Contract Documents shall not be construed to create a contractual relationship of any kind between any persons or entities other than the Owner and the Contractor except as set out in Section 11.3.

§ 7.3 The WorkThe term “Work” means the construction and services required by the Contract Documents, whether completed or partially completed, and includes all other supervision, labor, materials, equipment, and services, including but not limited to design services, provided or to be provided by the Contractor to fulfill the Contractor’s obligations. The Work may constitute the whole or a part of the Project.

§ 7.4 Instruments of ServiceInstruments of Service are representations, in any medium of expression now known or later developed, of the tangible and intangible creative work performed by the Architect and the Architect’s consultants under their respective professional services agreements. Instruments of Service may include, without limitation, studies, surveys, models, sketches, drawings, specifications, and other similar materials.

§ 7.5 Ownership and use of Drawings, Specifications and Other Instruments of Service§ 7.5.1 The Architect and the Architect’s consultants shall be deemed the authors and the Owner is the owner of the Instruments of Service, including the Drawings and Specifications, and Owner owns all common law, statutory and other reserved rights in their Instruments of Service, including copyrights. The Contractor, Subcontractors, and Sub-subcontractors shall not own or claim a copyright in the Instruments of Service. Submittal or distribution to meet official regulatory requirements or for other purposes in connection with the Project is not to be construed as publication in derogation of the Owner’s reserved rights.

§ 7.5.2 The Contractor, Subcontractors, and Sub-subcontractors are authorized to use and reproduce the Instruments of Service provided to them solely and exclusively for execution of the Work. All copies made under this authorization shall bear the copyright notice, if any, shown on the Instruments of Service. The Contractor, Subcontractors, and Sub-subcontractors may not use the Instruments of Service on other projects or for additions to this Project outside the scope of the Work without the specific written consent of the Owner.



RFB 03/19 - 388Page 39 of 213


8

§ 7.8 SeverabilityThe invalidity of any provision of the Contract Documents shall not invalidate the Contract or its remaining provisions. If it is determined that any provision of the Contract Documents violates any law, or is otherwise invalid or unenforceable, then that provision shall be revised to the extent necessary to make that provision legal and enforceable. In such case the Contract Documents shall be construed, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to give effect to the parties' intentions and purposes in executing the Contract.

§ 7.9 Notice§ 7.9.1 Where the Contract Documents require one party to notify or give notice to the other party, such notice shall be provided in writing and shall be deemed properly given when delivered in person, delivered by commercial messenger or courier, or received by telecopy, as follows:

.1 if to the Owner:

___________________________Attention: ________________________________________________________________________

.2 if to the Contractor:

___________________________Attention: ________________________________________________________________________

.3 if to the Architect:

___________________________Attention: ________________________________________________________________________


§ 7.10 Relationship of the PartiesThe Contractor accepts the relationship of trust and confidence established by this Agreement and covenants with the Owner to cooperate with the Architect and exercise the Contractor’s skill and judgment in furthering the interests of the Owner; to furnish efficient business administration and supervision; to furnish at all times an adequate supply of workers and materials; and to perform the Work in an expeditious and economical manner consistent with the Owner’s interests. The Owner agrees to furnish and approve, in a timely manner, information required by the Contractor and to make payments to the Contractor in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents.

ARTICLE 8 OWNER§ 8.1 Information and Services Required of the Owner§ 8.1.1 [Intentionally deleted.]

§ 8.1.2 The Owner shall furnish all necessary surveys and a legal description of the site.

§ 8.1.3 The Contractor shall be entitled to reasonably rely on the accuracy of information furnished by the Owner but shall exercise proper precautions relating to the safe performance of the Work.

§ 8.1.3.1 Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 8.1.3, and consistent with Section 9.1.2, the Contractor shall confirm indicated dimensions of existing conditions and other aspects of existing conditions at the Project site as necessary for the proper construction of the Work.

§ 8.1.4 Except for permits and fees that are the responsibility of the Contractor under the Contract Documents, including those required under Section 9.6.1, the Owner shall secure and pay for other necessary approvals,

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 40 of 213


9

easements, assessments, and charges required for the construction, use, or occupancy of permanent structures or for permanent changes in existing facilities.

§ 8.2 Owner’s Right to Stop the WorkIf the Contractor fails to correct Work which is defective or not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, or repeatedly or substantially fails to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Owner may issue a written order to the Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order is eliminated; however, the right of the Owner to stop the Work shall not give rise to a duty on the part of the Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of the Contractor or any other person or entity.

§ 8.3 Owner’s Right to Carry Out the WorkIf the Contractor defaults or substantially fails or neglects to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, and fails within a ten-day period after receipt of notice from the Owner to commence and continue correction of such default or neglect with diligence and promptness, the Owner may, without prejudice to any other remedies the Owner may have, correct such default or neglect and may deduct the reasonable cost thereof, including but not limited to Owner’s attorneys’ fees and other expenses and compensation for the Architect’s services made necessary thereby, from the payment then or thereafter due the Contractor. § 8.4 REVIEW OR APPROVAL BY OTHERS§ 8.4.1 Review or approval by Owner or its agents of Contractor’s means, methods, techniques, procedures or submittals, or of any other aspect of Contractor’s work or services shall not relieve Contractor of its sole liability for any damages resulting from or arising out of defects or deficiencies in the Contractor’s means, methods, techniques, procedures or submittals, or of any other aspect of Contractor’s work or services.

ARTICLE 9 CONTRACTOR§ 9.1 Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions by Contractor§ 9.1.1 Execution of the Contract by the Contractor is a representation that the Contractor has visited the site, become generally familiar with local conditions under which the Work is to be performed and correlated personal observations with requirements of the Contract Documents.

§ 9.1.2 Because the Contract Documents are complementary, the Contractor shall, before starting each portion of the Work, carefully study and compare the various Contract Documents relative to that portion of the Work, as well as the information furnished by the Owner pursuant to Section 8.1.2, shall take field measurements of any existing conditions related to that portion of the Work and shall observe any conditions at the site affecting it. These obligations are for the purpose of facilitating coordination and construction by the Contractor and are not for the purpose of discovering errors, omissions, or inconsistencies in the Contract Documents; however, the Contractor shall promptly report to the Architect and Owner any errors, inconsistencies, or omissions discovered by or made known to the Contractor as a request for information in such form as the Architect may require. It is recognized that the Contractor’s review is made in the Contractor’s capacity as a contractor and not as a licensed design professional unless otherwise specifically provided in the Contract Documents.

§ 9.1.3 The Contractor is not required to ascertain that the Contract Documents are in accordance with applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations, or lawful orders of public authorities, but the Contractor shall promptly report to the Architect and Owner any nonconformity discovered by or made known to the Contractor as a request for information in such form as the Architect may require.

§ 9.1.4 The Contractor and designated Subcontractors shall attend and participate with the Owner, designated separate consultants or contractors of the Owner, Architect, designated consultants of the Architect and others deemed necessary by the Owner in a pre-construction meeting scheduled and conducted by the Owner.

§ 9.2 Supervision and Construction Procedures§ 9.2.1 The Contractor shall supervise and direct the Work, using the Contractor’s best skill and attention. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for and have control over construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures, and for coordinating all portions of the Work under the Contract, unless the Contract Documents give other specific instructions concerning these matters. If the Contract Documents give other specific instructions concerning the construction means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures and the Contractor determines that it would be unsafe to proceed in accordance with those specific instructions, the Contractor shall (1) not proceed with the affected Work, (2) give timely written notice to the Architect and Owner describing the

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 41 of 213


10

Contractor’s safety concerns, and (3) wait for further instructions from the Architect before proceeding with the affected Work.

§ 9.2.2 The Contractor shall be responsible to the Owner for acts and omissions of the Contractor’s employees, Subcontractors and their agents and employees, and other persons or entities performing portions of the Work for or on behalf of the Contractor or any of its Subcontractors.

§ 9.2.3 The following individuals shall perform in the following roles for the Contractor during the course of the Project:

.1 Principal:

.2 Project Manager:

.3 Superintendent:

Provided they remain in the employ of the Contractor, the individuals named above shall not be replaced during the course of the Project without the prior written approval of the Owner. The individual performing in the role of Principal shall be a corporate officer of the Contractor. The individuals named as Project Manager and Superintendent shall be replaced during the course of the Project upon written request of the Owner for reasonable cause stated. Persons proposed to replace the individuals named above shall be subject to the prior written approval of the Owner. The Owner’s approvals under this Section 9.2.3 shall not unreasonably be denied.

§ 9.2.4 The Contractor and designated Subcontractors shall attend and participate with the Owner, designated separate consultants or contractors of the Owner, Architect, designated consultants of the Architect and others deemed necessary by the Owner in periodic construction meetings to be held at the Owner’s discretion.

§ 9.3 Labor and Materials§ 9.3.1 The Contractor shall provide and pay for supervision, labor, materials, equipment, tools, construction equipment and machinery, water, heat, utilities, transportation, and other facilities and services necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work whether temporary or permanent and whether or not incorporated or to be incorporated in the Work.

§ 9.3.2 The Contractor shall enforce strict discipline and good order among the Contractor’s employees and other persons carrying out the Work. The Contractor shall not permit employment of unfit persons or persons not skilled in tasks assigned to them. The Contractor shall not permit at the site of the Work the use of alcohol or tobacco, illegal use of drugs or other controlled substances, verbal or other harassment, lewd or obscene language or behavior, or disregard for the property, privacy, or personal or business interests of the Owner, the owners, tenants or other occupants of adjacent or nearby parcels, the personnel, visitors, customers, vendors, contractors or suppliers of any of them, or members of the public. The Contractor agrees to take prompt and effective corrective action in the event of violations of these standards of conduct. Nothing in this Section 9.3.2 shall establish or imply an employment relationship between the Owner, on the one hand, and the Contractor’s and Subcontractors’ employees and other persons performing the Work, on the other.

§ 9.3.2.1 The Contractor shall supervise, coordinate and otherwise administer the performance of the Work so as to facilitate and maintain labor harmony between and among the trades performing construction at and near the Project site and so as to avoid delay or otherwise adversely impact the performance or completion of construction at the Project site. As used in this Section 9.3.2.1, the phrase “construction at the Project site” shall mean the Work as well as any work by the Owner; the owners, tenants or other occupants of adjacent or nearby parcels; or their respective contractors.

§ 9.3.2.2 The Contractor and Subcontractors shall not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, religion, color, sex, national origin, sexual orientation, age or disability. The Contractor shall take affirmative action to ensure that applicants are employed, and that employees are treated during employment, without regard to their race, religion, color, sex, national origin, sexual orientation, age or disability. Such action shall include, but not limited to, the following: employment, upgrading, demotion or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection of training, including apprenticeship. The Contractor agrees to post in conspicuous places, available to

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 42 of 213


11

employees and applicants for employment, notices setting forth these policies of nondiscrimination. The Contractor and Subcontractors shall, in all solicitations and advertisements for employees placed by them or on their behalf, state that all qualified applicants will receive consideration for employment without regard to race, religion, color, sex, national origin, sexual orientation, age or disability.

§ 9.3.3 The Contractor may make a substitution only with the written consent of the Owner, after evaluation by the Architect and in accordance with a Modification. Unless the Contractor expressly states otherwise in writing at the time it proposes a substitution, in proposing a substitution the Contractor thereby:

.1 represents that the Contractor and the involved Subcontractor(s) has (have) personally investigated the proposed substitute product and determined that it is equal or superior in all respects to that specified;

.2 represents that the Contractor and the involved Subcontractor(s) will provide the same warranties for the substitution as would have been provided for that specified;

.3 certifies that the cost data presented are complete and include all related costs under the Contract, including but not limited to the Architect’s redesign costs, and waives all claims for additional costs related to the substitution which subsequently become apparent; and

.4 agrees to coordinate the installation of the accepted substitute, making such changes as may be required for the Work to be complete in all respects.

§ 9.4 WarrantyThe Contractor warrants to the Owner and Architect that materials and equipment furnished under the Contract will be of good quality and new unless the Contract Documents require or permit otherwise. The Contractor further warrants that materials and equipment to be selected by the Contractor or its Subcontractors will be suitable for the purposes intended by the Contract Documents, that the Work will be performed in a workmanlike manner, and that the Work will conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents and will be free from defects, except for those inherent in the quality of the Work the Contract Documents require or permit. Work, materials, or equipment not conforming to these requirements may be considered defective. The Contractor’s warranty excludes remedy for damage or defect caused by abuse, alterations to the Work not executed by the Contractor, improper or insufficient maintenance, improper operation or normal wear and tear under normal usage. All other warranties required by the Contract Documents shall be issued in the name of the Owner, or shall be transferable to the Owner, and shall commence in accordance with Section 15.6.3.

§ 9.4.1 Nothing in Section 9.4 shall make the Contractor or Subcontractors responsible for the suitability of materials or equipment designated in the Contract Documents or selected by the Owner or Architect.

§ 9.4.2 Effective upon the written demand of the Owner or upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, dissolution or other incapacity of the Contractor, the Contractor assigns to the Owner all Subcontractor warranties in materials and equipment and other portions or components of the Work.

§ 9.5 TaxesThe Contractor shall pay all sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes that are applicable by law to the Work or the Contract or portions thereof. Such taxes shall be itemized by the Contractor in its Applications for Payment, paid by the Owner as part of its progress and final payments, and remitted by the Contractor to the appropriate governmental agencies. If such taxes are legally enacted or modified after the execution of this Agreement, the Contract Sum shall be equitably adjusted accordingly.

§ 9.6 Permits, Fees, Notices, and Compliance with Laws§ 9.6.1 The Contractor shall secure and pay for the building permit as well as other permits, fees, and licenses required by government agencies necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work. The Owner shall reimburse the Contractor for the actual cost of the building permit, separate from and in addition to the Contract Sum, but without any markup for overhead and profit.

§ 9.6.2 The Contractor shall comply with and give notices required by applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations, and lawful orders of public authorities applicable to performance of the Work. If the

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 43 of 213


12

Contractor performs Work contrary to applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations, or lawful orders of public authorities, the Contractor shall assume appropriate responsibility for such Work and shall bear the costs attributable to correction.

§ 9.7 AllowancesThe Contractor shall include in the Contract Sum all allowances stated in the Contract Documents. The Owner shall select materials and equipment, if any, under allowances with reasonable promptness. Allowance amounts shall cover all estimated costs to the Contractor. The amount of any allowance Change Order shall reflect (1) the difference between actual costs and the estimated costs for each allowance item and (2) the markup thereon applied to that difference.

§ 9.8 Contractor’s Construction Schedules§ 9.8.1 The Contractor, promptly after being awarded the Contract, shall submit for the Owner’s approval and Architect’s information a Contractor’s Construction Schedule for the Work. The schedule shall not exceed time limits current under the Contract Documents, shall be revised at appropriate intervals as required by the conditions of the Work and Project, shall be related to the entire Project to the extent required by the Contract Documents, and shall provide for expeditious and practicable execution of the Work.

§ 9.8.2 The Contractor shall perform the Work in accordance with the most recent schedule approved by the Owner.

§ 9.9 Submittals§ 9.9.1 The Contractor shall review for compliance with the Contract Documents and submit to the Architect Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, and similar submittals required by the Contract Documents in coordination with the Contractor’s Construction Schedule and in such sequence as to allow the Architect reasonable time for review. By submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, and similar submittals, the Contractor represents to the Owner and Architect that the Contractor has (1) reviewed and approved them; (2) determined and verified materials, field measurements, and field construction criteria related thereto, or will do so; and (3) checked and coordinated the information contained within such submittals with the requirements of the Work and of the Contract Documents. The Work shall be in accordance with approved submittals.

§ 9.9.2 Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals are not Contract Documents.

§ 9.9.3 The Contractor shall not be required to provide professional services that constitute the practice of architecture or engineering unless such services are specifically required by the Contract Documents or unless the Contractor needs to provide such services in order to carry out the Contractor's own responsibilities. If professional design services or certifications by a design professional are specifically required, the Owner and the Architect will specify the performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy. The Contractor shall cause such services or certifications to be provided by an appropriately licensed design professional. If no criteria are specified, the design shall comply with applicable codes and ordinances. Each Party shall be entitled to rely upon the information provided by the other Party. The Architect will review and approve or take other appropriate action on submittals for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information provided and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. The Architect’s review of Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, and similar submittals shall be for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. In performing such review, the Architect will approve, or take other appropriate action upon, the Contractor’s Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, and similar submittals.

§ 9.10 Use of SiteThe Contractor shall confine operations at the site to areas permitted by applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations, lawful orders of public authorities, and the Contract Documents and shall not unreasonably encumber the site or adjacent or nearby parcels with materials or equipment.

§ 9.11 Cutting and PatchingThe Contractor shall be responsible for cutting, fitting, or patching required to complete the Work or to make its parts fit together properly.

§ 9.12 Cleaning UpThe Contractor shall keep the premises and surrounding area free from accumulation of waste materials and rubbish caused by operations under the Contract. At completion of the Work, the Contractor shall remove waste materials,

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 44 of 213


13

rubbish, the Contractor’s and Subcontractors’ tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus material from and about the Project.

§ 9.13 Access to WorkThe Contractor shall provide the Owner and Architect and their consultants with access to the Work in preparation and progress wherever located.

§ 9.13.1 As used in Section 9.13, the term “Owner” shall mean and be limited to the Owner’s representative referenced in or determined pursuant to Section 19.4 and other persons and parties authorized by the Owner’s representative to have access to the Work. The Contractor shall not provide other employees or representatives of the Owner access to the Work without the authorization required by this Section 9.13.1.

§ 9.14 Royalties, Patents and CopyrightsThe Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees. The Contractor shall defend suits or claims for infringement of copyrights and patent rights and shall hold the Owner and Architect harmless from loss on account thereof, but shall not be responsible for defense or loss when a particular design, process, or product of a particular manufacturer or manufacturers is required by the Contract Documents or where the copyright violations are contained in Drawings, Specifications or other documents prepared by the Owner or Architect. However, if an infringement of a copyright or patent is discovered by, or made known to, the Contractor, the Contractor shall be responsible for the loss unless the information is promptly furnished to the Architect.

§ 9.15 Indemnification§ 9.15.1 To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Contractor shall indemnify, hold harmless, reimburse and defend the Owner and Owner’s agents, employees, officers and directors from, for, and against suits, actions, awards, penalties, liabilities, claims, damages, losses and expenses, whether actual or merely alleged and whether directly incurred or from a third party, including but not limited to attorneys’ and expert witnesses’ fees, and related costs, disbursements, and expenses, arising out of or resulting from performance of the Work including, but not limited to, any such suit, action award, penalty, liability, claim, damage, loss, or expense attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property, but only to the extent caused by the negligence, breach of contract, or other wrongful acts or omissions of the Contractor, a Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by them, or anyone for whose acts they are responsible, or by failure of any such person or entity to perform as required by this Agreement.

§ 9.15.2 In claims against any person or entity indemnified under this Section 9.15 by an employee of the Contractor, a Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by them, or anyone for whose acts they may be liable, the indemnification obligation under Section 9.15.1 shall not be limited by a limitation on amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for the Contractor or Subcontractor under workers’ compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts.

§ 9.16 AS-BUILT CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS AND OTHER DOCUMENTS AND ITEMS§ 9.16.1 During the course of the Work, the Contractor shall be responsible for recording as-built information on the Contract Documents (both Drawings and Specifications). The Architect will review the Contractor’s as-built Contract Documents as part of the Application for Payment process to verify that the Contractor is recording as-built changes (but not to assure that the changes recorded on the Contract Documents are accurate or comprehensive).

9.16.2 Upon achievement of Substantial Completion of the Work, and as a condition of Final Payment, the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Architect (1) marked copies of the Drawings showing the as-built nature of the Work as actually constructed and (2) all warranties, operating and maintenance manuals, temporary and final certificates of occupancy, other submittals, keys and other items required by law or the Contract Documents.

ARTICLE 10 ARCHITECT§ 10.1 The Architect will provide administration of the Contract as described in the Contract Documents during construction, until the date the Architect issues the final Certificate for Payment. The Architect will have authority to act on behalf of the Owner only to the extent provided in the Contract Documents, unless otherwise modified in writing in accordance with other provisions of the Contract.

§ 10.2 Duties, responsibilities, and limitations of authority of the Architect as set forth in the Contract Documents shall not be restricted, modified, or extended without written notice to the Owner and Contractor.

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 45 of 213


14

§ 10.3 The Architect will visit the site at intervals appropriate to the stage of the construction to become generally familiar with the progress and quality of the portion of the Work completed, and to determine in general, if the Work observed is being performed in a manner indicating that the Work, when fully completed, will be in accordance with the Contract Documents. However, the Architect will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections or observations to check the quality or quantity of the Work. The Architect will not have control over, charge of, or responsibility for the construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures, or for safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work, since these are solely the Contractor’s rights and responsibilities under the Contract Documents.

§ 10.3.1 The Owner represents and the Contractor acknowledges that under the Owner’s agreement with the Architect, the Architect does not have authority to make any decision or give any direction to the Contractor that would impact the Contract Sum or Contract Times without the prior written approval of the Owner.

§ 10.4 On the basis of the site visits, the Architect will keep the Owner reasonably informed about the progress and quality of the portion of the Work completed, and promptly report to the Owner (1) known deviations from the Contract Documents, (2) known deviations from the most recent Construction Schedule approved by the Owner, and (3) defects and deficiencies observed in the Work. The Architect will not be responsible for the Contractor’s failure to perform the Work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. The Architect will not have control over or charge of and will not be responsible for acts or omissions of the Contractor, Subcontractors, or their agents or employees, or any other persons or entities performing portions of the Work.

§ 10.5 Based on the Architect’s evaluations of the Work and of the Contractor’s Applications for Payment, the Architect will review and certify the amounts due the Contractor and will issue Certificates for Payment in such amounts.

§ 10.6 After consultation with the Owner in each instance, the Architect will have the authority to reject Work that does not conform to the Contract Documents and to require inspection or testing of the Work.

§ 10.7 The Architect will review and approve or take other appropriate action upon, the Contractor’s submittals such as Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples, but only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents.

§ 10.8 The Architect will initially interpret and initially decide matters concerning performance under, and requirements of, the Contract Documents on written request of either the Owner or Contractor. The Architect will make initial decisions on all claims, disputes, and other matters in question between the Owner and Contractor.

§ 10.9 The Owner’s decisions on matters relating to aesthetic effect will be final if consistent with the intent expressed in the Contract Documents.

§ 10.10 If the Owner has not employed an Architect for the Project, then Owner shall assume the rights, duties and obligations of Architect as set forth in this Agreement.

ARTICLE 11 SUBCONTRACTORS§ 11.1 A Subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct contract, purchase order or similar agreement with the Contractor to perform or furnish a portion of the Work at the site or elsewhere.

§ 11.2 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, the Contractor, as soon as practicable after award of the Contract, shall notify the Owner and Architect of the Subcontractors proposed for each of the principal portions of the Work. The Contractor shall not contract with any Subcontractor to whom the Owner or Architect has made reasonable written objection within ten days after receipt of the Contractor’s list of Subcontractors. If the proposed but rejected Subcontractor was reasonably capable of performing the Work, the Contract Sum and Contract Time shall be increased or decreased by the difference, if any, occasioned by such change, and an appropriate Change Order shall be issued before commencement of the substitute Subcontractor’s Work. The Contractor shall not be required to contract with anyone to whom the Contractor has made reasonable objection.

§ 11.3 Contracts between the Contractor and Subcontractors shall (1) be in writing, (2) require each Subcontractor, to the extent of the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor, to be bound to the Contractor by the terms of the

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 46 of 213


15

Contract Documents, and to assume toward the Contractor all the obligations and responsibilities, including the responsibility for safety of the Subcontractor’s Work, which the Contractor, by the Contract Documents, assumes toward the Owner and Architect, (3) allow the Subcontractor the benefit of all rights, remedies and redress against the Contractor that the Contractor, by these Contract Documents, has against the Owner, (4) include an express provision that such contract shall be assigned to the Owner, at the Owner’s discretion, in the event the Owner terminates the Contract and takes over the Work pursuant to Article 20 and (5) state that the Owner is and shall be a third-party beneficiary of such contract.

ARTICLE 12 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS§ 12.1 The term “Separate Contractor(s)” shall mean other contractors retained by the Owner under separate agreements. The Owner reserves the right to perform construction or operations related to the Project with the Owner’s own forces, and with Separate Contractors.

§ 12.1.1 Without limiting the generality of Section 12.1, the Owner reserves the right to perform the following construction or operations at the Project site with the Owner’s own forces or Separate Contractors prior to Substantial Completion of the Work:

.1 __________________________________________________;

.2 __________________________________________________; and

.3 __________________________________________________.

The Owner agrees to require its own forces and Separate Contractors to cooperate with the Contractor so as not to unreasonably interfere with the Contractor’s construction or operations, and the Contractor agrees to cooperate with the Owner’s own forces and Separate Contractors so as not to unreasonably interfere with the construction or operations of the Owner’s own forces and Separate Contractors.

§ 12.2 The Contractor shall afford the Owner and Separate Contractors reasonable opportunity for introduction and storage of their materials and equipment and performance of their activities, and shall connect and coordinate the Contractor’s activities with theirs as required by the Contract Documents.

§ 12.3 The Owner shall be reimbursed by the Contractor for costs incurred by the Owner which are payable to a Separate Contractor because of delays, improperly timed activities, or defective construction of the Contractor. The Owner shall be responsible to the Contractor for costs incurred by the Contractor because of delays, improperly timed activities, damage to the Work, or defective construction of a Separate Contractor.

ARTICLE 13 CHANGES IN THE WORK§ 13.1 By appropriate Modification, changes in the Work may be accomplished after execution of the Contract. The Owner, without invalidating the Contract, may order changes in the Work within the general scope of the Contract consisting of additions, deletions, or other revisions, with the Contract Sum and Contract Time being adjusted accordingly. Such changes in the Work shall be authorized only (1) by written Change Order signed by the Owner, and Contractor, or (2) by written Construction Change Directive signed by the Owner. Upon issuance of the Change Order or Construction Change Directive, the Contractor shall proceed promptly with such changes in the Work, unless otherwise provided in the Change Order or Construction Change Directive. Any Change Order or Construction Change Directive changing the materials, layout, configuration or other physical characteristics of the Work as set out in the Construction Documents shall reference and be accompanied by a written modification of the Construction Documents prepared and issued by the Architect.

§ 13.1.1 Without diminishing the generality of Section 19.4, the Owner and Contractor expressly and explicitly acknowledge and agree that no employee or consultant of the Owner or any other person or entity shall have authority to order, request, approve, cancel, disapprove or take any other binding action on behalf of the Owner with respect to Change Orders, Construction Change Directives and any other documents changing the Work, whether pursuant to this Article 13 or otherwise, except the Owner’s representative named or determined pursuant to Section 19.4 or the delegate of that Owner’s representative named pursuant to Section 19.4. This Section 13.1.1 shall not negate, abridge or reduce the authority of the Architect under Section 13.3.

§ 13.1.2 The form for Change Orders shall be AIA Document G701-2001 Change Order.

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 47 of 213


16

§ 13.1.3 The form for Construction Change Directives shall be AIA Document G714 Construction Change Directive.

§ 13.2 Adjustments in the Contract Sum and Contract Time resulting from a change in the Work shall be determined by mutual agreement of the parties or, in the case of a Construction Change Directive signed only by the Owner by the Contractor’s cost of labor, material, equipment, and reasonable overhead and profit, unless the parties agree on another method for determining the cost or credit. Pending final determination of the total cost of a Construction Change Directive, the Contractor may request payment for Work completed pursuant to the Construction Change Directive. The Architect will make an interim determination of the amount of payment due for purposes of certifying the Contractor’s monthly Application for Payment. When the Owner and Contractor agree on adjustments to the Contract Sum and Contract Time arising from a Construction Change Directive, the Architect will prepare a Change Order.

§ 13.2.1 In determining the cost or credit to the Contractor under Section 13.2 for performing changed Work, the following shall apply:

.1 the unit prices set out in Section 3.1.4;

.2 the following labor rates, as applicable; provided that no labor shall be billed or paid at overtime, double-time or other premium rate, regardless of the time of day or day of the week when such labor is performed, without the approval of the Owner in writing in advance:__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

.3 rates for rental equipment owned by the Contractor or by affiliated or associated companies or firms shall be billed and paid at no more than seventy-five percent (75%) of standard rental rates for such equipment in the locale of the Project;

.4 costs otherwise shall be billed and paid at no more than the standard rates paid in the locale of the Project, unless approved otherwise by the Owner in writing in advance; and

.5 Subcontractors’ compensation shall include markups for “general conditions” costs, overhead and profit of no more than fifteen percent (15%) for direct Work and no more than five percent (5%) for pass-through Work.

§ 13.3 The Architect will have authority to order minor changes in the Work not involving adjustment in the Contract Sum or extension of the Contract Time, not resulting in aesthetic effect, and not inconsistent with the intent of the Contract Documents. Such changes shall be effected by written order sent to the Owner and Contractor and shall be binding on both except as provided in Section 13.3.1. The Contractor shall carry out such written orders promptly. If the Contractor believes that the proposed minor change in the Work will affect the Contract Sum or Contract Time, the Contractor shall notify the Architect and shall not proceed to implement the change in the Work.

§ 13.3.1 In the event the Owner or Contractor believes that an order for a minor change in the Work pursuant to Section 13.3 involves or should result in adjustment in the Contract Sum or extension of the Contract Times, or will result in an aesthetic effect, or is inconsistent with the intent of the Contract Documents, that party shall give written notice to the other and to the Architect. Such notice shall be given whenever practicable before the implementation of the change.

§ 13.4 If concealed or unknown physical conditions are encountered at the site that differ materially from those indicated in the Contract Documents or from those conditions ordinarily found to exist as the Project site or at a site similar to the Project site, the Contract Sum and Contract Time shall be equitably adjusted as mutually agreed between the Owner and Contractor; provided that the Contractor provides written notice to the Owner and Architect promptly and before conditions are disturbed.

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 48 of 213


17

§ 13.5 In no event shall the Contractor be entitled to additional compensation or time to perform changes in the Work under this Article 13 to the extent such changes are made necessary due to the negligent or other wrongful acts or omissions of the Contractor, Subcontractors, or anyone for whom any of them are responsible, or by the failure of such persons or entities to perform as required by the Contract Documents.

§ 13.6 The Contractor shall keep full and detailed cost accounts and records of all Work compensated on a cost basis pursuant to Change Orders and Construction Change Directives, and shall maintain such accounts and records for three (3) years after final payment or longer if required by law. The Owner and its personnel, consultants and accountants shall have full access to inspect or audit such accounts and records during the course of the Project and the period referenced in this Section 13.6. In the event an audit of such accounts and records determines that the Contractor was paid more or less than the amount actually due for such Work, the appropriate payment shall be made by the appropriate party together with accumulated interest. In the event an audit determines that the Contractor submitted one or more Applications for Payment that resulted in it being paid more than one hundred and two percent (102%) of the amount actually due, the Contractor also shall pay for the cost of the audit.

§ 13.7 It is specifically understood and agreed that no additional or different Work or services shall be allowed or compensated unless prior written approval is given by Owner for the specific Work or services at issue.

ARTICLE 14 TIME§ 14.1 Time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract. By executing this Agreement the Contractor confirms that the Contract Time is a reasonable period for performing and completing the Work.

§ 14.2 Unless otherwise provided, Contract Time is the period of time, including authorized adjustments, allotted in the Contract Documents for Substantial Completion and Final Completion of the Work.

§ 14.3 The term “day” as used in the Contract Documents shall mean calendar day unless otherwise specifically defined.

§ 14.4 The dates of Substantial Completion and Final Completion are the dates certified by the Architect in accordance with Sections 15.6.3 and 15.7.1.

§ 14.5 If the Contractor is delayed at any time in the commencement or progress of the Work by (1) changes ordered in the Work; (2) by labor disputes for which the Contractor is not responsible, fire, unusual delay in deliveries, abnormal adverse weather conditions not reasonably anticipatable, an occurrence or condition of the types set out in Sections 16.2, unavoidable casualties, or any causes beyond the Contractor’s control; or (3) by other causes that the Contractor asserts justify delay, then the Contract Time shall be extended for such reasonable time as the Owner may determine, subject to the provisions of Article 21.

§ 14.5.1 In no event shall the Contractor be entitled to an extension of the Contract Times under Section 14.5 to the extent delay in the progress of the Work is caused by the negligent or other wrongful acts or omissions of the Contractor, Subcontractors, or anyone for whom any of them are responsible, or by the failure of such persons or entities to perform as required by the Contract Documents.

ARTICLE 15 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION§ 15.1 Schedule of Values§ 15.1.1 Attached as Exhibit C and incorporated herein by this reference is an initial schedule of values, allocating the entire Stipulated Sum to the various portions of the Work. The schedule of values shall be prepared in the form, and supported by the data to substantiate its accuracy required by the Owner and Architect. The schedule of values shall be revised by the Contractor for the Owner’s approval as necessary to reflect adjustments in the Contract Sum, allocations of contingencies and other changes in the allocations of the Contract Sum. The current, approved schedule of values shall be used as a basis for reviewing the Contractor’s Applications for Payment. § 15.1.2 The allocation of the Stipulated Sum or Guaranteed Maximum Price under this Section 15.1 shall not constitute a separate stipulated sum or guaranteed maximum price for each individual line item in the schedule of values.


RFB 03/19 - 388Page 49 of 213


18

§ 15.3 Applications for Payment§ 15.3.1 At least ten days before the date established for each progress payment, the Contractor shall submit to the Architect an itemized Application for Payment for completed portions of the Work based upon the percentage of Work performed pursuant to the current schedule of values approved by the Owner and submitted with the Application for Payment. The application shall be notarized, if required; be supported by all data substantiating the Contractor’s right to payment that the Owner or Architect require; and shall reflect retainage if provided for in the Contract Documents. Applications for Payment shall not include requests for payment for portions of the Work for which the Contractor does not intend to pay a Subcontractor, unless such Work has been performed by others whom the Contractor intends to pay.

§ 15.3.1.1 The value of materials to be incorporated into the Work that are not yet incorporated but are delivered to and appropriately stored at the Project site, or appropriately stored off-site with the Owner’s prior written approval, may be included in an Application for Payment for a progress payment.

§ 15.3.1.2 The Contractor shall submit with each Application for Payment waiver and release forms and satisfactions executed by the Contractor and Subcontractors at all tiers. The waivers and releases shall be in the form set out in Exhibit D attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference and the satisfactions shall be as prescribed by the Owner. If the Contractor is unable to obtain such executed waiver and release forms and satisfactions from particular Subcontractors, the Contractor as a condition of payment for such Subcontractors' performance of the Work shall provide the Owner with a bond or other form of security acceptable to the Owner to protect the Owner from claims of such Subcontractors. If any such claim remains unsatisfied after payments are made, upon the Owner's demand, and without waiver of any other remedies the Owner may have under the Contract or applicable law, the Contractor shall refund to the Owner all money that the Owner pays in discharging such claim, including but not limited to the Owner's attorneys' fees and costs and disbursements resulting therefrom.

§ 15.3.2 With each Application for Payment where the Contract Sum is based upon the Cost of the Work, or the Cost of the Work with a Guaranteed Maximum Price, the Contractor shall submit payrolls, petty cash accounts, receipted invoices or invoices with check vouchers attached, and any other evidence required by the Owner to demonstrate that cash disbursements already made by the Contractor on account of the Cost of the Work equal or exceed progress payments already received by the Contractor plus payrolls for the period covered by the present Application for Payment, less that portion of the progress payments attributable to the Contractor’s Fee.

§ 15.3.3 Payments shall be made on account of materials and equipment delivered and suitably stored at the site for subsequent incorporation in the Work. If approved in advance by the Owner, payment may similarly be made for materials and equipment stored, and protected from damage, off the site at a location agreed upon in writing.

§ 15.3.4 The Contractor warrants that title to all Work covered by an Application for Payment will pass to the Owner no later than the time of payment. The Contractor further warrants that upon submittal of an Application for Payment all Work for which Certificates for Payment have been previously issued and payments received from the Owner shall, to the best of the Contractor’s knowledge, information and belief, be free and clear of liens, claims, security interests or other encumbrances adverse to the Owner’s interests.

§ 15.4 Certificates for Payment§ 15.4.1 The Architect will, within seven days after receipt of the Contractor’s Application for Payment, either issue to the Owner a Certificate for Payment, with a copy to the Contractor, for such amount as the Architect determines is properly due, or notify the Contractor and Owner of the Architect’s reasons for withholding certification in whole or in part as provided in Section 15.4.3.

§ 15.4.1.1 The Owner shall have the right to perform the Architect’s roles, responsibilities and obligations under this Section 15.4, in which event the provisions of this Section 15.4 and of Article 4 and other related provisions of this Agreement shall be interpreted accordingly with respect to the Contractor’s Applications for Payment being reviewed and acting upon by the Owner rather than by the Architect.

§ 15.4.2 The issuance of a Certificate for Payment will constitute a representation by the Architect to the Owner, based on the Architect’s evaluations of the Work and the data in the Application for Payment, that, to the best of the Architect’s knowledge, information, and belief, the Work has progressed to the point indicated, the quality of the Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents, and the Contractor is entitled to payment in the amount certified. The foregoing representations are subject to an evaluation of the Work for conformance with the Contract

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 50 of 213


19

Documents upon Substantial Completion, to results of subsequent tests and inspections, to correction of minor deviations from the Contract Documents prior to completion and to specific qualifications expressed by the Architect. However, the issuance of a Certificate for Payment will not be a representation that the Architect has (1) made exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections or observations to check the quality or quantity of the Work; (2) reviewed construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures; (3) reviewed copies of requisitions received from Subcontractors and other data requested by the Owner to substantiate the Contractor’s right to payment; or (4) made examination to ascertain how or for what purpose the Contractor has used money previously paid on account of the Contract Sum.

§ 15.4.3 The Architect may withhold a Certificate for Payment in whole or in part, to the extent reasonably necessary to protect the Owner, if in the Architect’s opinion the representations to the Owner required by Section 15.4.2 cannot be made. If the Architect is unable to certify payment in the amount of the Application, the Architect will notify the Contractor and Owner as provided in Section 15.4.1. If the Contractor and the Architect cannot agree on a revised amount, the Architect will promptly issue a Certificate for Payment for the amount for which the Architect is able to make such representations to the Owner. The Architect may also withhold a Certificate for Payment or, because of subsequently discovered evidence, may nullify the whole or a part of a Certificate for Payment previously issued, to such extent as may be necessary in the Architect’s opinion to protect the Owner from loss for which the Contractor is responsible, including loss resulting from acts and omissions described in Section 9.2.2, because of

.1 defective or nonconforming Work not remedied;

.2 third-party claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of such claims unless security acceptable to the Owner is provided by the Contractor;

.3 failure of the Contractor to make payments properly to Subcontractors for labor, services, materials or equipment;

.4 reasonable evidence that the Work cannot be completed for the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum;

.5 damage to the Owner or a Separate Contractor or other third party;

.6 reasonable evidence that the Work will not be completed within the Contract Time and that the unpaid balance would not be adequate to cover actual or liquidated damages for the anticipated delay; or

.7 repeated or substantial failure to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.

§ 15.4.3.1 In withholding or nullifying certification pursuant to Section 15.4.3, the Architect shall designate one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the estimated cost to cure the reason for the withholding or nullification.

§ 15.4.4 When either party disputes the Architect’s decision regarding a Certificate for Payment under Section 15.4.3, in whole or in part, that party may submit a Claim in accordance with Article 21.

§ 15.5 Progress Payments§ 15.5.1 The Contractor shall pay each Subcontractor, no later than seven days after receipt of payment from the Owner, the amount to which the Subcontractor is entitled, reflecting percentages actually retained from payments to the Contractor on account of the Subcontractor’s portion of the Work. The Contractor shall, by appropriate agreement with each Subcontractor, require each Subcontractor to make payments to Sub-subcontractors in a similar manner.

§ 15.5.2 Neither the Owner nor Architect shall have an obligation to pay or see to the payment of money to a Subcontractor except as may otherwise be required by law.

§ 15.5.2.1 Upon reasonable evidence of actual or pending nonpayment of one or more Subcontractors or laborers or other personnel performing the Work, and after giving written notice to the Contractor, the Owner shall have the right to pay such Subcontractors, laborers and other personnel directly or by multiple-payee checks. Upon the Owner’s written request, the Contractor shall furnish to the Owner all information required to facilitate such payments, including a complete listing of the names and addresses of the payees and the outstanding amount owed to each.

§ 15.5.3 A Certificate for Payment, a progress payment, or partial or entire use or occupancy of the Project by the Owner shall not constitute acceptance of Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents.

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 51 of 213


20

§ 15.5.4 Provided the Owner has fulfilled its payment obligations under the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall defend and indemnify the Owner from all loss, liability, damage or expense, including reasonable attorney’s fees and litigation expenses, arising out of any lien claim or other claim for payment by any Subcontractor or supplier of any tier. Upon receipt of notice of a lien claim or other claim for payment, the Owner shall notify the Contractor. If approved by the applicable court, when required, the Contractor may substitute a surety bond for the property against which the lien or other claim for payment has been asserted.

§ 15.6 Substantial Completion§ 15.6.1 Substantial Completion is the stage in the progress of the Work when the Work or designated portion thereof that the Owner agrees to accept separately, is sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents so that the Owner can occupy or utilize the Work for its intended use.

§ 15.6.2 When the Contractor considers that the Work, or a portion thereof which the Owner agrees to accept separately, is substantially complete, the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Architect a comprehensive list of items to be completed or corrected prior to final payment. Failure to include an item on such list does not alter the responsibility of the Contractor to complete all Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.

§ 15.6.3 Upon receipt of the Contractor’s list, the Architect will make an inspection to determine whether the Work or designated portion thereof that the Owner agrees to accept separately is substantially complete. When the Architect determines that the Work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete, the Architect will issue a Certificate of Substantial Completion which shall establish the date of Substantial Completion; establish responsibilities of the Owner and Contractor for security, maintenance, heat, utilities, damage to the Work and insurance; and fix the time within which the Contractor shall finish all items on the list accompanying the Certificate. Warranties required by the Contract Documents shall commence on the date of Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof that the Owner agrees to accept separately unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Substantial Completion.

§ 15.6.4 The Certificate of Substantial Completion shall be submitted to the Owner and Contractor for their written acceptance of responsibilities assigned to them in the Certificate.

§ 15.7 Final Completion and Final Payment§ 15.7.1 Upon receipt of the Contractor’s notice that the Work is ready for final observation and acceptance and upon receipt of a final Application for Payment, the Architect will promptly make such observation and, when the Architect finds the Work acceptable under the Contract Documents and the Contract fully performed, the Architect will promptly issue a final Certificate for Payment stating that to the best of the Architect’s knowledge, information and belief, and on the basis of the Architect’s on-site visits and observations, the Work, including but not limited to all punch list work, has been fully and finally completed in accordance with the Contract Documents, (1) a final certificate of occupancy has been issued, (2) the Contractor has submitted all documents and items required by Section 9.16, (3) the Contractor otherwise has performed all of its obligations under the Contract except those which by their nature continue or arise after final payment and that the entire balance found to be due the Contractor and noted in the final Certificate is due and payable.

§ 15.7.1.1 Unless stated otherwise in the Architect’s final Certificate for Payment, the date of issuance of such final Certificate for Payment shall constitute the date of Final Completion of the Work.

§ 15.7.2[Intentionally deleted.]

§ 15.7.3 The making of final payment shall not constitute a waiver of claims by the Owner.

§ 15.7.4 Acceptance of final payment by the Contractor or a Subcontractor shall constitute a waiver of claims by that payee except those previously made in writing and identified by that payee as unsettled at the time of the final Application for Payment.

ARTICLE 16 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY§ 16.1 Safety Precautions and Programs§ 16.1.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining, and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the performance of the Contract. The Contractor shall take reasonable precautions for safety of, and shall provide reasonable protection to prevent damage, injury, or loss to

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 52 of 213


21

.1 employees on the Work and other persons who may be affected thereby;

.2 the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site, under care, custody, or control of the Contractor, a Subcontractor, or a Sub-subcontractor; and

.3 other property at the site or adjacent thereto, such as trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures and utilities not designated for removal, relocation, or replacement in the course of construction.

§ 16.1.2 The Contractor shall comply with, and give notices required by, applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations, and lawful orders of public authorities bearing on safety of persons and property and their protection from damage, injury, or loss. The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage and loss to property caused in whole or in part by the Contractor, a Subcontractor, a sub-subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts they may be liable and for which the Contractor is responsible under Sections 16.1.1.2 and 16.1.1.3. The Contractor may make a claim for the cost to remedy the damage or loss to the extent such damage or loss is attributable to acts or omissions of the Owner or Architect or by anyone for whose acts either of them may be liable, and not attributable to the fault or negligence of the Contractor. The foregoing obligations of the Contractor are in addition to the Contractor’s obligations under Section 9.15.

§ 16.2 Hazardous Materials and Substances§ 16.2.1 The Contractor is responsible for compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents regarding hazardous materials or substances. If the Contractor encounters a hazardous material or substance not addressed in the Contract Documents, and if reasonable precautions will be inadequate to prevent foreseeable bodily injury or death to persons, property damage or contamination of air, water, soil, materials for the Work, the Work or other property resulting from a material or substance, including but not limited to asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB), encountered on the site by the Contractor, the Contractor shall, upon recognizing the condition, immediately stop Work in the affected area and notify the Owner and Architect by telephone or other appropriate means followed by prompt confirmation of the condition in writing. When the material or substance has been rendered harmless, Work in the affected area shall resume upon written direction of the Owner. Except to the extent the Work stoppage under this Section 16.2.1 is caused by the negligent or other wrongful acts or omissions of the Contractor, Subcontractors, or any person or entity for whose acts or omissions any of them are responsible, the, the Contract Time shall be extended appropriately, and the Contract Sum shall be increased in the amount of the Contractor’s reasonable additional costs of shutdown, delay, and start-up.

§ 16.2.2 To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless the Contractor, Subcontractors, and agents and employees of any of them from and against claims, damages, losses, and expenses, including but not limited to attorneys’ fees, arising out of or resulting from performance of the Work in the affected area, if in fact, the material or substance presents the risk of bodily injury or death as described in Section 16.2.1 and has not been rendered harmless, provided that such claim, damage, loss, or expense is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself), except to the extent that such damage, loss, or expense is due to the fault or negligence of the party seeking indemnity.

§ 16.2.3 If, without negligence or other wrongful acts or omissions on the part of the Contractor, the Contractor is held liable by a government agency for the cost of remediation of a hazardous material or substance solely by reason of performing Work as required by the Contract Documents, the Owner shall indemnify the Contractor for all cost and expense thereby incurred.

ARTICLE 17 INSURANCE AND BONDS§ 17.1 Contractor’s Insurance§ 17.1.1 The Contractor shall purchase and maintain insurance of the types and limits of liability, containing the endorsements, and subject to the terms and conditions, as described in Exhibit B. The Contractor shall purchase and maintain the insurance required by this Agreement from an insurance company or insurance companies lawfully authorized to issue insurance in the jurisdiction where the Project is located.

§ 17.2 Owner’s Insurance§ 17.2.1 Owner’s Liability InsuranceThe Owner shall be responsible for purchasing and maintaining the Owner’s usual liability insurance.

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 53 of 213


22

§ 17.2.2 Property Insurance§ 17.2.2.1 The Owner may purchase and maintain, from an insurance company or insurance companies lawfully authorized to issue insurance in the jurisdiction where the Project is located, property insurance written on a builder's risk “all-risks” completed value or equivalent policy form and sufficient to cover the total value of the entire Project on a replacement cost basis subject to self-insurance retention and deductibles. The Owner’s property insurance coverage shall be no less than the amount of the initial Contract Sum, plus the value of subsequent Modifications and labor performed or materials or equipment supplied by others. Such property insurance shall be maintained, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents or otherwise agreed in writing by all persons and entities who are beneficiaries of such insurance, until final payment has been made as provided in Section 15.7 or until no person or entity other than the Owner has an insurable interest in the property required by this Section 17.2.2.1 to be covered, whichever is later. This insurance shall include the interests of the Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors, and Sub-subcontractors in the Project as insureds. This insurance shall include the interests of mortgagees as loss payees.

§ 17.2.2.1.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for property losses to the Work not paid by the insurance discussed in Section 17.2.2.1 due to self-insurance retention and deductibles, to a maximum of Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000) per occurrence, except to the extent such losses are caused by (1) the negligent or other wrongful acts or omissions of the Owner, Architect or its consultants, Owner's separate consultants or contractors, or their respective agents or employees or (2) Acts of God.

§ 17.2.2.3 Waiver of Subrogation§ 17.2.2.3.1 The Owner and Contractor waive all rights against (1) each other and any of their subcontractors, sub-subcontractors, agents, and employees, each of the other; and (2) Separate Contractors, if any, and any of their subcontractors, sub-subcontractors, agents, and employees, for damages caused by fire, or other causes of loss, to the extent those losses are covered and actually paid by property insurance obtained pursuant to this Agreement, if any, or other property insurance applicable to the Project, (a) except such rights as they have to proceeds of such insurance and (b) except to the extent such damages are covered by Commercial General Liability or other insurance of the Contractor or one or more Subcontractors. The Owner or Contractor, as appropriate, shall require similar written waivers in favor of the individuals and entities identified above from the Separate Contractors, Subcontractors, and sub-Subcontractors. The policies of insurance purchased and maintained by each person or entity agreeing to waive claims pursuant to this Section 17.2.2.3 shall not prohibit this waiver of subrogation. This waiver of subrogation shall be effective as to a person or entity (1) even though that person or entity would otherwise have a duty of indemnification, contractual or otherwise, (2) even though that person or entity did not pay the insurance premium directly or indirectly, or (3) whether or not the person or entity had an insurable interest in the damaged property.

§ 17.2.2.3.2 If during the Project construction period the Owner insures properties, real or personal or both, at or adjacent to the site by property insurance under policies separate from those insuring the Project, or if after final payment property insurance is to be provided on the completed Project through a policy or policies other than those insuring the Project during the construction period, to the extent permissible by such policies, the Owner waives all rights in accordance with the terms of Section 17.2.2.3.1 for damages caused by fire or other causes of loss covered by this separate property insurance.

§ 17.2.2.8 A loss insured under the Owner’s property insurance shall be adjusted by the Owner and made payable to the Owner for the insureds, as their interests may appear, subject to requirements of any applicable mortgagee clause. The Owner shall pay the Architect and Contractor their just shares of insurance proceeds received by the Owner, the Contractor shall make payments to its Subcontractors, and by appropriate written agreements shall require its Subcontractors to make payment to their sub-subcontractors in similar manner.

§ 17.3 Performance Bond and Payment Bond§ 17.3.1 The Contractor shall furnish bonds covering faithful performance of the Contract and payment of obligations arising thereunder. The amount of each bond shall be equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the Contract Sum. The form of the bonds shall be as set out on Exhibit G..§ 17.3.2 The Contractor shall require or allow particular Subcontractors to furnish performance and payment bonds only upon written approval of the Owner and agreement to as to payment of the cost of such Subcontractor bonds.

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 54 of 213


23

§ 17.3.3 The Contractor shall deliver the required bonds to the Owner not later than three (3) business days following the Contractor’s execution of the Contract.

§ 17.3.4 The Contractor shall require the attorney-in-fact who executes the required bonds on behalf of the surety to affix thereto a certified and current copy of the power of attorney.

§ 17.3.5 Any Modification of the Contractor’s obligations under the Contract shall not be subject to inspection or approval by any surety on any required bonds. The surety on such bonds, by issuing the bonds, expressly waives its right to approve any Modification, including but not limited to a Change Order or Construction Change Directive, and consents to any other modification of the Contractor’s obligations.

§ 17.3.6 The surety on any required bond shall be bound to mediate and litigate or arbitrate any disputes between it and the Owner in the same way and to the same extent that the Contractor shall be bound to mediate and litigate or arbitrate any disputes between it and the Owner.

§ 17.3.7 Upon the request of any person or entity appearing to be a potential beneficiary of bonds covering payment of obligations arising under the Contract, the Contractor shall promptly furnish a copy of the bonds or shall authorize a copy to be furnished.

ARTICLE 18 CORRECTION OF WORK§ 18.1 The Contractor shall promptly correct Work rejected by the Architect or Owner for being defective or failing to conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents, whether discovered before or after Substantial Completion and whether or not fabricated, installed, or completed. Costs of correcting such rejected Work, including additional testing and inspections, the cost of uncovering and replacement, and compensation for the Architect’s services and expenses made necessary thereby, shall be at the Contractor’s expense.

§ 18.2 In addition to the Contractor’s obligations under Section 9.4, if, within one year after the date of Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof that the Owner agrees to accept separately or after the date for commencement of warranties established under Section 15.6.3, or by terms of an applicable special warranty required by the Contract Documents, any of the Work is found to be defective or not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall correct it promptly after receipt of notice from the Owner to do so unless the Owner has previously given the Contractor a written acceptance of such condition. The Owner shall give such notice promptly after discovery of the condition.

§ 18.3 If the Contractor fails to correct defective or nonconforming Work within a reasonable time, the Owner may correct it in accordance with Section 8.3; provided that if payment of the Contract Sum has already been made by the Owner then upon demand the Contractor shall reimburse the Owner for the costs referenced in Section 8.3.

§ 18.4 The one-year period for correction of Work shall be extended with respect to portions of Work performed after Substantial Completion by the period of time between Substantial Completion of the overall Work and the actual completion of that portion of the Work.

§ 18.5 The one-year period for correction of Work shall not be extended by corrective Work performed by the Contractor pursuant to this Article 18.

§ 18.6 The Contractor expressly acknowledges and agrees that the Owner’s rights under this Article 18 relate to specific obligations of the Contractor to correct defective and nonconforming Work within a certain period upon demand of the Owner, and that such rights are in addition to and without waiver of any and all other remedies for defective and nonconforming Work that the Owner has or may have under this Agreement or applicable law.

§ 18.7 No earlier than ten (10) months and no later than eleven (11) months after the date of Substantial Completion of the Work, the Owner, Architect and Contractor at a time reasonably determined by the Owner shall jointly observe the Project to identify defective or nonconforming Work to be corrected pursuant to Section 18.2, if any. Neither the Contractor’s performance of its obligation under this Section 18.7 nor its correction of defective or nonconforming Work identified during the observation required by this Section 18.7 shall negate, abridge or reduce the Contractor’s obligations to otherwise correct the same or other defective or nonconforming Work identified either before or after the observation required by this Section 18.7.

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 55 of 213


24

ARTICLE 19 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS§ 19.1 Assignment of ContractThe Contractor shall not assign its rights or obligations under the Contract, in whole or in part, except to Subcontractors retained pursuant to Section 11.2, without written consent of the Owner. The Owner may, assign its rights and/or obligations under the Contract, in whole or in part, upon written notice to the Contractor. The Contractor shall execute all consents reasonably required to facilitate such assignment.

§ 19.2 Governing LawThe Contract shall be governed by the law of the place where the Project is located.

§ 19.3 Tests and InspectionsTests, inspections, and approvals of portions of the Work required by the Contract Documents or by applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations, or lawful orders of public authorities shall be made at an appropriate time. Unless otherwise provided, the Contractor shall make arrangements for such tests, inspections, and approvals with an independent testing laboratory or entity acceptable to the Owner, or with the appropriate public authority. The Contractor shall give the Architect timely notice of when and where tests and inspections are to be made so that the Architect may be present for such procedures. The Owner shall bear costs of all such tests, inspections, or approvals; provided that if defective or nonconforming Work or other fault of the Contractor or one or more Subcontractors results in repeat tests, inspections or approvals of portions of the Work, the contractor shall reimburse the Owner for the cost of such repeat tests, inspections, or approvals.

§ 19.4 The Owner’s representative:(Name, address, email address and other information)

« »« »« »« »« »« »

Such individual shall have the authority to make decisions on behalf of, represent and bind the Owner with respect to the Work, the Project and this Agreement. The Owner’s representative may delegate all or a portion of his or her authority under this Section 19.4 to other persons or parties, but in order to be binding on the Owner with respect to the Contractor and Architect such delegation must be in a writing sent to the Contractor and Architect. The authority of such other persons or parties shall not exceed or extend beyond that specified in the written delegation, and such authority may be modified or withdrawn by written notice. The Owner may change the person serving as the Owner’s representative by written notice. No employee or consultant of the Owner or other person or party shall have authority to make decisions on behalf of, represent or bind the Owner, except as set out in or otherwise delegated pursuant to this Section 19.4.

§ 19.5 The Contractor’s representative:(Name, address, email address, and other information)

« »« »« »« »« »« »

§ 19.6 Neither the Owner’s nor the Contractor’s representative shall be changed without ten days’ prior notice to the other party.

§ 19.7 SAVINGS CLAUSE§ 19.7.1 Should any provision of the Contract, at any time, be held to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason, and if the provisions of the Contract that are essential to each party’s interests otherwise remain valid and enforceable,

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 56 of 213


25

then the remaining provisions of the Contract shall remain in full force and effect and the court shall give the offending provision the fullest meaning and effect permitted by law.

§ 19.8 RIGHTS AND REMEDIES§ 19.8.1 Duties and obligations imposed by the Contract Documents and rights and remedies available under the Contract shall be in addition to and not a limitation of duties, obligations, rights and remedies otherwise imposed or available by applicable law.

§ 19.8.2 No action or failure to act by the Owner, Architect or Contractor shall constitute a waiver of a right or duty afforded them under the Contract, nor shall such action or failure to act constitute approval of or acquiescence in a breach hereunder, except as may be specifically agreed in writing.

ARTICLE 20 TERMINATION OF THE CONTRACT§ 20.1 Termination by the ContractorIf the Architect fails to certify payment as provided in Section 15.4.1 for a period of 30 days through no fault of the Contractor, or if the Owner fails to make payment as provided in Section 4.1.3 for a period of 30 days, the Contractor may, upon seven additional days’ notice to the Owner and the Architect, unless the Owner or Architect cures the failure on or before the seven (7) day period expires terminate the Contract and recover from the Owner payment for Work executed. In no event, however, shall Contractor be entitled to payment of its fee or other payment, including but not limited to lost profits or consequential damages on this Project or any other project, on account of Work not performed.

§ 20.2 Termination by the Owner for Cause§ 20.2.1 The Owner may terminate the Contract in whole or in part if the Contractor

.1 substantially refuses or fails to supply enough properly skilled workers or enough proper materials or equipment;

.2 fails to make payment to its employees or fails to make payment to its Subcontractors for materials, labor, services or equipment in accordance with the respective agreements between the Contractor and the Subcontractors;

.3 substantially disregards applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations, or lawful orders of a public authority; or

.4 otherwise is guilty of material breach of the Contract Documents.

§ 20.2.2 When any of the reasons described in Section 20.2.1 exists, the Owner may, without prejudice to any other remedy the Owner may have and after giving the Contractor seven days’ notice, terminate the Contract, in whole or in part, and take possession of all or a part of the site and of all materials, equipment, tools, and construction equipment and machinery thereon owned by the Contractor and may finish all or a part of the terminated Work by whatever reasonable method the Owner may deem expedient. Upon request of the Contractor, the Owner shall furnish to the Contractor a detailed accounting of the costs incurred by the Owner in finishing the terminated Work. The Owner also may elect to accept assignment of some or all of the Contractor’s subcontracts, purchase orders and similar agreements with Subcontractors.

§ 20.2.2.1 In the event a termination under Section 20.2.2 is determined in a final judgment to have been wrongful, such termination shall automatically convert to a termination for the Owner’s convenience.

§ 20.2.3 When the Owner terminates the Contract for one of the reasons stated in Section 20.2.1, the Contractor shall not be entitled to receive further payment until the Work is finished.

§ 20.2.4 If the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum exceeds costs of finishing the Work, including but not limited to the Owner’s attorneys’ fees and costs and disbursements, compensation for the Architect’s services and expenses made necessary thereby, and other damages incurred by the Owner and not expressly waived, such excess shall be paid to the Contractor. If such costs and damages exceed the unpaid balance, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. The amount to be paid to the Contractor or Owner, as the case may be, shall be certified by the Architect, upon application, and this obligation for payment shall survive termination of the Contract. In no event, however, shall Contractor be entitled to payment of its fee or other payment, including but not limited to lost profits or consequential damages on this Project or any other project, on account of Work not performed.

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 57 of 213


26

§ 20.3 Termination by the Owner for ConvenienceIn addition to its right to terminate the Contract for cause under Sections 20.2, the Owner shall have the right to terminate the Contract for its convenience in whole or in part, without cause or prior notice, by giving written notice to the Contractor. In the event of such termination for the Owner's convenience, the Contractor shall immediately cease performing the terminated Work and the Owner shall pay the Contractor for the terminated Work a proportionate share of the Contract Sum, less amounts previously paid, plus the Contractor's reasonable demobilization costs, if any, resulting from the termination. In no event, however, shall Contractor be entitled to payment of its fee or other payment, including but not limited to lost profits or consequential damages on this Project or any other project, on account of Work not performed.

§ 20.4 SUSPENSION OF THE WORK BY THE OWNER§ 20.4.1 The Owner may, with or without cause or prior notice, order the Contractor to suspend, delay or interrupt the Work in whole or in part for such period of time as the Owner may determine.

§ 20.4.2 The Contract Sum and Contract Times shall be equitably adjusted to account for increases in the cost and time caused by a suspension, delay or interruption pursuant to Section 20.4.1; provided that no such adjustment shall be made to the extent the suspension, delay or interruption is made necessary by the negligent or other wrongful acts or omissions of the Contractor, Subcontractors, or anyone for whose acts or omissions any of them are responsible, or by the failure of such persons or entities to perform as required by the Contract Documents.

ARTICLE 21 CLAIMS AND DISPUTES§ 21.1 Claims, disputes, and other matters in question arising out of or relating to this Contract, shall be referred initially to the Architect for decision. Such matters shall, after initial decision by the Architect or 30 days after submission of the matter to the Architect, be subject to mediation as a condition precedent to binding dispute resolution.

§ 21.2 Notice of Claims§ 21.2.1 Claims by Contractor shall be initiated by notice to the Owner within 7 days after occurrence of the event giving rise to such Claim or within 7 days after the claimant first recognizes the condition giving rise to the Claim, whichever is later. Failure to deliver the notice within the time set out in this Section 21.2.1 shall result in a complete and final waiver of the Claim and all rights and remedies arising therefrom.

§ 21.3 Time Limits on ClaimsThe Owner and Contractor shall commence all claims and causes of action, whether in contract, strict liability, indemnity, intentional tort or other tort, breach of contract, breach of implied or express warranty, or any other legal or equitable theory, against the other arising out of or related to the Contract in accordance with the requirements of the final dispute resolution method selected by the Owner under Section 21.5 within the applicable period of limitations. For all claims by Owner against Contractor, the applicable period of limitations shall not commence to run and any alleged cause of action shall not be deemed to have accrued, whether such claims or actions involve strict liability, indemnity, intentional tort or other tort, breach of contract, breach of implied or express warranty, or any other legal or equitable theory, unless and until the party making the claim is fully aware of all three (3) of the following: (a) the identity of the party(ies) responsible; (b) the magnitude of the damage or the injury; and (c) the cause(s) of the damage or injury. The discovery rule provided herein applies in lieu of any other applicable statute or related case law.

§ 21.4 The parties shall endeavor to resolve their disputes by mediation which, unless the parties mutually agree otherwise, shall be administered by the American Arbitration Association in accordance with their Construction Industry Mediation Procedures in effect on the date of this Agreement. A request for mediation shall be made in writing, delivered to the other party to this Agreement, and filed with the person or entity administering the mediation. The request may be made concurrently with the binding dispute resolution but, in such event, mediation shall proceed in advance of binding dispute resolution proceedings, which shall be stayed pending mediation for a period of 60 days from the date of filing, unless stayed for a longer period by agreement of the parties or court order.

§ 21.5 Any claim, dispute or other matter in question arising out of or related to this Agreement shall be decided by arbitration in the place where the Project is located. The demand for arbitration shall be filed in writing with the other party to this Agreement. The parties shall mutually select the arbitrator and the rules applicable to the arbitration process. If the parties cannot agree on the choice of an arbitrator, the parties shall apply to the local state court to appoint an arbitrator. The arbitration shall include, by consolidation or joinder or in any other manner, any

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 58 of 213


27

additional persons or entities if (1) such persons or entities are materially involved in a common issue of law or fact in dispute and (2) such persons or entities are either contractually bound to arbitrate or otherwise consent to arbitration. If another involved party will not consent to arbitration, Owner, in its sole discretion, has the option to elect consolidated litigation in court to resolve the dispute. The venue for such litigation shall be in the place where the Project is located, and the outcome shall be decided by the judge only (bench trial). Both parties expressly waive their right to a jury trial. If another involved party will not consent to a bench trial, Owner, in its sole discretion, has the option to elect a consolidated jury trial. The agreements contained in this paragraph shall be specifically enforceable in accordance with applicable law in any court having jurisdiction. Any award rendered by an arbitrator shall be final, and judgment may be entered upon it in accordance with applicable law in any court having jurisdiction. The arbitrator is specifically empowered to award attorney fees and costs to the extent allowed by contract or law.

§ 21.5.1 It is understood that the purpose of Section 21.5 is to allow Owner to determine the best means of achieving a single consolidated proceeding that will minimize duplicative processes and minimize the risk of inconsistent results, in the following order of preference: (1) a consolidated arbitration of all significant parties, if possible; or (2) alternatively, a consolidated bench trial of all significant parties, if possible; or (3) alternatively, and as a last resort, a consolidated jury trial of all significant parties.

§ 21.5.2 Should any arbitration or legal proceeding be commenced in connection with any Claim, dispute or other matter in question arising out of or relating to the Contract or the breach thereof, to obtain a construction of or to enforce any provision of the Contract, to rescind the Contract, or to enforce or collect any award obtained during arbitration or any judgment or decree of any court relating to the Contract, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its attorneys' and expert witnesses' fees and related costs, disbursements and expenses incurred prior to and during the trial or arbitration, on review for appeal, on appeal, on review for or on reconsideration, regardless of when such reconsideration should be sought or granted, as the arbitrator(s) or court shall adjudge reasonable.

§ 21.6 FORUM§ 21.6.1 Any mediation or trial court suit or action arising out of or relating to this Agreement shall be commenced and conducted in Portland, Oregon.

§ 21.7 Continuing Contract PerformancePending final resolution of a Claim, dispute or other matter in questions governed by this Article 21, including but not limited to resolution through mediation, unless agreed otherwise in writing the Contractor shall continue performance in accordance with this Agreement and the Owner shall continue to make in a timely manner its payments according to this Agreement.

§ 21.8 PUBLIC CONTRACTING PROVISIONSORS Chapter 279A and 279C contain certain requirements for public contracts, including, but not limited to, certain required contract provisions. The required contract provisions are attached as Exhibit E and are incorporated herein by this reference. Furthermore, Contractor and Owner agree to comply with all requirements of ORS Chapter 279A and 279C and other Oregon laws whether or not such provisions are included in Exhibit E and whether or not any such provisions are excised in Exhibit E.

§ 21.9 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

§ 21.9.1 Prevailing Wage – This project is subject to State of Oregon BOLI prevailing wage law. The prevailing wage rates published January 1, 2019 will be in effect for the duration of this contract. Certified payroll shall be submitted electronically via LCP Tracker.

§ 21.9.2 Equity Requirements – Contractor is required to comply with the Workforce Training and Hiring program. The Program requires that a minimum of 20% of all labor hours in each apprenticeable trade be worked by a state-registered apprentice. Program requirements apply to the prime contract and to any subcontract of $100,000 or more.

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 59 of 213


28

This Agreement entered into as of the day and year first written above.

OWNER (Signature) CONTRACTOR (Signature)

« »« » « »« »(Printed name and title) (Printed name and title)

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 60 of 213

Exhibit AConstruction Schedule

(tbd)

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 61 of 213

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 62 of 213

Peter0676

Text Box

Exhibit B Construction Documents

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 63 of 213

Peter0676

Text Box

Exhibit C Schedule of Values

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 64 of 213

Peter0676

Text Box

Exhibit D Forms of Claim Waivers and Releases

HOME FORWARD

SUBCONTRACTOR/SUPPLIERCONDITIONAL WAIVER AND RELEASE

UPON FINAL/PROGRESS PAYMENT (Identify which)

The undersigned Subcontractor/Supplier, upon receipt of a check in the sum of ______________________ Dollars ($__________) payable to Subcontractor/Supplier, and when the check has been properly endorsed and has been paid by the bank upon which it is drawn, hereby waives and releases any stop notice, payment and performance bond claim, and any and all other claims Subcontractor/Supplier has with respect to its Work on the ______________________________________________ (“Project”) under and related to the prime contract for the Project between______________________. (“Contractor”) and Home Forward (“Owner”) dated _______ ___, 20__, to the following extent.

This waiver and release is effective as to a final/progress payment (identify which) for labor, services, overhead, materials, and equipment furnished and any and all other claims by Subcontractor/Supplier and its subcontractors and suppliers at all tiers during the period commencing on and including ________________, 20__ and ending on and including ______________, 20__, including/excluding retainage (identify which).

This document may be relied upon by Owner, Contractor, any principal and surety on a bond, and any lender providing financing for the Project; provided that any party intending to rely upon this document should first verify evidence of payment to Subcontractor/Supplier of the full amount set out above.

Date: ______________________ SUBCONTRACTOR/SUPPLIER

__________________________________________

By: ______________________________________(signature)

Name: ___________________________________(printed or typed)

Title: ____________________________________

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 65 of 213

HOME FORWARD

SUBCONTRACTOR/SUPPLIERUNCONDITIONAL WAIVER AND RELEASE


The undersigned Subcontractor/Supplier has been paid and has received a final/progress payment (identify which) in the sum of ___________________________ Dollars ($_____________), and hereby waives and releases any stop notice, payment and performance bond claim, and any and all other claims Subcontractor/Supplier has with respect to its Work on the ________________________________________________(“Project”) under and related to the prime contract for the Project between. ________________ (“Contractor”) and Home Forward (“Owner”) dated __________ _____, 20__, to the following extent.

This waiver and release is effective as to a final/progress payment (identify which) for labor, services, overhead, materials, and equipment furnished and any and all other claims by Subcontractor/Supplier and its subcontractors and suppliers at all tiers during the period commencing on and including ________________, 20__ and ending on and including ______________, 20__, including/excluding retainage (identify which).

This document may be relied upon by Owner, Contractor, any principal and surety on a bond, and any lender providing financing for the Project; provided that any party intending to rely upon this document should first verify evidence of payment to Subcontractor/Supplier of the full amount set out above.

Date: ______________________ SUBCONTRACTOR/SUPPLIER

__________________________________________

By: ______________________________________(signature)


Title: ____________________________________

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 66 of 213

HOME FORWARD

PRIME CONTRACTORCONDITIONAL WAIVER AND RELEASE


The undersigned Prime Contractor, upon receipt of a check in the sum of ____________________ Dollars ($__________) payable to Prime Contractor, and when the check has been properly endorsed and has been paid by the bank upon which it is drawn, hereby waives and releases any stop notice and any and all claims Prime Contractor has with respect to its Work on the ___________________________________________________ (“Project”) under and related to its prime contract for the Project with Home Forward (“Owner”) dated __________ _____, 20__, to the following extent.

This waiver and release is effective as to a final/progress payment (identify which) for labor, services, overhead, materials, and equipment furnished and any and all other claims by Prime Contractor and its subcontractors and suppliers at all tiers during the period commencing on and including ________________, 20__ and ending on and including ______________, 20__, including/excluding retainage (identify which).

This document may be relied upon by Owner, any principal and surety on a bond, and any lender providing financing for the Project; provided that any party intending to rely upon this document should first verify evidence of payment to Prime Contractor of the full amount set out above.

Date: ______________________ PRIME CONTRACTOR

__________________________________________

By: ______________________________________(signature)


Title: ____________________________________

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 67 of 213

HOME FORWARD

PRIME CONTRACTORUNCONDITIONAL WAIVER AND RELEASE


The undersigned Prime Contractor upon receipt of a check in the sum of ___________________________ Dollars ($__________) payable to Prime Contractor, and when the check has been properly endorsed and has been paid by the bank upon which it is drawn, hereby waives and releases any stop notice and any and all claims Prime Contractor has with respect to its Work on the _____________________________ (“Project”) under and related to its prime contract for the Project with Home Forward (“Owner”), dated __________ _____, 20__, to the following extent.

This waiver and release is effective as to a final/progress payment (identify which) for labor, services, overhead, materials, and equipment furnished and any and all other claims by Prime Contractor or its subcontractors and suppliers at all tiers during the period commencing on and including _________________, 20__ and ending on and including ______________, 20__, including/excluding retainage (identify which).

This document may be relied upon by Owner, any principal and surety on a bond, and any lender providing financing for the Project; provided that any party intending to rely upon this document should first verify evidence of payment to Prime Contractor of the full amount set out above.

Date: ______________________ PRIME CONTRACTOR

__________________________________________

By: ______________________________________(signature)


Title: ____________________________________

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 68 of 213

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 69 of 213

Peter0676

Text Box

Exhibit E Public Contracting Provisions

73625144.5 0051700-00006

1. GENERAL

1.1 INCORPORATION OF ALL CONTRACT PROVISIONS. The Contract hereby incorporates all

contract provisions that are required to be incorporated into contracts with public entities pursuant to (a) the

Public Contracting Code (ORS Chapters 279A, 279B and 279C), (b) the Home Forward Public Contracting

Rules (which are referred to in this Exhibit as the “Home Forward Rules”) or (c) other applicable law. The

provisions incorporated into the Contract under the preceding sentence include, without limitation, any

provisions or amendments to provisions that become required after the Contract is executed.

1.2 DISCLAIMER REGARDING ANY UNLISTED CONTRACT PROVISIONS. The provisions

listed in this Exhibit are not necessarily an exhaustive list of provisions that are required under the Public

Contracting Code, the Home Forward Rules or other applicable law, and the fact that this Exhibit does not

list a provision that is required by the Public Contracting Code, the Home Forward Rules or other

applicable law will not (i) prevent or otherwise diminish the incorporation of that unlisted provision into

the Contract or (ii) negate or otherwise diminish Contractor’s obligation to comply with applicable laws.

2. PAYMENT.

2.1 PROMPT PAYMENT. Contractor shall promptly pay all of its obligations arising out of or in

connection with the Work, including, but not limited to, payments (1) to all persons, as due, supplying to

Contractor labor, equipment, services or material for the performance of the Work, (2) of all contributions

or amounts due the Industrial Accident Fund from Contractor or the Subcontractors incurred in the

performance of the Work, and (3) to the Department of Revenue of all sums withheld from employees

under ORS 316.167.

2.2 CONTRACTOR’S OBLIGATIONS TO FIRST-TIER SUBCONTRACTOR. Contractor shall pay

each first-tier Subcontractor for satisfactory performance under its subcontract within 10 days out of

amounts the Owner pays to the Contractor under the Contract. Contractor shall provide a first-tier

Subcontractor with a standard form that the first-tier Subcontractor may use as an application for payment

or as another method by which the Subcontractor may claim a payment due from the Contractor.

Contractor shall use the same form and regular administrative procedures for processing payments during

the entire term of the Subcontract. Contractor may change the form or the regular administrative procedures

the Contractor uses for processing payments if the Contractor notifies the Subcontractor in writing at least

45 days before the date on which the Contractor makes the change and includes with the written notice a

copy of the new or changed form or a description of the new or changed procedure. Contractor shall also

include in each subcontract entered into by the Contractor a provision requiring each first-tier

Subcontractor to include a payment clause and an interest penalty clause conforming to the standards of

this Section 2.2 in each of its subcontracts and to require each of the first-tier Subcontractor’s lower-tier

Subcontractors to include such clauses in their subcontracts with each lower-tier Subcontractor.

2.3 PROMPT PAYMENT POLICY. It is the policy of the State of Oregon that all payments due on a

public improvement contract and owed by a contracting agency shall be paid promptly. No public

contracting agency is exempt from the provisions of ORS 279C.570.

2.4 CONTRACTOR’S FAILURE TO MAKE PROMPT PAYMENT. If the Contractor has failed,

neglected or refused to pay promptly a person’s claim for labor, equipment, services or materials that the

person provides to the Contractor or a Subcontractor in connection with the Project as such claim becomes

due, the Owner may pay such claim to the person that provides the labor, equipment, services or materials

and charge the amount of the payment against funds due or to become due the Contractor under the

Contract. Owner reserves the right to make payments directly or by multiple-payee check and Contractor

hereby consents to such direct and multiple-payee check payments. Upon Owner’s request, Contractor

shall furnish to Owner the information required to facilitate such payments with each application for

payment, including (1) names, addresses, and telephone numbers of persons making any such claim for

labor, equipment, services or material, and (2) a complete listing of outstanding amounts owed to all such

persons.

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 70 of 213

73625144.5 0051700-00006

2.5 CONTRACTOR’S AND FIRST-TIER SUBCONTRACTOR’S FAILURE TO MAKE

PAYMENT AFTER PAYMENT FROM OWNER; INTEREST PENALTY. If the Contractor or a first-tier

Subcontractor fails, neglects or refuses to pay a person that provides labor, equipment, services or materials

in connection the Contract within thirty (30) days after receiving payment from the Owner or the

Contractor, the Contractor or first-tier Subcontractor owes the person the amount due plus interest charges

that begin at the end of the 10-day period that payment is due under ORS 279C.580(4) and that end upon

final payment, unless payment is subject to a good faith dispute as defined in ORS 279C.580. The rate of

interest on the amount due is nine percent per annum. The amount of interest may not be waived.

2.6 CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTORS BOARD COMPLAINT. If the Contractor or a

Subcontractor fails, neglects or refuses to make payment to a person that provides labor, equipment,

services or materials in connection with the Contract, the person may file a complaint with the Construction

Contractors Board, unless payment is subject to a good faith dispute as defined in ORS 279C.580.

2.7 CONTINUING LIABILITY OF CONTRACTOR AND SURETY. Payment by the Owner of a

claim in the manner authorized in this Section 2 does not relieve the Contractor or the Contractor’s surety

from obligation with respect to any unpaid claims.

3. PUBLIC WORKS PROJECT.

3.1 PREVAILING RATE OF WAGE. The Project is a public works project subject to the prevailing

wage rate requirements in ORS 279C.800 to 279C.870. Contractor and the Subcontractors shall comply

with ORS 279C.840. Workers in each trade or occupation required for the Work of the Project shall not be

paid less than the minimum hourly rate of wage for such workers as detailed in the Specifications for the

Contract.

3.2 PUBLIC WORKS BOND. Before starting the Work, Contractor and every Subcontractor shall

file with the Construction Contractors Board a public works bond in accordance with ORS 279C.836,

unless the Contractor or Subcontractor has elected not to file a public works bond under ORS 279C.836(7)

or (8) or is exempt under ORS 279C.836(4) or (9). Before permitting a Subcontractor to start the Work,

Contractor shall verify that the Subcontractor has filed a public works bond as required by ORS 279C.836,

has elected not to file a public works bond under ORS 279C.836(7) or (8) or is exempt under ORS

279C.836(4) or (9). Contractor shall also ensure that each subcontract entered into by a Subcontractor for

the Project shall include a clause obligating each Subcontractor to comply with the requirements of this

Section 3.2, such that all subcontracts at all tiers include a requirement to comply with this Section 3.2.

4. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS/TAX LAWS. Contractor shall comply with all applicable federal, state,

and local laws, statutes, codes, regulations, rules, orders and rulings as well as all applicable construction industry

standards, including without limitation those governing labor, materials, equipment, construction procedures, safety,

health, sanitation and the environment. Contractor agrees to indemnify, hold harmless, reimburse, and defend

Owner from and against any penalties or liabilities arising out of violations of such obligations by Contractor or its

Subcontractors at any tier. Contractor must also comply with all Oregon tax laws and shall submit a certification of

such compliance in accordance with ORS 305.385(6).

5. CONTRACTOR’S EMPLOYEES AND SUBCONTRACTORS.

5.1 EMPLOYEE DRUG TESTING PROGRAM. Contractor shall certify to Owner that Contractor

has initiated, and shall maintain through the completion of the Work of the Project, an employee drug

testing program.

5.2 WORK DAY/WORK WEEK. No person shall be required or permitted to labor more than 10

hours in any one day, or 40 hours in any one week, except in cases of necessity or emergency or when the

public policy absolutely requires it, in which event, the person so employed for excessive hours shall

receive at least time and a half pay for (1) all overtime in excess of eight hours in any one day or 40 hours

in any one week when the work week is five consecutive days, Monday through Friday; or (2) all overtime

in excess of 10 hours in any one day or 40 hours in any one week when the work week is four consecutive

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 71 of 213

73625144.5 0051700-00006

days, Monday through Friday; and (3) all work performed on Saturday and on any legal holiday specified

in ORS 279C.540.

5.3 NOTICE OF REQUIRED WORK HOURS. The Contractor and each Subcontractor must give

notice to its employees in writing, either at the time of hire or before commencement of Work, or by

posting a notice in a location frequented by its employees, of the number of hours per day and days per

week that the employees may be required to work.

5.4 CLAIMS FOR OVERTIME. Any worker employed by the Contractor shall be foreclosed from

the right to collect for any overtime provided in ORS 279C.540 unless a claim for payment is filed with the

Contractor within 90 days from the completion of the Contract, provided the Contractor has: (1) caused a

circular clearly printed in boldfaced 12-point type and containing a copy of this Section 5.4 to be posted in

a prominent place alongside the door of the timekeeper’s office or in a similar place that is readily available

and freely visible to any or all workers employed on the Work; and (2) maintained such circular

continuously posted from the inception to the completion of the contract on which workers are or have been

employed.

5.5 WORKERS’ COMPENSATION. All employers, including Contractor, that employ subject

workers who work under the Contract in the State of Oregon shall comply with ORS 656.017 and provide

the required Workers’ Compensation coverage, unless such employers are exempt under ORS 656.126.

Contractor shall ensure that each of its Subcontractors complies with these requirements.

5.6 PROMPT PAYMENT FOR MEDICAL SERVICES. The Contractor shall promptly, as due,

make payment to any person, co-partnership, association or corporation furnishing medical, surgical and

hospital care services or other needed care and attention, incident to sickness or injury, to the employees of

the Contractor, of all sums that the Contractor agrees to pay for the services and all moneys and sums that

the Contractor collected or deducted from the wages of employees under any law, contract or agreement for

the purpose of providing or paying for the services.

5.7 PROMPT PAYMENT BY CONTRACTOR AND SUBCONTRACTORS; INTEREST

PENALTY. Contractor shall include in each subcontract entered into by the Contractor a clause obligating

the Contractor (1) to make payment to the Subcontractor for satisfactory performance within ten (10) days

out of such amounts as are paid to the Contractor by the Owner under the Contract, and (2) if payment is

not made within 30 days after receipt of payment from the Owner, to pay the Subcontractor an interest

penalty on amounts due in the case of each payment not made in accordance with the payment clause

included in the subcontract as required by the preceding clause, (1) above. The interest penalty shall be for

the period beginning on the day after the required payment date and ending on the date on which payment

of the amount due is made, and computed at the rate specified in ORS 279C.515(2). Contractor shall also

include in each subcontract entered into by the Contractor a provision requiring each first-tier

Subcontractor to include a payment clause and an interest penalty clause conforming to the standards of

this Section 5.7 in each of its subcontracts and to require each of the first-tier Subcontractor’s lower-tier

Subcontractors to include such clauses in their subcontracts with each lower-tier Subcontractor.

5.8 LICENSING WITH CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTORS BOARD AND LANDSCAPE

CONTRACTORS BOARD. Before commencing the Work, Contractor shall ensure that the

Subcontractors are duly registered with the Oregon State Construction Contractors Board (and the State

Landscape Contractors Board, if applicable), and that no Subcontractor has been declared ineligible to

work on a public contract.

6. MATERIAL SALVAGE. To the extent the scope of the Work for the Contract requires demolition,

Contractor must salvage or recycle construction and demolition debris, if feasible and cost-effective.

7. COMPOSTING. To the extent the scope of the Work for the Contract requires lawn and landscape

maintenance, the Contractor must compost or mulch yard waste material at an approved site, if feasible and cost-

effective.

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 72 of 213

73625144.5 0051700-00006

8. RECYCLED MATERIALS. The Contractor, in performance of the Work, shall give preference to the

procurement of goods manufactured from recycled materials.

9. ENVIRONMENTAL AND NATURAL RESOURCES LAWS. Pursuant to ORS 279C.525, the following

is a list of Federal, State, and Local agencies that have enacted ordinances, rules or regulations dealing with the

prevention of environmental pollution and the preservation of natural resources that may affect the performance of

the Contract. The following list may not include all such agencies that have enacted ordinances, rules or regulations

relating to the environmental pollution and preservation of natural resources.

Federal Agencies:

Agriculture, Dept. of

Forest Service

Natural Resource Conservation Service

Defense, Dept. of

Army Corps of Engineers

Coast Guard

Environmental Protection Agency

Interior, Dept. of

U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service

Bureau of Land Management

Bureau of Indian Affairs

Bureau of Reclamation

Labor, Dept. of

Occupational Safety and Health Administration

Transportation, Dept. of

Federal Highway Administration

State Agencies:

Agriculture, Dept. of

Consumer and Business Services Dept.

Oregon Occupational Safety and Health Division

Environmental Quality, Dept. of

Fish and Wildlife, Dept. of

Forestry, Dept. of

Geology and Mineral Industries, Dept. of

Human Services, Dept. of

Land Conservation and Development, Dept. of

Natural Resources, Dept. of

State Fire Marshall

State Lands, Dept. of

Water Resources Department

Local Agencies:

City Councils

Circuit Courts

County Commissioners, Boards of

Fire Districts

Planning Commissions

10. RETAINAGE. The withholding of retainage by the Contractor or Subcontractor shall be in accordance

with ORS 279C.550 to ORS 279C.570.

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 73 of 213

73625144.5 0051700-00006

11. LIENS. The Contractor shall not permit any lien or claim to be filed or prosecuted against the state,

county, school district, municipality, municipal corporation or subdivision thereof, on account of any labor or

material furnished.

12. MWESB CERTIFICATION STATUS. If Contractor is certified as a disadvantaged, minority, women or

emerging small business enterprise under ORS 200.055 and Owner awarded the Contract to Contractor in whole or

in part on the basis of Contractor’s certification, Contractor shall remain certified for the entire term of the Contract.

Similarly, if one or more of Contractor’s Subcontractors are certified as a disadvantaged, minority, women or

emerging small business enterprise under ORS 200.055 and Owner awarded the Contract to Contractor in whole or

in part on the basis of the Subcontractors’ certifications, Contractor shall require that those Subcontractors remain

certified for the entire term of the Contract. This requirement is a material condition of the Contract and, if

Contractor or a Subcontractor is no longer certified, Owner may, without prejudice to any other right or remedy, (a)

terminate the Contract, (b) require the Contractor to terminate the subcontract, or (b) exercise any or all other

remedies for breach of this Contract. Contractor shall also ensure that each subcontract entered into by a

Subcontractor for the Project shall include a clause obligating each Subcontractor to comply with the requirements

of this Section 12, such that all subcontracts at all tiers include a requirement to comply with this Section 12.

13. NOTICE OF CLAIM ON BOND. The notice of claim required by ORS 279C.600 must be sent by

registered or certified mail or hand delivered no later than 180 days after the day the person last provided labor or

furnished materials or 180 days after the worker listed in the notice of claim by the Commissioner of the Bureau of

Labor and Industries last provided labor. The notice may be sent or delivered to the Contractor or Subcontractor at

any place the Contractor or Subcontractor maintains an office or conducts business or at the residence of the

Contractor or Subcontractor. If the claim is for a required contribution to a fund of any employee benefit plan, the

notice required by ORS 279C.600 must be sent or delivered within 200 days after the employee last provided labor

or materials. The notice shall be in writing substantially as follows:

To (here insert the name of the Contractor or Subcontractor and the name of the Owner):

Notice hereby is given that the undersigned (here insert the name of the claimant) has a claim for (here insert a brief

description of the labor or materials performed or furnished and the person by whom performed or furnished; if the

claim is for other than labor or materials, insert a brief description of the claim) in the sum of (here insert the

amount) dollars against the (here insert public works bond or payment bond, as applicable) taken from (here insert

the name of the principal and, if known, the surety or sureties upon the public works bond or payment bond) for the

work of (here insert a brief description of the work concerning which the public works bond or payment bond was

taken). Such material or labor was supplied to (here insert the name of the Contractor or Subcontractor).

__________(here to be signed)

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 74 of 213

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 75 of 213

Peter0676

Text Box

Exhibit F Contractor's Insurance

INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS

As a condition precedent to payment, Construction Manager will at all times specified herein provide and maintain for itself and require its Subcontractors to provide and maintain the following types and the following minimum limits of insurance written on an occurrence basis by a company or companies rated A/IX or better in the most recent edition of “Best’s Insurance Guide” (or such lesser rating as may be approved by Owner in writing) and authorized to do business in the state where the Project is located.

A. Workers’ Compensation and Employer’s Liability:(i) Workers Compensation, with limits as required by applicable law. Coverage will

be carried for the duration of the applicable statute of repose or for ten (10) years after Final Completion, whichever is longer.

(ii) Employers Liability:$1,000,000 Each Accident

$1,000,000 Disease, Policy Limit

$1,000,000 Disease, Each Employee

Coverage will be carried for the duration of the applicable statute of repose or for ten (10) years after Final Completion, whichever is longer.

B. Commercial General Liability & Other Coverages (Occurrence Form):(i) Combined Bodily Injury and Property Damage:

$1,000,000 Each Occurrence

$1,000,000 Personal and Advertising Injury

$2,000,000 General Aggregate

$2,000,000 Products/Completed Operations Aggregate

$50,000 Fire Damage Legal Liability

$10,000 Medical Expenses Per Person

(ii) The scope of coverage must meet the following: (1) Premises Operations must be included.(2) Elevators and Escalators must be included.(3) Coverage for Independent Contractors and work performed on

Construction Manager’s behalf by Subcontractors must be included.(4) Pollution Liability and Hazardous Materials Liability must be included.

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 76 of 213

(5) Contractual Liabilities must be included (including the contract obligations specified in the indemnification paragraph(s) of the Contract)

(6) The Products and Completed Operations Insurance will be maintained for the duration of the applicable statute of repose or for ten (10) years after Final Completion, whichever is longer.

(7) There can be no exclusions for subsidence, collapse, explosion or underground property damage.

(8) There can be no insured vs. insured cross-suit exclusion. The policies will provide for cross-liability coverage as would be achieved under the standard Insurance Services Office “separation of insureds” clause.

(9) The limits will not be eroded or wasted by defense costs.(10) The policy will be endorsed to be primary and non-contributory with any

insurance maintained by Owner, its affiliates, subsidiaries, members, directors, officers, employees and agents. (This endorsement must be shown on the insurance certificate provided to Owner by Construction Manager)

C. Commercial Business Auto:(i) Combined Bodily Injury and Property Damage

$1,000,000 Each Accident

(ii) The following coverages must be included:(1) Owned Automobiles(2) Non-Owned and Hired Automobiles

D. Professional Liability: (i) $2,000,000 Each Claim(ii) $2,000,000 Aggregate (iii) There can be no exclusion for mold, fungus, water intrusion or water

damage.(iv) The professional liability insurance described in this Paragraph D and

Subparagraphs (i), (ii) and (iii) will be maintained by Construction Manager for the duration of the applicable statute of repose in the state in which the Project is located.

E. Excess/Umbrella Liability Coverage:

(i) $20,000,000 Each Occurrence(ii) $20,000,000 Aggregate(iii) Coverage will be at least as broad as the General Liability, Commercial Business

Auto and Employer’s Liability policies described above.

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 77 of 213

(iv) Coverage will be carried for the duration of the applicable statute of repose or for ten (10) years after Final Completion, whichever is longer.

(v) The policy must provide that coverage will be triggered by exhaustion of the General Liability, Commercial Business Auto, Employer’s Liability, and Pollution policies above only and not any other policies; exhaustion of the applicable policies above will be achieved by reasonable compromise for amounts less than the full limits of such applicable policies.

F. Pollution Liability(i) $2,000,000 Each Claim(ii) $2,000,000 Aggregate

G. Certificates and Certified Copies of Policies. Certificates of insurance for Construction Manager and Subcontractors’ insurance along with copies of all endorsements necessary to evidence compliance with all insurance requirements will be filed with Owner and be acceptable to Owner prior to commencement of the Work. For those insurance coverages that are required to remain in force after Final Completion, additional certificate evidencing continuation of such coverage will be submitted as part of the application for final payment and upon each annual renewal for the duration of coverage required. Upon Owner’s request at any time, Construction Manager will immediately provide an actual certified copy of its insurance policies. Provision of the certificates and copies of policies as required herein will be a condition precedent to payment.

H. Notice of Cancellation, Reduction or Expiration. Construction Manager shall give Owner (i) 30 days prior written notice of any non-renewal of any policies required herein and (ii) written notice within three business days after learning that the coverages required herein will be cancelled or reduced. When Construction Manager becomes aware of any cancellation, expiration or reduction in coverage or available limits, Construction will immediately pursue procuring other policies of insurance that meet all requirements of this Exhibit.

I. Owner’s Right To Terminate or Cure. Failure of Construction Manager or Subcontractor to secure and maintain insurance with the coverages and limits required by this Exhibit will be a material breach of the Contract entitling Owner, in its discretion and without waiving any other remedies, to (i) withhold payments or recoup payments already made to Construction Manager for work on the Project, (ii) terminate the Construction Manager for cause, and (iii) purchase any additional insurance it deems reasonable necessary to protect itself at the expense of the Construction Manager. Construction Manager consents to Owner procuring replacement insurance in Construction Manager’s name and will cooperate in all respects with Construction Manager’s efforts in procuring additional or replacement insurance. Owner will have the discretion to purchase an Owner’s protective policy

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 78 of 213

or other similar policy that affords to Owner coverages and limits providing reasonably equivalent protections as Owner would have received if Construction Manager and Subcontractors maintained the insurance required by this Exhibit. Owner’s costs incurred in finding replacement insurance or an Owner’s protective policy will either be reimbursed directly by Construction Manager or may be offset against amounts owed by Owner to Construction Manager on the Project or other projects. This requirement will remain enforceable for the duration of the applicable statute of repose or for ten (10) years after Final Completion, whichever is longer.

J. Insurance In Excess of Requirements. In the event Construction Manager or Subcontractor purchases insurance in excess of the coverages or limits required under this Exhibit, such excess coverages or limits will apply to the Project and inure to the benefit of Owner.

K. No Waiver by Owner. The insurance requirements under this Exhibit can only be waived or modified by Owner by an express written instrument signed by Owner acknowledging the reduced coverages or limits. No other act or omission by Owner or its agents, including but not limited to (i) implicit or verbal acceptance or approval of reduced coverages or limits or (ii) failure to require proof of compliant insurance, will amount to Owner’s waiver of the insurance requirements of this Exhibit.

L. Subcontractor Insurance. All Subcontractors’ insurance will meet all insurance requirements of Construction Manager as provided in this Exhibit, including, but not limited to, the types of insurance, extent and durations of coverages, and notice requirements, except that the limits of insurance for Subcontractors will be no less than the following:

(i) Workers’ Compensation and Employer’s Liability: same as above.(ii) Commercial General Liability (Occurrence Form): Combined Bodily Injury and

Property Damage:$1,000,000 Each Occurrence

$1,000,000 Personal and Advertising Injury

$2,000,000 General Aggregate

$2,000,000 Products/Completed Operations Aggregate

(iii) Professional Liability: same as above, except that none will be required if a Contractor or Subcontractor will not be performing design services on the Project.

(iv) Business Auto: same as above.(v) Excess/Umbrella Liability Coverage: none required.(vi) Pollution – Liability and Hazardous Materials Liability: same as above

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 79 of 213

M. Waiver of Subrogation. To the fullest extent permitted by law, all of Construction Manager and Subcontractors’ liability insurance policies, including worker’s compensation, will contain a waiver of subrogation against Owner.

N. Additional Insureds. To the fullest extent permitted by law, all of Construction Manager and Subcontractors’ liability insurance policies will be endorsed to expressly name Owner, its affiliates, subsidiaries, directors, officers, employees and agents (including but not limited to those listed below) as additional insureds. The coverage under the additional insured endorsement will (i) be primary and noncontributory with respect to any insurance of the additional insureds, (ii) provide the same coverages and limits to the additional insured as are afforded to the primary insured as required by this Exhibit, and will not be limited to vicarious liability, (iii) not be limited to on-going operations, (iv) be maintained for the same durations as the coverages afforded to the primary insured as required by this Exhibit and blanket endorsements will not be acceptable.

The Owner and Construction Manager acknowledge that other persons or entities affiliated with the Owner may need to be named as additional insured. If such persons or entities are identified by the Owner, that parties agree that the foregoing list will be amended by the Construction Addendum.

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 80 of 213

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 81 of 213

Peter0676

Text Box

Exhibit G Forms of Payment and Performance Bonds

PAYMENT BOND

(Bond No. __________)

The undersigned, ________________ __________________ as Principal and _________________________________ as Surety, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the state of _______________, are held and bound unto Home Forward and its heirs, executers, administrators, and assigns as Obligee, for the use and benefit of all persons or entities that provide labor, materials, equipment or supplies for use under the Contract described below, in the penal sum of__________________ Dollars ($__________), lawful money of the United States of America, for the payment of which Principal and Surety bind themselves and their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally.

WHEREAS the Principal has entered into a Design-Build Contract (“Contract”) dated __________, 201_ with Obligee for the __________________________ project (“Project”), which Contract is made a part hereof as if fully incorporated herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION are such that if Principal shall promptly make payment to all persons or entities that provide labor, material, equipment or supplies for use under said Contract, then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise, it shall remain in full force and effect. In any event, this obligation shall remain in full force and effect for the applicable period of limitations or repose, whichever is longer.

Surety acknowledges that Obligee does not owe any duty to Surety to advise, notify or consult with Surety on any matters relating to the Principal or the Project, including, but not limited to, Principal’s payments to Architect, Contractors, Subcontractors or Principal’s use of Project funds.

Principal and Surety hereby jointly and severally agree that any person or entity that provides labor, material, equipment or supplies for use under said Contract and has not been paid in full within the applicable time period set forth in ORS 279C.605 may sue on this bond for the use of such person or entity, prosecute the suit to final judgment for such sums as may be justly due and owing claimant and have execution thereon. Obligee shall not be liable for the payment of any damages, costs or expenses (including attorney fees) awarded in any such suit.

No prepayment or delay in payment and no change, extension, assignment, addition or alteration of any provision of said Contract and no forbearance on the part of Obligee shall operate to relieve Surety from liability on this bond, and Surety hereby consents to any such changes, extensions, additions and alterations without further notice to or consent by Surety.

In the event arbitration, litigation or any other proceeding is brought upon this bond by Obligee and judgment or award is entered in Obligee’s favor, Surety shall pay all of Obligee’s costs incurred in such arbitration, litigation or other proceeding, including any attorney and expert witness fees.

Except as expressly provided above, no right of action shall accrue on this bond to or for the use of any person or corporation other than Obligee or its heirs, executors, administrators, successors or assigns.

Executed this _____ day of ______________, 201_.

__________________________________________PRINCIPAL__________________________________________Title__________________________________________Address

__________________________________________SURETY__________________________________________Title__________________________________________Address

COUNTERSIGNED:_________________________________________Resident Agent

__________________________________________Address

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 82 of 213

PERFORMANCE BOND

(Bond No. __________)

The undersigned, ________________ __________________ as Principal and ________________________________ as Surety, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the state of _________________, are held and bound unto Home Forward and its heirs, executers, administrators, and assigns as Obligee, in the penal sum of _______________ Dollars ($_______________), lawful money of the United States of America, for the payment of which Principal and Surety bind themselves and their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally.

WHEREAS Principal has entered into a Design-Build Contract (“Contract”) dated __________________, 201_ with Obligee for ________________________________________ (“Project”), which Contract is made a part hereof as if fully incorporated herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION are such that if Principal shall faithfully, punctually and completely perform and abide with the covenants, terms, conditions and provisions of said Contract and any extensions thereof in all respects and within the time prescribed therein, including, but not limited to, the terms of any warranty and guarantee required under the said Contract; shall pay all laborers, mechanics, contractors, subcontractors, material and equipment suppliers and all persons supplying to Principal or its contractors, subcontractors and suppliers at any tier labor, materials, supplies or equipment for the prosecution of the work or any part thereof; shall fully defend, indemnify and hold Obligee harmless from all cost and damage that Obligee may suffer by reason of Principal’s failure to do so; and shall in all respects perform said Contract according to applicable law, then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise, it shall remain in full force and effect. In any event, this obligation shall remain in full force and effect for the applicable period of limitations or repose, whichever is longer.

Surety acknowledges that Obligee does not owe any duty to Surety to advise, notify or consult with Surety on any matters relating to the Principal or the Project, including, but not limited to, Principal’s payments to Architect, consultants, Contractors, and Subcontractors or Design-Builder’s use of Project funds.

No prepayment or delay in payment and no change, extension, assignment, addition or alteration of any provision of said Contract and no forbearance on the part of Obligee shall operate to relieve Surety from liability on this bond, and Surety hereby consents to any such changes, extensions, additions and alterations without further notice to or consent by Surety.

In the event arbitration, litigation or any other proceeding is brought upon this bond by Obligee and judgment or award is entered in Obligee’s favor, Surety shall pay all of Obligee’s costs incurred in such arbitration, litigation or other proceeding, including any attorney and expert witness fees. In the event there is an arbitration clause in said Contract, Surety agrees to participate in and to be bound by any such arbitration to the same extent Principal is bound.

No right of action shall accrue on this bond to or for the use of any person or corporation other than Obligee or its heirs, executors, administrators, successors or assigns.

Executed this _____ day of ______________, 201_.

__________________________________________PRINCIPAL__________________________________________Title__________________________________________Address

__________________________________________SURETY________________________________________Title__________________________________________Address

COUNTERSIGNED:__________________________________________Resident Agent

__________________________________________Address

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 83 of 213

DUAL OBLIGEE RIDER

Bond. No.

WHEREAS, Heretofore, and on or about the day of _________. _______________________________ as Principal entered into a written agreement with Home Forward as Owner for_____________________________________in accordance with drawings and specifications prepared by , herein referred to as the Contract, and

WHEREAS, _________________, as Principal, and _______________________ as Surety, made, executed and delivered to said Owner, as Obligee, their joint and several Performance Bond and Payment Bond and

WHEREAS, The Obligee has requested the Principal and Surety to join with the Obligee in the execution and delivery of this Rider, and the Principal and Surety have agreed so to do upon the conditions herein stated.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of One Dollar and other good and valuable considerations, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the undersigned hereby agree as follows:

The Performance Bond and Payment Bond aforesaid shall be and it is hereby amended as follows:

1. The name of ____________________________________________________________________________________ shall be added to said Bond(s) as an additional Obligees.

2. The rights of _________________________________________________________________________, as an additional Obligees, shall be subject to the following conditions: (a) The aggregate liability of the Surety under this Bond(s) to the Obligees, as their interests may appear, is limited to the penal sum of this Bond(s), (b) The Surety may, at its option, make payments under this Bond(s) by check issued jointly to _____________________________________________________________________________.

3. Surety agrees that any change order issued in accordance with the general conditions of the contract, which change order increases the total contract price, shall be binding upon Surety and covered under the Bond(s) without notice to Obligees or any act by Surety.

4. Except as herein modified, said Performance Bond and Payment Bond shall be and remain in full force and effect.

Signed, sealed and dated this day of , .

By:

By:

Home Forward

By:

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 84 of 213

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 85 of 213

Peter0676

Text Box

Exhibit I Workforce Training & Hiring

Exhibit 2 Workforce Plan

Bid #: Project Name:

Company Name: Contract Amount: $

Federal Tax ID: Prime Contractor: Subcontractor:

List all Trades to be used on this Project (one trade, per line)

Total # of Journey Workers

Total # of Apprentices

Total # of Female

Workers

Total # of Minority Workers

# and level of New Hires

(i.e. 1A or 1J)

Anticipated Start Date

Estimated Total Hours (all workers

in each trade)

Please list the apprentices who will work on this project. If you need more space, attach an additional sheet of paper. Compliance Staff must approve all apprentices on the project.

Name of Apprentice Trade Race Gender Date of Hire STAFF USE ONLY

If no current apprentices, indicate when and how they will be hired:

Name of Workforce Plan Administrator (for Apprentice/Diversity Goals): Phone: Fax:

E-mail address?

Are you a registered Training Agent? Yes No Are you a Union or Open Shop Contractor? Union Open Shop

Which JATC dispatches apprentices to your company?

Name: Phone: Fax:

Name: Phone: Fax:

Please answer the following questions concerning your efforts to achieve the diversity goals on this project:

1. How do you plan to achieve the diversity goals on this project?

2. Other than your JATC, what resources will you use to recruit minority and female workers for this project (please check allthat apply)?

Oregon Tradeswomen PCC Pre-Apprenticeship Portland YouthBuilders Constructing Hope Job Corps Other

3. Do you need any assistance with meeting the apprenticeship requirements or diversity goals on this project? Yes No

Prepared By (print): Signature: Date:

Instructions 1. This form must be completed by the prime and each subcontractor with a subcontract of $100,000 or more.2. Please state how you plan to perform the work on this project, indicating the number of journey workers and

apprentices, by trade.3. This plan must demonstrate how your company will fulfill all Workforce Training & Hiring Program requirements,

including utilization of apprentices, and diversity goals.

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 86 of 213

Goods and Services Agreement Contract No.

THIS AGREEMENT is between Home Forward, a public corporation authorized by state law and incorporated by the City of Portland, located at 135 SW Ash Street, Portland, OR 97204, and whose address

referred herein to as "CONTRACTOR."

In exchange for the promises and other consideration set forth below, the parties agree as follows:

1. Duration: This Goods and Services Agreement shall be effective and shall remain in effect until and including unless terminated or extended as provided in this Agreement.

2. Payment: Home Forward shall pay CONTRACTOR services performed in an amount not to exceed ($XXX.xx).

3. Terms: Payment for services will be made in accordance with the receipt of approved invoices. Payment is to be made within thirty (30) days of the receipt of an approved invoice.

4. Scope of Work: Contractor shall provide all services and materials specified below which is incorporated into this Agreement by reference. All services and materials shall be provided by CONTRACTOR in accordance with the Scope of Work in a competent and professional manner.

5. Federal Requirements: This contract is funded in part under a financial assistance agreement between Home Forward and The U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development. This contract is subject to all provisions prescribed for third Party contract by that financial assistance agreement, including, but not necessarily limited to, the provisions in Exhibit A, which is attached to, and made part of, this contract.

Contract Administrator: Contract Description: Elevator full service preventive maintenance

Attachment A: General Conditions and Specifications for Elevator Full Service Preventive Maintenance

All terms on the reverse side of this document are hereby made a part of this AGREEMENT.

Contractor Home Forward

Signature: Signature:

Date: Date:

Name: Title:

Address: Department:

Telephone:

Telephone:

Tax I.D. or SS#:

Federal tax ID number or Social Security number is required pursuant to ORS 305.385 and will be used for the administration of state, federal and local laws. Payment information will be reported to the Internal Revenue Service under the name and Federal tax ID number, or if none, the Social Security number provided above.

Home Forward135 SW Ash Street

Portland Oregon 97204503-802-8300www.homeforward.org

THE PARTIES AGREE AS FOLLOWS:

ARTICLE I: LIABILITY AND INDEMNITYCONTRACTOR is an independent contractor and assumes full responsibility for its performance and assumes full responsibility for all liability for bodily injury or physical damage to persons or property arising out of or related to this Contract, CONTRACTOR shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Home Forward, its elected officials, officers, employees and agents, from any and all claims, demands, damages, actions, losses, and expenses, including attorney's fees, whether before the commencement of litigation at trial or on appeal, arising out of or in any way connected with its performance of this Contract. CONTRACTOR is solely responsible for paying CONTRACTOR'S subcontractors and nothing contained herein shall create or be construed to create any contractual relationship between any subcontractor(s) and Home Forward. CONTRACTOR is solely responsible for the acts and omissions of its’ agents, employees, subcontractors, and/or representatives and for all claims.

ARTICLE II: TERMINATIONHome Forward may terminate this Contract, or a portion of this Contract, upon giving CONTRACTOR thirty (30) days’ written notice. In the event of termination, CONTRACTOR shall be entitled to payment for services received prior to the date of termination. Home Forward shall not be liable for any indirect or consequential, or any other damages whatsoever. Termination by Home Forward shall not waive any claim or remedies it may have against CONTRACTOR.

ARTICLE III: INSURANCECONTRACTOR shall procure and maintain for the duration of the contract insurance against claims for injuries to persons or damages to property, which may arise from or in connection with the CONTRACTOR, its agents, representatives, employees, or sub-contractors.

MINIMUM SCOPE OF INSURANCECoverage shall be at least as broad as:1. Insurance Services Office Commercial General Liability coverage (occurrence form CG 0 01 10 01).2. Insurance Services Office Additional Insured form (CG 20 37 or CG 20 26).3. Insurance Services Office form number CA 00 01 06 92 covering Automobile Liability, Code 1 (any auto) [required if scope of work includes driving on Authority property].4. Workers’ Compensation insurance as required by state law and Employer’s Liability Insurance.

MINIMUM LIMITS OF INSURANCECONTRACTOR shall maintain limits no less than:1. General Liability: $1,000,000 per occurrence for Bodily Injury, Personal Injury, and Property Damage. If Commercial General Liability Insurance or other form with a general aggregate limit is used, either the general aggregate limit shall apply separately to this contract or the general aggregate limit shall be twice the required occurrence limit.2. Automobile Liability: $1,000,000 per accident for Bodily Injury and Property Damage.3. Workers’ Compensation (statutory) and Employer’s Liability: $1,000,000 per accident for Bodily Injury or Disease.

NOTE: These limits can be attained by individual policies or by combining primary and umbrella policies.

DEDUCTIBLES AND SELF-INSURED RETENTIONSAny deductibles or self-insured retentions must be declared to and approved by Home Forward. At the option of Home Forward, either: the insurer shall reduce or eliminate such deductibles or self-insured retentions as respects Home Forward, its officers, officials, employees, and volunteers; or the CONTRACTOR shall provide a financial guarantee satisfactory to Home Forward guaranteeing payment of losses and related investigations, claim administration, and defense expenses.

OTHER INSURANCE PROVISIONSThe General Liability and Automobile Liability policies are to contain, or be endorsed to contain, the following provisions:1. Home Forward, its officers, officials, employees, and volunteers are to be covered as additional insured with respect to liability arising out of work or operations performed by or on behalf of the CONTRACTOR; or automobiles owned, leased, hired, or borrowed by the CONTRACTOR.2. The CONTRACTOR’s insurance coverage shall be primary insurance as respects Home Forward, its officers, officials, employees, and volunteers. Any insurance or self-insurance maintained by Home Forward, its officers, officials, employees, or volunteers shall be excess of the CONTRACTOR’s insurance.3. Each insurance policy required by these specifications shall be endorsed to state that coverage shall not be cancelled or materially changed, except after thirty (30) days prior written notice by certified mail, return receipt requested, has been given to Home Forward.4. Maintenance of the proper insurance for the duration of the contract is a material element of the contract. Material changes in the required coverage or cancellation of the coverage shall constitute a material breach of the contract by the CONTRACTOR.

ACCEPTABILITY OF INSURERSInsurance is to be placed with insurers with a current A.M. Best’s rating of no less than B+: CONTRACTORS must provide written verification of their insurer’s rating.

VERIFICATION OF COVERAGECONTRACTOR shall furnish Home Forward with original certificates and amendatory endorsements effecting coverage required by these specifications. The endorsements should conform fully to the requirements. All certificates and endorsements are to be received and approved by Home Forward in sufficient time before the agreement commences to permit CONTRACTOR to remedy any deficiencies. Home Forward reserves the right to require complete, certified copies of all required insurance policies, including endorsements affecting the coverage required by these specifications at any time.

SUB-CONTRACTORSUse of sub-contractors must be pre-approved by Home Forward. CONTRACTOR shall include all sub-contractors as insured under its policies or shall furnish separate insurance certificates and endorsements for each sub-contractor in a manner and in such time as to permit Home Forward to approve them before sub-contractors’ work begins. All coverage for sub-contractors shall be subject to all of the requirements stated above.

Notwithstanding this provision, CONTRACTOR shall indemnify Home Forward for any claims resulting from the performance or non-performance of the CONTRACTOR’s sub-contractors and/or their failure to be properly insured.

CONTRACTOR shall provide Home Forward with a certificate of insurance complying with this article and naming Home Forward as an additional insured within fifteen (15) days of execution of this Contract or twenty-four (24) hours before services under this Contract commence, whichever date is earlier. Notice of any material change or policy cancellation shall be provided to Home Forward thirty days (30) prior to the change.

ARTICLE IV: PUBLIC CONTRACTSAll applicable provisions of ORS Chapters 187 and 279A & B, and all other terms and conditions necessary to be inserted into public contracts in the State of Oregon, are hereby incorporated as if such provision were a part of this Agreement including, but not limited to, ORS 279B.220 TO 279B.235.

ARTICLE V: ATTORNEY'S FEESIn the event of any litigation concerning this Contract, the prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable attorney's fees and court costs, including fees and costs on appeal to any appellate courts.

ARTICLE VI: QUALITY OF SERVICES CONTRACTOR shall perform its services consistent with the professional skill and care ordinarily provided by CONTRACTORS practicing in the same or similar locality under the same or similar circumstances (the “Standard of Care”). CONTRACTOR shall perform its services as expeditiously as is consistent with such professional skill and care and the orderly progress of the Project. ARTICLE VII: RIGHT TO WITHHOLD PAYMENTSHome Forward shall have the right to withhold from payments due CONTRACTOR such sums as necessary, in Home Forward’s sole opinion, to protect Home Forward against any loss, damage or claim which may result from CONTRACTOR'S performance or failure to perform under this agreement or the failure of CONTRACTOR to make proper payment to any suppliers or subcontractors.

ARTICLE VIII: COMPLIANCECONTRACTOR shall comply with federal, state, and local laws, statutes, and ordinances relative to the execution of the work. This requirement includes, but is not limited to, non-discrimination, safety and health, environmental protection, waste reduction and recycling, fire protection, permits, fees and similar subjects.

ARTICLE IX: INTEGRATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTSAll of the provisions of any bidding documents including, but not limited to, the Advertisement for Bids, General and Special Instructions to Bidders, Proposal, Scope of Work, and Specifications which were utilized in conjunction with the bidding of this Contract are hereby expressly incorporated by reference. Otherwise, this Contract represents the entire and integrated agreement between Home Forward and CONTRACTOR and supersedes all prior negotiations, representations or agreements, either written or oral. This Contract may be amended only by written instrument signed by both Home Forward and CONTRACTOR. The law of the state of Oregon shall govern the construction and interpretation of this Contract.

ARTICLE X: ASSIGNMENTCONTRACTOR shall not assign any rights or obligations under or arising from this Contract without prior written consent from Home Forward, which consent shall not be unreasonable withheld.

ARTICLE XI: CONFLICT OF INTERESTNo Home Forward board member, officer, employee, or agent shall have any direct or indirect interest in this contract or its proceeds. No Home Forward board member, officer, employee, or agent shall solicit or accept, and Contractor shall not offer or give to any Home Forward board member, officer, employee, or agent, any gratuities, favors, or anything of monetary value in connection with this contract.

ARTICLE XII: RECORDSCONTRACTOR shall maintain a complete set of records relating to this contract, in accordance with generally accepted accounting procedures. CONTRACTOR shall permit the authorized representatives of Home Forward, the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development, and the Comptroller General of the United States to inspect and audit all work, accounts, and other data and records of CONTRACTOR relating to its performance under this contract until the expiration of three years after final payment under this contract.

ADMINISTRATIVE

SPECIFICATIONS

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 87 of 213

Peter0676

Text Box

Attachment A


DIVISION 1 SECTION 01 11 00GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SUMMARY OF WORK

01 11 00-1

1 GENERAL

1.1 SCOPE

A. Work by Contract Documents consists of modernization of elevator equipment at Medallion Apartments, Schrunk Tower and Williams Plaza. Work occurring at Medallion Apartments and Williams Plaza will be under one modified AIA-A104 contract, and Schrunk Tower will be under a second modified AIA-A104 contract.

1.2 WORK SEQUENCE

A. The following tables are tentative schedules for the elevator modernizations.

1.3 CONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES

A. Confine operations to areas immediately adjacent to the work being constructed or performed and other areas as acceptable to Owner. Contractor will be given one entire

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 88 of 213



01 11 00-2

floor to coordinate and perform the Work. Stairwells are to remain open at all times. No onsite parking.

B. Conduct operations to ensure the least inconvenience to the Owner, tenants and the general public.

C. Assume full responsibility for the protection and safekeeping of products under this Contract stored on the premises. Limit on-site storage of materials to areas as designated by Owner. Obtain and pay for use of additional off-site storage or work areas needed for operations

D. Maintain continuity of utility services and access to existing buildings. Contractor may use power and water in housing units

E. Take necessary precautions to prevent damage to existing improvements, structures, landscaping and fixtures.

F. No tenant units, occupied or unoccupied, are to be used for Contractor storage or sanitary facilities unless prior approved by the Home Forward representative.

G. No utility outages are anticipated.

1.4 CLEANING

A. Keep premises and other areas about the project free from unnecessary accumulation of soil, waste materials and rubbish produced by work of the Contract.

B. Remove all crates, cartons and other flammable waste materials or trash from the work areas at the end of each day and at the completion of work in those areas. Do not dispose of construction debris in Home Forward dumpsters.

C. Be responsible for the general cleaning and maintenance of the premises and the jobsite and for the coordination and direction of clean-up work of all trades. If the premises and jobsite are not maintained properly, the Owner may have any accumulations of waste materials removed and charge such cost to the Contractor.

D. Take care not to mark, soil or otherwise deface any existing or new finished surfaces. In the event that any finished surfaces become defaced as a result of work under this Contract in any way, clean and restore such surfaces to their original condition.

E. At completion of work, remove all temporary fences, surplus materials and waste materials from site.

1.5 VANDALISM

A. Provide and pay for a policy of insurance to offset costs of damages resulting from each occurrence of vandalism or malicious mischief during the performance of this Contract and until completion and final acceptance of the work. Burglary and robbery shall also be covered under this policy when such events would not have occurred except for the negligence or lack of consideration by the Contractor.

1.6 SAFETY

A. In accordance with generally accepted construction practices, the Contractor will be solely responsible for conditions of the jobsite, including safety of all persons and property

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 89 of 213



01 11 00-3

during the performance of the Work. This requirement will apply continuously and not be limited to normal working hours.

B. The duty of the Owner's representative is to conduct construction review of the Contractor's performance and not intended to include review of the adequacy of the Contractor's safety measures in, on or near the construction site.

1.7 GUARANTEE

A. Materials and workmanship to be guaranteed by Performance Bond for a one year period after the acceptance of work by the Owner. Repair any failures due to inferior workmanship and/or materials without additional expense to the Owner.

B. Repair any avoidable damage to existing materials, surfaces and equipment caused during the execution of the work.

1.8 PRE-CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE

A. Prior to the commencement of work, at a mutually agreed upon time, the Contractor (with superintendent) shall meet with the Home Forward’s authorized representatives.

B. Introduction

C. Explain:1. Responsibility of each participant.2. Inspection procedures.3. Progress schedules.4. Progress payment procedures.5. Submittal and approvals.6. Routing of correspondence.7. Change order procedures.8. Final inspection procedures.

D. Review of following:1. Special coordination problems.2. Use of Home Forward properties.3. Ingress and egress to site and traffic and parking rules.4. Demolition procedures.5. Special restrictions, such as noise abatement, etc.6. Any special requirements, such as wage rate schedule and equal Employment

opportunity certifications.7. Safety, fire and security.8. Insurance responsibilities. 9. 1 year guarantee.

E. Determination of the following:1. Contractor's plan of operation; see also "work scheduling" within this section.2. Lines of authority in Contractor's organization.3. Off-hour contact in case of emergency.4. Safety and security arrangement contemplated by Contractor.5. Addresses and telephone numbers of Contractor and subcontractors.

1.9 DEFINITIONS

A. The term "Contractor" as used herein refers to the successful bidder and heirs or estate thereof.

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 90 of 213



01 11 00-4

B. The terms "Architect", "Engineer", and "Owner's Agent" refer to an internal office of Home Forward or Home Forward outsourced services and as used herein is synonymous with Owner.

C. The term "Owner" as used herein refers to the "Home Forward", 135 SW Ash Street, Portland, Oregon, 97204.

1.10 ALTERNATES

A. Alternates quoted on Bid Forms will be reviewed and accepted or rejected at the Owner's option. Accepted alternates will be identified in the Owner-Contractor Agreement.

B. Coordinate related work and modify surrounding work as required to accommodate and integrate Owner-accepted Alternates into the work.

C. Schedule of Alternates: See Section 01 23 00.

1.11 WORK SCHEDULING

A. Seven days prior to commencement of work, the successful bidder shall submit to the Owner for review and consideration, a scheduled work program. The schedule shall include the starting and completion dates of the following:1. Work trades as indexed.2. Work by areas.3. Total project work.

B. The schedule shall be bar graphed to indicate areas where the forthcoming work is to be performed allowing the Owner time for relocating and readjustment if required. Provide schedule on graphed paper, 8-1/2" x 11" or 11" x 17" size, with clearly printed notations and legible indicators.

1.12 PROGRESS MEETINGS

A. Owner to conduct weekly meetings with the Contractor to discuss overall progress and details of work. Confer with Owner to establish a convenient meeting schedule. In addition, if/when requested by Owner, the Contractor shall cause subcontractors and major suppliers to attend any/all meetings.

1.13 WORK TRANSFER

A. Where an area or quantity of work is noted or shown on drawings, the Owner may transfer some or all the work to another unit within the Base Bid Work without a change in the Contract. Allow Owner to verify areas to be transferred.

1.14 COMPLETION TIME

A. Upon receipt of Notice to Proceed from Owner, the time allocated to perform the work shall commence immediately and all work covered by these documents shall be completed within 120 consecutive calendar days.

END OF SECTION

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 91 of 213


DIVISION 1 SECTION 01 23 00GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ALLOWANCES / ALTERNATES / UNIT PRICE

01 23 00-1

1 GENERAL

1.1 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Submission procedures for solicited allowances, alternates and unit prices.

B. Selection, rejection, evaluation, and award of Contract for allowances, alternates and unit prices.

C. Schedule of solicited allowances, alternates and unit prices.

1.2 RELATED SECTIONS

A. Bid Documents: Instructions To Bidders, Supplemental Instructions to Bidders, Bid Form.

B. Owner/Contractor Agreement Form: Incorporating monetary value of accepted allowances, alternates and unit prices.

C. Section 01 30 00 - Contract Considerations.

D. Section 01 33 00 - Submittals: Work schedule affected by allowances, alternates and unit prices.

E. Section 01 60 00 - Material & Equipment, Product Options and Substitutions.

1.3 REQUIREMENTS FOR SUBMISSION OF ALLOWANCE, ALTERNATES AND UNIT PRICES DURING BIDDING

A. Allowances: Are included within the base bid.

B. Alternates: Submit prices which shall be entered on the Bid Form, for Alternates solicited below.

C. Unit Prices: Submit prices which shall be entered on the Bid Form, for Unit Prices solicited below.

D. Unsolicited Substitutions: Submission of "unsolicited allowances, alternates and unit prices" to the work are Substitutions, and if submitted by the Contractor, shall be considered by the Owner as such.

1.4 SELECTION, REJECTION, EVALUATION OF, AND AWARD OF CONTRACT FOR ALLOWANCE, ALTERNATES AND UNIT PRICES

A. Solicited allowances, alternates and unit prices quoted on the Bid Form will be reviewed and accepted or rejected at Owner's sole option.

B. Bid will be evaluated by the Owner based on Base Bid Price, subject to the execution of any allowances, alternates and unit prices.

C. Alternates, if exercised by the Owner, will be exercised in any order listed. Owner may request back-up documentation to determine reasonableness of pricing for any allowances, alternates and/or unit prices.

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 92 of 213


DIVISION 1 SECTION 01 23 00GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ALLOWANCES / ALTERNATES / UNIT PRICE

01 23 00-2

D. Accepted allowances, alternates and unit prices will be identified in the Owner-Contractor Agreement.

E. Allowance amounts shown are transferable. Where an area or quantity of work is noted or shown on drawings, the Owner may transfer some or all the work to another unit within the Base Bid Work without a change in the Contract. Allow Owner’s agent to verify areas to be transferred.

1.5 SCHEDULE OF SOLICITED ALLOWANCES, ALTERNATES AND UNIT PRICES

A. Schedule of Add Alternates:

B. Allowances: Interior Cab Finishing

C. No Unit Prices

2 PRODUCTS

2.1 GENERAL

A. Extent and nature of allowances, alternates and unit prices is called for in the various parts of these Specifications, or indicated on the Drawings, or both.

3 EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL

A. Contractor shall coordinate related work and modify surrounding work to integrate the Work of each allowances, alternates and unit prices selected by the Owner.

END OF SECTION

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 93 of 213


DIVISION 1 SECTION 01 30 00GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS

01 30 00-1

1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Schedule of Values.

B. Application for Payment.

C. Change procedures. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS

A. Section 01 33 00 - Submittals: Schedule of Values.

B. Section 01 40 00 - Quality Control.

C. Section 01 70 00 - Contract Closeout. 1.3 SCHEDULE OF VALUES

A. Submit neatly typed schedule Periodic Estimate For Partial Payment provided by Owner. Contractor's standard form or electronic media printout will be considered by Owner.

B. Submit Schedule of Values in duplicate within 15 days after date of Owner-Contractor Agreement.

C. Format: Contractors choice to be approved by the Owner.

D. Include separately from each line item, an amount for Contractor's overhead and profit.

E. Revise schedule to list approved Change Orders, with each Application For Payment. 1.4 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT

A. Submit one (1) copy of each application - Periodical Estimate For Partial Payment. Submit with original signatures.

B. Content and Format: Utilize Schedule of Values for listing items in Application for

Payment.

1.5 CHANGE PROCEDURES

A. The Owner will advise of minor changes in the Work not involving an adjustment to Contract Sum/Price or Contract Time, by issuing supplemental instructions in the form of a verbal or written field order.

B. The Owner may issue to the Contractor a Proposal Request which includes a detailed

description of a proposed change and a request for Contractor's price for same, and may include supplementary or revised Drawings and Specifications, a change in Contract Time, if any, for executing the change, and the period of time during which the requested price will be considered valid. Contractor will prepare and submit an estimate with time period noted in Proposal Request.

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 94 of 213


DIVISION 1 SECTION 01 30 00GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS

01 30 00-2

C. The Contractor may propose a change by submitting a request for change, to the Owner, describing the proposed change and its full effect on the Work. Include a statement describing the reason for the change, and the effect on the Contract Sum/Price and Contract Time with full documentation, and a statement describing the effect on Work by separate or other contractors. Document any requested substitutions.

D. Stipulated Sum/Price Change Order: Based on Proposal Request and Contractor's fixed,

estimated, or maximum price quotation, as determined by the Owner or Contractor's request, for a Change Order as approved by Owner.

E. Unit Price Change Order: For pre-determined unit prices and quantities, the Change

Order will be executed on a fixed unit price basis. For unit costs or quantities of units of work which are not pre-determined, execute Work under a Construction Change Authorization. Changes in Contract Sum/Price or Contract Time will be computed as specified for Time and Material Change Order.

F. Construction Change Authorization: Owner may issue a directive, signed by the Owner,

instructing Contractor to proceed with a change in the Work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order. Document will describe changes in the Work, and designate method of determining a change, if any, in Contract Sum/Price or Contract Time. Promptly execute the change.

G. Time and Material Change Order: Submit itemized account and supporting data after completion of change within time limits indicated in the Conditions of the Contract. Owner will determine the change allowable in Contract Sum/Price and Contract Time as provided in the Contract Documents. Maintain detailed records of work done on Time and Material basis.

H. Provide full information required for evaluation of proposed changes, and to substantiate

costs for changes in the Work.

I. Execution of Change Orders: Owner will issue Change Orders for signatures of parties as provided in the Conditions of the Contract.

2 PRODUCTS

A. \\Not Used 3 EXECUTION

A. \\Not Used

END OF SECTION

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 95 of 213


DIVISION 1 SECTION 01 33 00GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES

01 33 00-1

1 GENERAL


A. Submittal procedures.B. Construction progress schedules.C. Proposed products list.D. Shop drawings.E. Product data.F. Samples.G. Manufacturers' instructions.H. Manufacturers' certificates.


A. Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements: Manufacturers' field services and reports.

B. Section 01 70 00 – Execution and Closeout Requirements: Contract warranty and manufacturer's certificates, other closeout submittals.

1.3 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES

A. Transmit each submittal with cover letter or transmittal.

B. Identify Project, Contractor, Subcontractor or supplier; pertinent Drawing sheet and detail number(s), and specification Section number, as appropriate.

C. Apply Contractor's stamp, signed or initialed certifying that review, verification of Products required, field dimensions, adjacent construction Work, and coordination of information, is in accordance with the requirements of the Work and Contract Documents.

D. Schedule submittals to expedite the Project, and deliver or mail to Owner's business address. Coordinate submission of related items.

E. Identify variations from Contract Documents and Product or system limitations which may be detrimental to successful performance of the completed Work.

F. Provide space on submittals for Contractor and Architect/Engineer review stamps.

G. Revise and resubmit submittals as required, and identify all changes made since previous submittal.

H. Distribute copies of reviewed submittals to concerned parties. Instruct parties to promptly report any inability to comply with provisions.

1.4 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULES

A. Submit initial construction schedule in duplicate, to Architect/Engineer for review, within seven (7) days after date of notification by Owner of intent to award Contract.

B. Revise and resubmit as required.

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 96 of 213



01 33 00-2

C. Submit revised schedules with each Application for Payment, identifying changes since previous version.

D. Format: a computer or manually generated horizontal bar chart with separate line for each major section of Work or operation, identifying first work day of each week. Preferably, Contractor may submit a network analysis diagram using the critical path (PERT) method, generally as outlined in Associated General Contractors of America (AGC) publication "The Use of CPM in Construction - A Manual for General Contractors and the Construction Industry".

1.5 PROPOSED PRODUCTS LIST

A. Within 15 days after date of Owner-Contractor Agreement, submit complete list of major products proposed for use, with name of manufacturer, trade name, and model number of each product.

B. For products specified only by reference standards, give manufacturer, trade name, model or catalog designation, and reference standards.

1.6 SHOP DRAWINGS

A. Submit the number of copies which Contractor requires, plus two (2) copies which will be retained for use by Owner and Architect/Engineer.

B. After review, distribute to interested parties.

1.7 PRODUCT DATA

A. Submit the number of copies which Contractor requires, plus two (2) copies which will be retained for use by Owner.

B. Mark each copy to identify applicable products, models, options, and other data. Supplement manufacturers' standard data to provide information unique to this Project.

C. After review, distribute to interested parties.

1.8 SAMPLES

A. Submit samples to illustrate functional and aesthetic characteristics of the Product, with integral parts and attachment devices. Coordinate sample submittals for interfacing work.

B. Submit samples of finishes from the full range of manufacturers' standard colors, textures, and patterns for Owner's selection.

C. Include identification on each sample, with full Project information.

D. Submit the number or samples specified in individual specification Sections; but in no case less than three, one of which will be retained by Owner.

E. Reviewed samples which may be used in the Work are indicated in individual specification Sections.

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 97 of 213



01 33 00-3

1.9 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS

A. When specified in individual specification Sections, submit manufacturers' printed instructions for delivery, storage, assembly, installation, start-up, adjusting, and finishing, in quantities specified for Product Data.

B. Identify conflicts between manufacturers' instructions and Contract Documents.

1.10 MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATES

A. When specified in individual specification Sections, submit manufacturers' certificate to Owner for review, in quantities specified for Product Data.

B. Indicate material or product conforms to or exceeds specified requirements. Submit supporting reference date, affidavits, and certifications as appropriate.

C. Certificates may be recent or previous test results on material or Product, but must be acceptable to Owner.

2 PRODUCTS

A. \\Not Used

3 EXECUTION

A. \\Not used

END OF SECTION

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 98 of 213


DIVISION 1 SECTION 01 40 00GENERAL REQUIREMENTS QUALITY REQUIREMENTS

01 40 00-1

1 GENERAL

1.1 SECTION INCLUDE

A. Quality assurance and control of installation.

B. References.

C. Inspection and testing laboratory services.

D. Manufacturers' field services and reports.


A. Section 01 30 00 – Submittal Procedures: Submission of Manufacturers' Instructions and Certificates.

1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE/CONTROL OF INSTALLATION

A. Monitor quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, Products, services, site conditions, and workmanship, to produce Work of specified quality.

B. Comply fully with manufacturers' instructions, including each step in sequence.

C. Should manufacturers' instructions conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Architect/Engineer before proceeding.

D. Comply with specified standards as a minimum quality for the Work except when more stringent tolerances, codes, or specified requirements indicate higher standards or more precise workmanship.

E. Perform work by persons qualified to produce workmanship of specified quality.

F. Secure Products in place with positive anchorage devices designed and sized to withstand stresses, vibration, physical distortion or disfigurement.

1.4 REFERENCES

A. Conform to reference standard by date of issue current on date of Owner-Contract or Agreement.

B. Obtain copies of standards when required by Contract Documents.

C. Should specified reference standards conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Architect/Engineer before proceeding.

D. The contractual relationship of the parties to the Contract shall not be altered from the Contract Documents by mention or inference otherwise in any reference document.

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 99 of 213


DIVISION 1 SECTION 01 40 00GENERAL REQUIREMENTS QUALITY REQUIREMENTS

01 40 00-2

1.5 INSPECTION AND TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES

A. Owner will appoint, employ, and pay for services of an independent firm to perform inspection and testing except [for soil compaction and also except] as otherwise noted in specific individual specification Sections.

B. The independent firm will perform inspections, tests, and other services specified in individual specification Sections and as required by the Architect/Engineer, unless otherwise noted in individual specification Sections.

C. Reports will be submitted by the independent firm to the Architect/Engineer, in triplicate, indicating observations and results of tests and indicating compliance or non-compliance with Contract Documents.

D. Cooperate with independent firm; furnish samples of materials, design mix, equipment, tools, storage and assistance as requested.1. Contractor shall notify independent firm 24 hours prior to expected time for

operations requiring testing services.2. Contractor shall make arrangements with independent firm and pay for additional

samples and tests required for Contractor's use.

E. Retesting required because of non-conformance to specified requirements shall be performed by the same independent firm on instructions by the Architect/Engineer. Payment for retesting will be charged to the Contractor by deducting inspection or testing charges from the Contract Sum/Price.

END OF SECTION

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 100 of 213


DIVISION 1 SECTION 01 50 00GENERAL REQUIREMENTS TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS

01 50 00-1

1 GENERAL


A. Temporary Utilities: Electricity, lighting, heat, ventilation, telephone service, water, and sanitary facilities.

B. Temporary Controls: Barriers, enclosures and fencing, protection of the Work, and security.

C. Construction Facilities: Access roads, parking, progress cleaning, project signage, and temporary buildings.


A. Section 01 70 00 – Execution and Closeout Requirements: Final cleaning.

1.3 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY

A. Contractor to provide all power service, unless other arrangements are made with the Owner.

B. Power consumption shall not disrupt Owner's need for continuous service.

C. Power Feeder Service Characteristics: suitable for the work.

D. Provide power outlets for construction operations, with branch wiring and distribution boxes located as required.

E. Provide main service disconnect and over current protection at convenient location for temporary service.

F. Permanent convenience receptacles may be utilized during construction, only if arrangements are made with Owner.

1.4 TEMPORARY LIGHTING

A. Provide and maintain adequate lighting for construction operations.

B. Provide and maintain minimum 1 footcandles of lighting to exterior staging and storage areas after dark for security purposes.

C. Provide and maintain minimum 5 footcandles of lighting to interior work areas after dark for security purposes.

D. Provide branch wiring from power source to distribution boxes with lighting conductors, pigtails, and lamps as required.

E. Maintain lighting and provide routine repairs.

F. Permanent Owner's building lighting may be utilized during construction.

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 101 of 213



01 50 00-2

1.5 TEMPORARY HEAT

A. Existing facilities, except electricity, shall not be used to provide temporary heat.

B. Provide and pay for heat devices and heat as required to maintain specified conditions for construction operations.

C. Utilize Owner's new heat equipment when on line. Extend and supplement with temporary heat devices as required to maintain specified conditions for construction operations.

D. Owner will pay cost of electricity or gas used. Exercise measures to conserve energy. Enclose building prior to activating temporary heat, or using Owner's electricity or gas for same.

E. Prior to operation of permanent equipment for temporary heating purposes, verify that installation is approved for operation, equipment is lubricated and filters are in place. Provide and pay for operation, maintenance, and regular replacement of filters and worn or consumed parts.

F. Maintain minimum ambient temperature of required by nature of construction in progress, unless indicated otherwise in specifications.

1.6 TEMPORARY VENTILATION

A. Ventilate enclosed areas to assist cure of materials, to dissipate humidity, and to prevent accumulation of dust, fumes, vapors, or gases.

B. Utilize existing ventilation equipment when on line. Extend and supplement equipment with temporary fan units as required to maintain clean air for construction operations.

1.7 TELEPHONE SERVICE

A. Provide, maintain and pay for mobile cellular telephone service to field supervisor. Service to be operable at time of project mobilization.

1.8 TEMPORARY WATER SERVICE

A. Connect to Owner's existing water source at location directed by Owner. Provide individual shut-off valve.

B. Owner will pay cost of water used. Exercise measures to conserve water.

C. Extend branch piping with outlets located so water is available by hoses with threaded connections. Provide temporary pipe insulation when necessary to prevent freezing.

1.9 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES

A. Provide and maintain required facilities and enclosures.

B. Existing facilities shall not be used except with the express and revocable permission of the Owner.

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 102 of 213



01 50 00-3

1.10 BARRIERS

A. Provide barriers to prevent unauthorized entry to construction areas, to allow for Owner's and tenants' use of site, and to protect existing facilities and adjacent properties from damage from construction operations.

B. Provide barricades and covered walkways required by governing authorities for public rights-of-way and to ensure safe job-site working conditions.

C. Provide protection for plant life designated to remain. Replace plant life damaged by construction operations. At trees specifically noted to receive protection, strap 2x wood framing around trunk of tree to 4'-0" high minimum to protect base of tree from de-barking and exercise care to prevent limbs from damage.

D. Protect non-owned vehicular traffic, stored materials, site and structures from damage.

1.11 WATER CONTROL

A. Where grading is required, grade site to drain. Maintain excavations free of water. Provide, operate, and maintain pumping equipment.

B. Protect site from puddling or running water. Provide water barriers as required.

1.12 INTERIOR ENCLOSURES

A. Provide temporary partitions and ceilings as required to separate work areas from Owner occupied areas, to prevent penetration of dust and moisture into Owner occupied areas, and to prevent damage to existing materials and equipment.

1.13 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED WORK & EXISTING

A. Protect installed Work and existing construction or finishes and provide special protection where specified in individual specification Sections.

B. Provide temporary and removable protection for installed Products. Control activity in immediate work area to prevent damage.

C. Provide protective coverings at walls, projections, jambs, sills, and soffits of openings.

D. Protect finished floors, stairs, and other surfaces from traffic, dirt, wear, damage, or movement of heavy objects, by protecting with durable sheet materials.

E. Prohibit traffic or storage upon waterproofed or roofed surfaces. If traffic or activity is necessary, obtain recommendations for protection from waterproofing or roofing material manufacturer.

F. Prohibit traffic from landscaped areas.

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 103 of 213



01 50 00-4

1.14 SECURITY

A. Provide security and facilities to protect Work materials, equipment, existing facilities, Owner's operations, and tenants' apartments from unauthorized entry, vandalism, or theft.

B. Coordinate with Owner's security program.

1.15 ACCESS ROADS

A. Designated existing on-site roads may be used for construction traffic.

1.16 PARKING

A. On-site parking areas are not sufficient to accommodate construction personnel. Personnel must park off-site on adjacent public streets away from apartment complex area unless otherwise specified in drawings.

1.17 PROGRESS CLEANING

A. Maintain areas free of waste materials, debris, and rubbish. Maintain site in a clean and orderly condition.

B. Remove debris and rubbish from pipe chases, plenums, attics, crawl spaces, and other closed or remote spaces, prior to enclosing the space.

C. Broom and vacuum clean interior areas prior to start of surface finishing, and continue cleaning to eliminate dust.

D. Remove waste materials, debris, and rubbish from site periodically and dispose off-site.

1.18 FIELD OFFICES AND SHEDS

A. Contractor’s choice to provide office: Weather-tight, with lighting, electrical outlets, heating, and ventilating equipment, and equipped with sturdy furniture and drawing layout table.

B. Locate offices and sheds as directed by Owner.

1.19 REMOVAL OF TEMPORARY UTILITIES, FACILITIES, AND CONTROLS

A. Remove temporary above grade or buried utilities, equipment, facilities, materials, prior to Substantial Completion inspection.

B. Clean and repair damage caused by installation or use of temporary work.

C. Restore existing facilities used during construction to original condition. Restore permanent facilities used during construction to specified condition.

END OF SECTION

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 104 of 213

Richmond PlaceProject No. C

DIVISION 1 SECTION 01 60 00GENERAL REQUIREMENTS PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS

01 60 00-1

1 GENERAL


A. Products.B. Transportation and handling.C. Storage and protection.D. Product options.E. Substitutions.


A. Instructions to Bidders: product options and substitutions.

B. Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements: Product quality monitoring.

1.3 PRODUCTS

A. Products: Means any new material, machinery, components, equipment, fixtures, and systems forming the work. It does not include machinery and equipment used for preparation, fabrication, conveying and erection of the work. Products may also include existing materials or components required for reuse.

B. Do not use materials and equipment removed from existing premises, except as specifically permitted by the Contract Documents.

C. Provide interchangeable components of the same manufacturer, for similar components.

1.4 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING

A. Transport and handle products in accordance with manufacturer's instruction.

B. Promptly inspect shipments to insure that the products comply with requirements, quantities are correct, and products are undamaged.

C. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage.

1.5 STORAGE AND PROTECTION

A. Store and protect products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, with seals and labels intact and legible. Store sensitive products in weather-tight climate controlled enclosures.

B. For exterior storage of fabricated products, place on sloped supports, above ground.

C. Provide off-site storage and protection when site does not permit on-site storage and protection.

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 105 of 213

Richmond PlaceProject No. C


01 60 00-2

D. Cover products subject to deterioration with impervious sheet covering. Provide ventilation to avoid condensation.

E. Store loose granular materials on solid flat surfaces in well drained areas. Prevent mixing with foreign matter.

F. Provide equipment and personnel to store products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage.

G. Arrange storage of products to permit access for inspection. Periodically inspect to assure products are undamaged and are maintained under specified conditions.

1.6 PRODUCTS OPTIONS

A. Products Specified by Reference Standards or by Description Only: Any products meeting those standards or description.

B. For products specified under Reference Standards, include:1. Name and address of manufacturer.2. Trade name and model or catalog designation.3. Manufacturer's data showing performance and test data, and reference

standards.

C. Products specified by naming one or more manufacturers and "or approved equal": Submit a request for substitution for any manufacturer not named.

1.7 SUBSTITUTIONS

A. During bidding, Owner will consider written requests for substitutions received at least ten days prior to bid date. Requests received after that time will not be considered.

B. After date of Contract, Owner will consider formal requests from Contractor for substitution of products in place of those specified when submitted in accordance with the requirements of this section. One or more of the following conditions must be documented:1. The substitution must be required for compliance with final interpretation of Code

requirements or insurance regulations.2. The substitution must be due to the unavailability of the specified products,

through no fault of the Contractor.3. The substitution may be requested when subsequent information discloses the

inability of the specified products to perform properly or to fit in the designated places.

4. The substitution may be due to the manufacturer's or fabricator's refusal to certify or guarantee performance of the specified product as required.

5. The substitution may be requested when it is clearly seen, in the judgment of the Owner that substitution would be subsequently to the Owner's best interest, in terms of cost, time or other considerations.

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 106 of 213



01 60 00-3

C. Submit one copies of request for substitution. Include in request:1. Complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with Contract

documents.a. Product identification including manufacturer's name and address.b. Manufacturer's literature:

(1) Product description.(2) Performance and test data.(3) Reference standards.

c. Samples.d. Name and address of similar projects on which product or method was

used and the date of installation.2. Itemized comparison of proposed substitution with product or method specified.3. Data relating to changes in construction schedule.4. For request submitted after bids are received, accurate cost data on proposed

substitution in comparison with product or method specified.

D. In making request for substitution, Manufacturer/Contractor represents:1. He has personally investigated proposed product and determined that it is equal

or superior in all respects to that specified.2. He will provide the same guarantee for substitution as for product specified.3. He will coordinate installation of accepted substitution into work, making such

changes as may be required for work to be complete in all respect.4. He waives all claims for additional costs related to substitution which

consequently become apparent.5. Cost data is complete and includes all related costs under his Contract but

excludes:a. Costs under separate Contracts.b. Owner redesign, including Consultant's fees.

E. Substitutions will not be considered if:1. They are indicated or implied on shop drawings or product data submittal without

request submitted in accordance with paragraph 1.7A or 1.7B.2. Acceptance will require substantial revision of Contract Documents.

END OF SECTION

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 107 of 213


DIVISION 1 SECTION 01 70 00GENERAL REQUIREMENTS EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS

01 70 00-1

1 GENERAL


A. Closeout procedures.B. Final cleaning.C. Adjusting.D. Project record documents.E. Operation and maintenance data.F. Warranties.G. Spare parts and maintenance materials.


A. Section 01 50 00 - Temporary Facilities and Controls: Progress cleaning.

1.3 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES

A. Submit written certification that Contract Documents have been reviewed, Work has been inspected, and that Work is complete in accordance with Contract Documents and ready for Architect/ Engineer's inspection.

B. Provide submittals to Architect/Engineer that are required by governing or other authorities.

C. Submit final Application for Payment identifying total adjusted Contract Sum, previous payments, and sum remaining due.

D. Owner will occupy all portions of the building as specified in Section 01 11 00.

1.4 FINAL CLEANING

A. Execute final cleaning prior to final inspection.

B. Clean interior and exterior glass and surfaces exposed to view; remove temporary labels, stains and foreign substances, polish transparent and glossy surfaces, vacuum floors.

C. Clean equipment and fixtures to a sanitary condition.

D. Install clean filters in operating equipment.

E. Clean debris from roofs, gutters, downspouts, and drainage systems.

F. Clean site; sweep paved areas, rake clean landscaped surfaces.

G. Remove waste and surplus materials, rubbish, and construction facilities from the site.

1.5 ADJUSTING

A. Adjust operating Products and equipment to ensure smooth and unhindered operation.

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 108 of 213



01 70 00-2

1.6 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS

A. Maintain on site, one set of the following record documents; record actual revisions to the Work:1. Contract Drawings.2. Specifications.3. Addenda.4. Change Orders and other Modifications to the Contract.5. Reviewed shop drawings, product data, and samples.

B. Store Record Documents separate from documents used for construction.

C. Record information concurrent with construction progress.

D. Specifications: Legibly mark and record, in each Product section, a description of actual Products installed, including the following:1. Manufacturer's name and product model and number.2. Product substitutions or alternates utilized.3. Changes made by Addenda and Modifications.

E. Record Documents and Shop Drawings: Legibly mark each item to record actual construction including:1. Measured depths of foundations in relation to finish main floor datum.2. Measured horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and

appurtenances, referenced to permanent surface improvements.3. Measured locations of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in

construction, referenced to visible and accessible features of the Work.4. Field changes of dimension and detail.5. Details not on original Contract Drawings.

F. Delete Architect/Engineer title block and seal from all documents that have been altered by anyone other than the Architect or Engineer.

G. Submit documents to Architect/Engineer with claim for final Application for Payment.

1.7 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA

A. Submit MSDS (Manufacturing Specification Data Sheets) information for all materials used on this project, specified or not specified. For example paint, glues, adhesives or caulking.

B. Prepare binder covers with printed title "OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS", title of project, and subject matter of binder.

C. Internally subdivide the binder contents with permanent page dividers, logically organized as described below; with tab titling clearly printed under reinforced laminated plastic tabs.

D. Contents: Prepare a Table of Contents for each volume, with each Product or system description identified.

E. Part 1: Directory, listing names, addresses, and telephone numbers of Architect/Engineer, Contractor, Subcontractors, and major equipment suppliers.

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 109 of 213



01 70 00-3

F. Part 2: Operation and maintenance instructions, arranged by system and subdivided by specification section where appropriate. For each category, identify names, addresses, and telephone numbers of Subcontractors and suppliers. Identify the following:1. Significant design criteria.2. List of equipment.3. Parts list for each component.4. Operating instructions.5. Maintenance instructions for equipment and systems.6. Maintenance instructions for finishes, including recommended cleaning methods

and materials and special precautions identifying detrimental agents.7. Name of paint manufacturer, type of paint and color code number for each color

of paint used.

G. Part 3: Project documents and certificates, including the following:1. Shop drawings and product data.2. Air and water balance reports.3. Certificates.4. Photocopies of warranties and bonds.5. MSDS (Manufacturing Specification Data Sheets) information.

H. Submit (1) copy, 8-1/2 x 11 inch format, bound in a three-ring binder, of completed Operation and Maintenance volumes in final form 15 days prior to final inspection. This copy will be returned after final inspection, with Architect/Engineer comments. Revise content of documents as required prior to final submittal.

I. Submit (2) final Operation and Maintenance volumes revised, within ten days after receipt from Architect/Engineer after final inspection.

1.8 WARRANTIES

A. Provide duplicate notarized copies.

B. Execute and assemble documents from Subcontractors, suppliers, and manufacturers.

C. Provide Table of Contents and assemble in three-ring binder with durable plastic cover.

D. Submit prior to final Application for Payment.

E. For items of Work delayed beyond date of Substantial Completion, provide updated submittal within ten days after acceptance, listing date of acceptance as start of warranty period.

1.9 SPARE PARTS AND MAINTENANCE MATERIALS

A. Provide products, spare parts, maintenance and extra materials in quantities specified in individual specification Sections.

B. Deliver to Owner. Obtain receipt for same prior to requesting Final Payment from Owner.

END OF SECTION

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 110 of 213


DIVISION 1 SECTION 01 73 29GENERAL REQUIREMENTS CUTTING AND PATCHING

01 73 29-1

1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Cutting and patching work at remodel areas where existing work is affected by installation or performance of new work.


A. Section 01 11 00 - Summary of Work: Providing general cleaning.

B. Section 01 70 00 – Execution and Closeout Requirements: Providing final cleaning.

C. Section 26 05 00 – Common Work Results for Electrical: Providing cutting and patching work required exclusively for electrical work.

1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE: Unless otherwise shown or specified, provide all labor and materials

necessary to execute cutting and patching so:

A. Each patch material is new and of kind, grade, size and quality identical to patched material.

B. Installation and application of materials are of quality identical to or better than typical existing work at similar locations, but where surface of abutting work cannot be satisfactorily matched, refinish entire surface of abutting work in same plane as new work, to match surface texture of like type new work and, where material is factory finished, in material manufacturer's standard color selected by Owner.

C. Patches are made within existing work to match abutting work and made in manner to eliminate objectionable difference between patch work and adjoining work. If such is not practical, refinish entire plane of surface in which patch occurs.

D. All fluid applied materials are of same thickness and number of coats as for like locations.

E. Pattern, color, sheen and surface texture match existing work at like locations, but when factory finished material is not available of characteristics matching existing, notify Owner immediately. Owner will promptly make a reasonable selection from attainable factory finished material. Provide a selected substitute without additional cost to Owner.

2 PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Products for patching work within existing structure: Same quality and type materials as required for like type new work, unless other materials are noted or specified for that particular patch location.

B. Where drawings indicate material to "match existing": Product of same quality as for like

type new work in remodel areas and match as closely as possible existing surface texture, sheen, and (for factory finished products) pattern and color. For example: Float finished sanded gypsum plaster to "match existing" to be on same plaster base, of same materials and mix, and applied in same way as sanded gypsum plaster on new partitions.

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 111 of 213


DIVISION 1 SECTION 01 73 29GENERAL REQUIREMENTS CUTTING AND PATCHING

01 73 29-2

The surface appearance of the plaster must look same as existing adjoining gypsum plaster.

C. Prefinished "match existing" products: New, otherwise same in all respects as product to be matched, unless re-use of existing material is indicated.

3 EXECUTION

3.1 PERFORMANCE

A. Do all cutting and patching at existing structure required to make changes shown on drawings and to leave cut and patched surfaces with finish to match existing where changes occur, unless other finish is shown. Patch in manner to give appearance of being original work. Where painting is required at patched surfaces, paint entire plane of surface in which patch occurs.

B. Carefully remove items to be relocated.

C. Clean-up, preparation and reinstallation is specified under "Execution" part of section

relating to each type of item.

D. Do all cutting, fitting and patching as required to make parts fit together properly.

E. Do not endanger any part of work by cutting, excavating or otherwise altering new and/or existing work to remain.

3.2 CLEANING

A. Clean up all rubbish produced from work of this section and remove from site.

B. Where drawings and other sections indicate new materials and equipment replacing existing, remove replaced items from site unless item is shown relocated or specified turned over to Owner.

END OF SECTION

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 112 of 213

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 113 of 213

Peter0676

Text Box

Attachment B

Home Forward-Medallion Apartments

14 24 00 - 1 HYDRAULIC ELEVATOR

MEDALLION APARTMENTSSECTION 14 24 00 - HYDRAULIC ELEVATOR MODERNIZATION

PART 1 - GENERAL1.01 SUMMARY

A. This project is a Turnkey project, the Elevator Contractor shall furnish, provide and install all work required to complete all aspects for the Elevator Modernization as stated in the Contract Documents for two (2) existing hydraulic passenger elevators. Project also includes all requirements of Firefighters' Emergency Operation, Seismic and The Americans with Disability Act (ADA). The project location: Medallion Apartments, 1969 NW Johnson, Portland OR 97209.

B. Additional Work Required by Elevator Contractor1. Provide machine room ventilation to maintain the temperature at not more than ninety-five

degrees Fahrenheit (95° F) for ninety-five percent (95%) of the time, unless a lower temperature is specified by the elevator equipment manufacturer.

2. Provide a 30A-120VAC separate dedicated electrical disconnect switch for the machine room oil cooler. The switch shall be lockable and contain the correct size fuses. Provide all wiring from the disconnect to the new elevator controller.

3. Provide auxiliary contacts on mainline Disconnect to accommodate battery lowering.4. Provide and interface Recall Initiating Devices in all elevator lobbies, Elevator machine

room, and elevator top of shaft.5. Provide LED illumination in the elevator pit sufficient to meet code currently a minimum of

(10 fc). per NFPA-70, Article 620.6. Providing one 15A 120VAC utilization electrical circuit for an intercom. Locate the

electrical disconnect in the elevator machine rooms. Electrical disconnect shall be lockable and fused. (ref. NFPA 70 Art. 620-25 & 620-55)

7. Provide new 15A car lighting fused circuit lockable disconnect in the elevator machine room. Provide all wiring from the new disconnect to the new elevator controller.

8. Provide a telephone line to the elevator machine rooms. Provide a j-box in the elevator machine rooms to terminate the phone line. All wiring in the machine rooms must be in conduit or other approved raceway. Provide conduit and wiring from machine room j-box to elevator controller. Elevator Contractor to provide labor/material to hook up the telephone wires from J-box to new elevator controller. Owner to provide phone line to elevator machine room.

9. Verify proper operation of pit sump pump.10. Elevator Contractor will provide dumpster for disposal of material if needed11. It is assumed public restrooms are available for construction workers. If not Elevator

Contractor to provide and maintain portable restrooms. Location to be determined if necessary

C. Applicable Documents1. Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines (ADAAG), and the standards;

whichever are more stringent.2. ICC/ANSI A117.1-latest edition Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities, and the

equivalent State and City Codes, whichever are more stringent.3. ASME A17.1/CSA B44-latest adopted edition. Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators

including Elevator Safety Requirements for Seismic Risk Zone 3 or Greater and applicable City or State Amendments.

4. ASME A17.2-latest adopted edition - Guide for the Inspection of Elevators, Escalators and Moving Walks.

5. ASME A17.3-latest adopted edition-Safety Code for Existing Elevators and Escalators and applicable City or State Amendments.

6. ASME A17.7/CSA B44.7 (latest adopted edition) - Performance-based Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators.

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 114 of 213



7. National Electrical Code-(NEC) NFPA 70-latest adopted edition.8. National Fire Code NFPA-13-latest adopted edition.9. NFPA 72 - latest adopted edition-National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code.10. International Building Code-(IBC)-latest adopted edition.11. ASTM A167, Steel, Sheet Stainless.12. ASTM A366, Steel, Sheet, Carbon, Cold Rolled, Commercial Quality.13. AWS D1.1, Structural Welding Code - Steel.

D. Permits and Codes1. All equipment and Elevator Modernization Work shall comply with requirements of the

Elevator Safety Code and other applicable codes of the State Elevator Inspection Branch and their Inspectors.

2. Elevator Contractor shall give necessary notices, obtain licenses and permits, and pay fees and other costs, including making arrangements for all inspections and tests required by regulating agencies.

3. Elevator Contractor shall file necessary plans, prepare documents, and obtain necessary approval of governmental departments having jurisdiction and required certificates of inspection for the Work, and deliver it to the Consultant before requesting acceptance and final payment for Work.

4. Elevator Contractor is not relieved from furnishing and installing work shown or specified which may be beyond requirements of ordinances, laws, regulations and codes.

1.02 ELEVATOR MODERNIZATION ITEMSA. All existing elevator equipment that is not being retained shall be removed from the job-site by

Elevator Contractor at the sole cost to Elevator Contractor. This included all existing machine room, hoistway and car elevator equipment. All non-retained equipment shall be disposed of, complying with all Federal, State, City, County rules/laws/regulations/codes.

B. Elevator Contractor shall verify exact distances between points shown on their Shop Drawings by actual measurements at the site.

C. Standard Products: Unless otherwise indicated, the equipment to be furnished under these Specifications shall be the standard products of manufacturers regularly engaged in the production of such equipment. Apparatus, equipment and systems furnished must be similar and equal thereto with respect to quality, functional performance, capacity and efficiency.

D. Submittals: Submit Shop Drawings for approval. The Shop Drawings shall contain detailed information to determine that the equipment conforms to the requirements of this Specification and not less than the following information:1. Plan view of the elevator machine rooms. Show location of machinery and controls in

machine rooms.2. Include all clearance dimensions required by the Elevator Safety Code.3. The elevator equipment is to be arranged in a neat and professional manner so that all

elevator equipment is readily accessible.4. Submit layout drawings as required by the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ). Submittals

to the AHJ shall have all information pertinent to the Elevator Modernization to determine whether the Elevator Modernization complies with all applicable Codes.

5. Provide catalog cuts for all new Elevator Contractor furnished material and equipment, including but not limited to doors, car enclosure, car and hall fixtures, controls and motors.

6. Complete information on motor, electrical services, controls, and all other coordination information.

7. Wiring Diagrams: Provide complete "As Built and Installed" single-line wiring diagrams showing the electrical connections, functions, and sequence of operation of all apparatus connected with the elevator, in the machine room, hoistway and car. Provide two (2) electronic sets and one hard copy bound into a three (3) ring binder. Furnish one complete electronic draft set for Consultant’s review not later than one (1) week before issue of the permanent Elevator Operating Permit.

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 115 of 213



8. Elevator Modernization Data: Provide "As Built and Installed" wireman’s original pull sheets showing raceway, junction box, traveling cable wire nomenclature, and origination and termination locations. Provide a legible copy of the elevator adjuster’s final control settings, such as feet per minute, door open, door close, car door nudging time, door dwell times, performance times and all other adjustable features and/or timers.

9. Operations and Maintenance Manualsa. Furnish two (2) electronic and one (1) hard copy of the complete operation and

maintenance manuals covering the stipulated mechanical/electrical systems and equipment. The manual shall comply with all requirements indicated in the Project Closeout section of the specifications. Furnish one (1) complete electronic draft manual for Consultant’s review not later than one (1) week before issue of the permanent Elevator Operating Permit.

b. The manual shall be complete in all respects for all equipment furnished and installed, controls, accessories and appurtenances stipulated. Include as a minimum the following:1) MCP information/schedules.2) Drawing or diagram showing equipment location.3) The original factory Adjustor’s Manual used to adjust the specific Elevator

Modernization including "As Built, As Installed and As Adjusted" field notes.4) Step-by-step procedure for elevator start-up, operation and shutdown.5) Maintenance instructions listing routine maintenance procedures, possible

breakdowns and repairs, and troubleshooting guides for all elevator equipment.6) Preventive Maintenance schedule.7) Lubrication schedule including type, grade, temperature, range and frequency.8) Safety precautions, including diagrams and illustrations as needed for clarity.9) All testing procedures, including Seismic and Firefighters’ Service.10) Parts list, with manufacturers’ names and catalog numbers. Lists shall be

complete for the materials installed.11) Serial number of all equipment furnished and installed.12) Service organizations and sources of replacement parts with Company names,

addresses, fax, e-mail and telephone numbers.13) Provide all service and field technical bulletins or manuals normally supplied to

the factory/field Adjustor including videotapes or other media.1.03 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

A. Work Included1. Furnish, provide and install car station, hall stations, controller/selector, electrical wiring in

machine room/car/hoistway, car door operator, car top inspection station, hoistway interlocks/door gibs, intercoms, Firefighters' Emergency Operation, all requirements of the Americans with Disability Act (ADA) and all other elevator components as listed in this Elevator Specification.

2. Retain existing car speed, capacity, and elevator entrance size.3. Owner shall incur no extra cost for the Elevator Modernization stated in the elevator

specifications. Provide any and all overtime work in order to complete the total Elevator Modernization on schedule. Cost, if any, to Owner for the above stated items shall be included in Base Bid.

4. All existing elevator equipment that is being retained/reused shall be placed in as-new operating condition by the Elevator Contractor at no extra cost to the Owner.

5. Cutting and Patchinga. All repairs shall be made as necessary to complete the entire Elevator Modernization

in original condition, including all cutting, fitting and drilling of masonry, concrete, metal and other materials as specified or required for proper assembly, fabrication, installation and completion of all Work under the Contract, and including any patching and redecorating as may be necessary. This includes all work in the elevator

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 116 of 213



machine rooms, hoistways, pits, cars, guide rails brackets/fastenings, lobby hall stations and all others areas of the Elevator Modernization.

b. Any provision that requires facilitating removal of existing equipment and installation of new equipment in the machine rooms, lobbies, pits, hoistways, cabs and repair thereof shall be the total responsibility of Elevator Contractor.

c. All holes/cracks in the hoistways shall be sealed. All hoistway sides of the hall station boxes shall be sealed with Fire Retardant material.

6. Main Line Electrical Power Requirementsa. Elevator Contractor shall verify, in writing, of their Electrical Power Requirements.

Bidders shall verify that the main and auxiliary power feeders are adequately sized and designed for reuse within the modernization program. If the bidder fails to provide this information, any changes and /or upgrades shall be the responsibility of the Elevator Contractor. This information shall be submitted with the Elevator Contractors Bid.

7. Weldinga. All welding shall comply with ASME A17.1-2010/CSA B44-10 Design for welding,

repair, cutting or splicing of members upon which the support of the car, shall be prepared by a licensed professional engineer.

b. Welding shall be by welders qualified in accordance with the requirements of Section 5 of ANSI/AWS D1.1.

c. At the option of the Elevator Contractor, the welders may be qualified by one of the following:1) The manufacturer.2) A professional consulting engineer.3) A recognized testing laboratory.

d. Elevator Contractor shall furnish all required documentation before starting the Elevator Modernization.

8. Termsa. Where, "as shows", "as indicated", "as detailed", or words of similar meaning are

used, it shall be understood that reference to the Specifications are made unless otherwise stated. Where "as directed", "as required", "as authorized", "as reviewed", "as accepted", or words of similar meaning are used, it shall be understood that the direction, requirement, permission, authorization, review, or acceptance of Consultant is intended, unless otherwise stated.

b. When used in the Contract Documents, "provide" shall be understood to mean "provide complete, furnish and install".

c. Terms used are defined in the latest edition of the Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators, ASME A17.1-2010/CSA B44-10. Any reference to Code in the technical sections shall refer to ASME A17.1-2010/CSA B44-10 unless otherwise noted.

d. Reference to a device or a part of the equipment applies to the number of devices or parts required to complete the installation.

9. SDS Informationa. Elevator Contractor shall provide Owner with Safety Data Sheets for products

Elevator Contractor intends to employ under this Contract prior to commencement of the Elevator Modernization. It shall remain the responsibility of Elevator Contractor to inform and train Elevator Contractor's employees on the use of the SDS requirements.

10. Maintenance Control Program (MCP)a. Provide an MCP for the elevator. The MCP must be unique to this elevator and not

simply a generic maintenance program for hydraulic elevators. The MCP shall include, but is not limited to the following:1) Examinations, maintenance, and tests of equipment at scheduled intervals in

order to ensure that the installation conforms to the requirements of ASME A17.1-2010/CSA B44-10 Section 8.6. The maintenance and testing procedures, and intervals shall be based on:

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 117 of 213



(a) Equipment age, condition, and accumulated wear.(b) Design and inherent quality of the equipment.(c) Usage.(d) Environmental conditions.(e) The manufacturer’s recommendations for any SIL rated devices or circuits.

2) Cleaning, lubricating, and adjusting applicable components at regular intervals and repairing or replacing all worn or defective components where necessary to maintain the installation in compliance with the requirements of ASME A17.1-2010/CSA B44-10, Section 8.6.

3) The instructions for locating the Maintenance Control Program shall be provided in or on the controller along with instructions on how to report any corrective action that might be necessary to Owner.

4) The maintenance records required shall be kept at a central location agreeable and accessible to Owner and the Elevator Contractor’s personnel.

5) The Maintenance Control Program shall be accessible to elevator personnel and shall document compliance with ASME A17.1-2010/CSA B44-10 Section 8.6.(a) Procedures for tests, periodic inspections, maintenance, replacements,

adjustments, and repairs for all Safety Integrity Level (SIL) rated Electrical/Electronic Programmable Electronic Systems (E/E/PES) electrical protective devices and circuits shall be incorporated into and made part of the Maintenance Control Program.

(b) Where unique or product-specific procedures or methods are required to inspect or test equipment, such procedures or methods shall be included in the Maintenance Control Program.

1.04 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENTA. Transportation and Handling

1. Materials, products and equipment shall be properly packaged and protected to prevent damage during transportation and handling.

2. Storage and Protectiona. Provide suitable temporary weather-tight storage facilities as may be required for

materials that may be damaged by storage in the open. Elevator Contractor to pay for all costs incurred.

b. Owner will provide space for Elevator Contractor to place a shipping container for storage, at Elevator Contractor’s own expense, on site reasonably near the work-site.

c. If off-site storage of equipment is required, Elevator Contractor shall pay for all costs incurred.

d. Store and protect delivered materials from damage. Do not use any damaged material in the Elevator Modernization. Elevator Contractor to pay for all costs incurred to replace any damaged material/equipment.

3. Installation Requirementsa. A complete Elevator Technical Specification shall be on-site, at all times, during the

entire Elevator Modernization.b. Manufactured articles, materials and equipment shall be applied, installed,

connected, erected, used, cleaned and conditioned in accordance with the respective manufacturer's instructions unless more stringent requirements are specified.

c. Elevator Contractor shall provide written documentation that Elevator Contractor has installed and adjusted the elevator controller/selector as specified in these Specifications. Elevator Contractor shall evidence, in writing, that Elevator Contractor's Adjustor has attended the controller/selector manufacturer's training. Elevator Contractor shall provide controller/selector installation/troubleshooting training to their on-site Journeymen/Apprentices that will be installing and servicing/maintaining all the elevator equipment.

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 118 of 213



d. On-site Installation and Maintenance Technicians shall always have, on-site, a working cell phone. The phone number(s) shall be provided to the Owner before the Elevator Modernization begins.

4. Manufacturers’ Names and Data Platesa. Manufacturers’ data plates and other identifying markings shall not be affixed on

exposed surfaces to public view unless approved by Owner.b. Each major component of mechanical and electrical equipment shall have, on a

securely attached plate, the manufacturer's name, address, model number rating and any other information required by governing codes.

c. This requirement does not apply to Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratories (NRTL) and code required data labels.

5. Colors of Factory-Finished Equipmenta. All colors will be selected from the manufacturer's standard color charts.b. Elevator Contractor shall submit samples of all colors available for review to the

Owner.c. Finishes to be selected during submittals.

1.05 PROJECT CLOSEOUTA. Final Cleaning

1. Elevator hoistway and equipment shall be cleaned and free from rust, rubbish, loose plaster, mortar drippings, extraneous construction materials, dirt and dust at the end of each work day.

2. Care shall be taken by workers not to mark, soil, or otherwise deface existing surfaces. In the event that finished surfaces become defaced, clean and restore such surfaces to the original condition at the total cost of Elevator Contractor.

3. Clean areas in which painting and finishing work is to be performed just prior to the start of this Elevator Modernization, and maintain these areas in a clean condition. Cleaning includes the removal of rubbish, broom cleaning of floors, the removal of any plaster, mortar, dust and other extraneous materials from finish surfaces, and surfaces that will remain visible after the Elevator Modernization is complete.

4. Clean machine room equipment and floor of dirt, oil, and grease. Paint machine room floors with one (1) coat of dark gray enamel.

5. Clean car, entrances, operating, signal fixtures and all elevator equipment of dirt, lint, oil, grease, and finger marks.

6. Cleaning During the Elevator Modernizationa. Total project shall be cleaned on a daily basis by Elevator Contractor. Dust must be

kept at a minimum at all times, especially in the hoistway.b. Elevator Contractor shall use Shop Vac with HEPA filters to capture dust from

concrete drilling or cutting work.7. Punch Listing, Final Observation and Review

a. Elevator Contractor shall complete the entire Elevator Modernization prior to requesting Consultants final inspection.

b. Consultant will attempt to schedule the final inspection during the same period the Elevator Inspector inspects the elevator. Provide Consultant with copies of the Elevator Inspectors Report within two (2) calendar days of the on-site Elevator Inspectors visit. Provide a written report of all items, which have been corrected by Elevator Contractor.

c. If a second (2nd) follow-up inspection is required of Consultant or Elevator Inspector, the Elevator Contractor shall pay all costs for such inspections/surveys including all expenses for both the Elevator Inspector and Consultant.

1.06 ALTERATIONSA. Description

1. General: Perform alterations and related Work in accordance with requirements of all Contract Documents.

2. Scheduling

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 119 of 213



a. Before commencing any alteration Work, submit for review and approval by Consultant and Owner, a schedule showing the material ship dates, time of material on-site, commencement of work, the order and the completion dates for the various parts of the elevator modernization.1) Provide a weekly updated schedule to Consultant.2) Provide a list of names of Adjustors, Journeymen, and Apprentices on-site.3) Update list when Adjustors, Journeymen and/or Apprentices are changed.4) All information shall be delivered to Owner.5) Elevator Contractor is required to submit a full project schedule with each pay

request.3. Protection

a. Provide, erect, and maintain lights, barriers, weather protection, warning signs, and other items as required for proper protection of building tenants, visitors and all workers engaged in Elevator Modernization, either directly or indirectly for the Elevator Modernization.

b. Provide and maintain temporary protection of the existing structure designated to remain where removal and new work is being completed, connections made, materials handled or equipment moved.

c. Take necessary precautions to prevent dust from rising by wetting removed masonry, concrete, plaster and similar debris. Protect unaltered portions of the existing building affected by the operations under this Section by dust-proof partitions and other adequate means.

d. Provide adequate fire protection in accordance with Fire Department Rules and Requirements.

e. Do not close or obstruct walkways, passageways or stairways. Do not store or place materials in passageways, stairs or other means of egress. Conduct operations with minimum traffic interference.

f. Be responsible for any damage to the existing structure or contents by reason of the insufficiency of protection provided. Elevator Contractor shall repair or replace any damaged building equipment that is damaged by Elevator Contractor at their own cost.

4. Quality of Worka. Perform removal and alteration of Elevator Modernization as shown, with due care,

including shoring, bracing, etc. Be responsible for damage, which may be caused by such Work, to any part or parts of existing structures or items designated for reuse. Perform patching restoration and new Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.

b. Materials or items designated to be reinstalled, as stated in Section 14 24 00, shall be removed with care, under the supervision of the Elevator Contractor and protected and stored until reinstalled. Replace any material or items damaged in its removal or reinstallation.

c. Materials or items removed and not designated to become the property of Owner shall be removed from the job site by Elevator Contractor.

d. Execute the Elevator Modernization in a careful and orderly manner, with the least possible disturbance to the building occupants.

e. Where alterations occur, or new and old Work join, cut, remove, patch, repair or refinish the adjacent surfaces or so much thereof as is required by the involved conditions, and leave in the condition, which existed prior to the commencing of the Elevator Modernization.

f. Finish new and adjacent existing surfaces as specified for Elevator Modernization. Clean existing surfaces of dirt, grease, loose paint, etc. before refinishing. Where any existing equipment is to be re-used, repair/renovate such equipment to place in perfect working order.

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 120 of 213



1.07 WARRANTYA. Warrant the completed elevator in accordance with Oregon state law and regulation, but in no

case less than complete coverage of parts and labor for one (1) year after issue of the State of Oregon Elevator Operating Permit and substantial completion of both elevators.

1.08 ELECTRICALA. Provide electrical components of the elevator equipment and systems, including motors, motor

starters, controllers, control instruments, switches, conduit, wire and relays as specified herein and as necessary for complete and operable systems.

B. Furnish interconnecting wiring for components of equipment as an integral part of the equipment.

C. Electrical equipment and wiring shall conform to NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code, current edition.

D. For equipment with electrical components, provide an NRTL label on each component for which published standards exist.

E. The frames of all motors, pump unit, controller, transformers, and the metal enclosures for all electrical equipment in or on the cars, hoistways and machine rooms shall be grounded in accordance with NFPA 70-Article 250.

F. Provide daisy-chain electrical grounding for all machine room electrical cabinets.G. Provide required and adequate electrical wiring gauge sizing and number of electrical

conductors to totally eliminate any voltage/amperage drop/variation for all the machine room equipment, hoistway switches; door interlocks; car operating fixtures; positions indicators; exhaust fans; car lighting; inspection stations; leveling devices, hall stations; position indicators, and all other elevator electrical equipment.

H. Conductors and Connections1. Provide new wiring in machine rooms, hoistways and cars. Copper throughout with

individual wires coded and connections on identified studs or terminal blocks.2. Use no splices or similar connections in wiring except at terminal blocks, control cabinets,

and junction boxes.3. Provide ten percent 10% spare wires in all wiring runs. Separate and mark all spare

wires. All spare wire ends shall be turned back or protected against accidental exposure to any live electrical circuit or electrical ground.

4. Provide all material and labor to connect machine room telephone wires to elevator controller and to the in-car emergency telephone. Owner to provide telephone wires to elevator machine rooms. All wiring shall be enclosed in EMT.

5. Conduit and Racewaya. Provide new painted or galvanized steel conduit (EMT) and duct. Conduit size, one-

half inch (1/2") minimum.b. Do not use flexible conduit exceeding thirty-six inches (36") in length.c. Flexible heavy-duty service cord may be used between fixed car wiring and car door

switches for door protection devices.d. Plastic wire ties shall not be allowed for conduit fastening.

6. Traveling Cablesa. Traveling cables shall comply with NFPA 70, Article 400.b. Provide new with flame and moisture-resistant outer cover.c. Traveling cables shall terminate in the elevator machine room controllers and on the

elevator car top junction boxes with marked terminals.d. Prevent traveling cables from rubbing or chafing against hoistway or elevator

equipment within hoistway.e. Provide ten percent (10%) spare conductors in each traveling cable.f. Provide two (2) spare conductors of coaxial traveling cables.g. Provide four (4) spare pair of twisted/shielded traveling cables.h. Provide two (2) spare pair of number fourteen (#14) conductors.

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 121 of 213



i. All spare wire ends shall be turned back or protected against accidental exposure to any live electrical circuit or electrical ground.

j. Tag all spare conductors indicating termination points at each end. Provide all wiring for car lighting, fan and emergency communication from elevator controller to car.

k. Provide traveling cable for in-car lighting, fan, emergency communication device and intercom to main floor and elevator machine room.

1.09 PAINTINGA. All exposed metal work furnished in these specifications, except as otherwise specified, shall

be properly painted after Elevator Modernization.B. Paint machine rooms and pit floors with light gray enamel.

1.10 LIGHTINGA. All lights in car and operating fixtures shall be LED.

1.11 ACCEPTABLE ELEVATOR INSTALLERS/MANUFACTURERSA. Acceptable Elevator Manufacturers

1. Controlsa. Motion Control Engineering, Inc. Motion 2000b. Elevator Controls Corp. Model H900c. G.A.L. Manufacturing Corporationd. Smartrisee. ThyssenKrupp Elevator Tac 32Hf. Otisg. Or Approved Equal

2. Automatic Lowering Devicea. Reynolds & Reynolds Electronics - UV2 Seriesb. Or Approved Equal

3. Limit Switchesa. Canton Elevator Companyb. EECO-Elevator Equipment Company, Inc.c. Minnesota Elevator, Inc.d. Otis Elevator Companye. KONE Elevator Companyf. ThyssenKrupp Elevator Companyg. Or Approved Equal.

4. Hydraulic Oil Line Isolation for Penetrating Hoistway/Machine Room Wallsa. Nelson Firestop Products CLK-Silicone Sealant---1-918-627-5530b. Or Approved Equal

5. Hydraulic Oil Line Noise Suppressora. Wilkes & McLean-872-534-6445b. Or Approved Equal

6. Hydraulic Oil Line Bracketsa. CQuiet 360 Pipe Isolation Brackets---C.E. Electronics---419-633-3178b. Or approved Equal

7. Car Door Operatora. G.A.L. Manufacturing Linearb. Otis Elevator Company Linearc. KONE Elevator Company Lineard. ThyssenKrupp Elevator Company Lineare. Or Approved Equal.

8. Car Door Finisha. 5WL SS finish

9. Hoistway/Car Door Tracks non integral, Hangers, Interlocks, Gate Switcha. G.A.L. Manufacturing Corporation

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 122 of 213



b. Otis Elevator Companyc. KONE Elevator Companyd. ThyssenKrupp Elevator Companye. Or Approved Equal

10. Hoistway and Car Door Gibsa. SEES-Enforcer Safety Door Gibb. No Approved Equal.

11. Car Door Protective Devicea. Janus Panachrome-3Db. Or approved Equal

12. Fixtures-Vandal Resistanta. Hall Stations

1) Innovation Industries Incorporated, Bruiser Vandal Resistant2) Or Approved Equal

b. Car Fixtures, including In-Car Directional Lanterns1) Innovation Industries Incorporated, Bruiser Vandal Resistant2) Or Approved Equal

13. Hoistway Access Door Safety Plugsa. Tri-Lok Manufacturing and Maintenance Corporation

14. Car/Hall Position Indicators/Signalsa. C. E. Electronics, Inc.b. Or Approved Equal

15. Emergency Communicationsa. EMSb. Rathc. Or Approved Equal

16. Intercomsa. Fillips, LLCb. Or Approved Equal

17. Alarm Bella. Nylube Model ELB-6b. Or Approved Equal

18. In-Car Emergency Lighta. Nylube Products Model EL-SSb. Or Approved Equal

19. Cab Fana. Nylube Productsb. Man-D-Tecc. Or Approved Equal

PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.01 GENERAL

A. The completed elevator modernization shall conform to the Elevator Safety Code except as specifically otherwise indicated or specified.

B. The completed Elevator Modernization, including equipment, material, workmanship, design, and tests shall be in accordance with the standards, rules and Specifications referenced.

C. All material and equipment shall be new.D. Electrical materials shall meet and bear evidence of meeting the requirements of a Nationally

Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL).E. The equipment shall be the product of a manufacturer regularly engaged in the manufacture

and modernization of this type of equipment.F. Working parts shall be accessible for inspection, servicing and repair.

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 123 of 213



G. Adequate means shall be provided for the lubrication of all wearing parts that require lubrication.

H. Existing Equipment Description. All information to be verified by the Elevator Contractor.1. Two (2) In-Ground Cylinder Hydraulic Elevators2. Year Installed: 2004(Modernized)3. Manufacturer: MCE4. Controller/Selector: MCE5. Door Equipment: MAC6. Door Size: 3' X 7'7. Door Type: Single speed Side opening8. Stops: 69. Floor Designation: *G, 2, 3, 4, 5, 610. Electrical Power: 480 VAC11. Rated Speed (fpm): 100 FPM12. Capacity: 2,000/3,000 LBS13. Machine Location: Remote

2.02 MATERIALSA. Steel

1. Sheet Steel-Furniture Steel for Exposed Work: Stretcher-leveled, cold-rolled, commercial-quality carbon steel, complying with ASTM A366, matte finish.a. Sheet Steel for Unexposed Work: Hot-rolled, commercial-quality carbon steel,

pickled and oiled, complying with ASTM A569.b. Structural Steel and Plates: ASTM A6, ASTM A36 AND ASTM A108.

2. Stainless Steela. Type 302, 304 or 316 complying with ASTM A167, with standard tempers and

hardness required for fabrication, strength and durability.1) Apply mechanical finish on fabricated Work in the locations shown or specified.

Federal Standard and NAAMM nomenclature, with texture and reflectivity required matching sample. Protect with adhesive-paper covering until final inspection.

2) No. 4: Bright directional polish (satin finish). Graining directions as shown or, if not shown, in longest dimension.

3) Rimex-texture 5-WL-304 Stainless Steel. Thickness .032. Manufactured by Rimex Metals, Inc.-2850 Woodbridge Ave.-Edison, New Jersey, 08837. 732-549-3800.

4) All fixture fastenings devices shall be Vandal Resistant Stainless Steel.3. Aluminum

a. Extrusions per ASTM B221; sheet and plate per ASTM B209.4. Baked Enamel

a. Apply factory applied baked enamel in the selected solid color.2.03 MACHINE ROOM EQUIPMENT

A. ALTERNATE: Hydraulic Power Unit1. Assembled unit consisting of a wet type of positive-displacement pump, induction

motor, master-type control valves combining safety features, holding, direction, bypass, stopping and manual-lowering functions, shut-off valve, oil reservoir with protected-vent opening, oil gauge and outlet strainer, drip pan and connections all mounted on isolating pads.

2. The hydraulic control system shall be designed suitable for operation under the required pressure and shall be mounted in the storage tank. The control valve will be a unit type with UP, DOWN and check valve included. All of the functions shall be fully adjustable for maximum smoothness and to meet contract conditions.

3. A manual-lowering valve will be provided to lower the elevator at slow speed.

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 124 of 213



4. The hydraulic valve shall have the capability of providing a smooth, comfortable acceleration, retardation and final stop.

5. A blowout-proof gas charged suppressor shall be installed in the discharge oil line near the hydraulic pump unit.Suppressor shall be designed to dampen and absorb pulsation and noise in the flow of hydraulic oil fluid.

B. Controller1. Provide key access at both terminal landing. Mark on Stainless Steel cover plate

UP/DOWN in one-fourth inch (¼”) letters. Up to the left and Down to the right. Key shall be spring loaded and always return to the center position when not being turned.

2. Provide reduced voltage (solid state) motor starting circuits.3. Provide Independent Service feature.4. Provide viscosity control unit.5. Provide battery-lowering device.

a. If normal electrical building power is not in operation, the car shall close the doors, return to the main lobby, and open the doors. All safety circuits shall be monitored.

b. Car shall remain out of service until normal electrical building power is restored.6. Firefighters' Emergency Operation

a. Operate and recall elevator to designated floor during fire. Provide sensor signal wiring from hoistway or machine room’s connection point to controller terminals. Operate visual/audible signal until return is complete or automatic operation restored. Provide Phase I key switch with engraved instruction at main recall floor hall station. Provide Phase II switch in the new COP.

7. Low Hydraulic Oil Controla. In the event hydraulic oil level is insufficient for travel to the top floor, provide controls

to return elevator to the main level and park with car doors open, until hydraulic oil is added to the system and the elevator controller is manually re-set.

C. ALTERNATE: Provide non-proprietary controller. The controls will be completely serviceable and maintainable without the need for additional tools or instruments.

D. Piping and Oil1. Retain existing hydraulic oil lines.2. Provide ISO 32 Environmentally Safe or hydraulic oil recommended for the system by the

control valve manufacturer.E. Provide oil cooler in elevator machine room. Provide all required brackets/straps/nuts/bolts.

Fasten unit to machine room wall.2.04 HOISTWAY EQUIPMENT

A. Except as noted hereafter, existing equipment may be refurbished and retained if compatible with new operation and components. Provide any modification or addition necessary to meet Code standards.

B. Electrical Wiring and Wiring Connections1. Electrical equipment and wiring shall conform to current NFPA 70-National Electrical Code

requirements.2. For equipment with electrical components, provide NRTL label on each component for

which published standards exist.3. Provide required and adequate electrical wiring gauge sizing and number of electrical

conductors to totally eliminate any voltage/amperage drop/variation for all the machine room, hoistway switches/interlocks, and car operating fixtures/position indicators/exhaust fan/car lighting/ inspection station leveling devices, hall stations/position indicators and all other elevator electrical equipment.

4. Conductors and Connectionsa. Provide all new wiring in machine room, hoistway and car. Copper throughout with

individual wires coded and connections on identified studs or terminal blocks. Use no splices or similar connections in wiring except at terminal blocks, control cabinets, junction boxes.

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 125 of 213



b. Provide ten percent (10%) spare wires in all wiring runs. Separate and mark all spare wires. All spare wire ends shall be turned back or protected against accidental grounding. Tag all spare conductors indicating termination points at each end. Record all spare conductors in Adjuster's book.

c. Conduit1) Provide painted or galvanized steel conduit and duct. Conduit size one half inch

(1/2") minimum. Do not use flexible conduit exceeding 36" in length. Flexible heavy-duty service cord may be used between fixed car wiring and car door switches for door protection devices.

2) Plastic wire ties shall not be allowed for conduit fastenings or support except flexible electrical cords to the car door detector control box.

3) Any existing electrical gutter and conduit may be retained if such equipment complies with current ASME A17.1 2010/CSA B44-10 Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators and NEC Requirements.

5. Hydraulic Cylinder/Plungera. Retain existing. Remove any marks/scratches/burrs on existing plunger. Install new

packing after modernization is complete.6. Terminal Stopping Devices

a. Provide new upper and lower normal terminal stopping devices. Provide switches that will not cause high noise level when activated by car cam.

7. Entrancesa. Existing entrances shall be retained. Clean all entrances of dirt.b. Provide new Braille Plates. Provide any additional signage as required by the

Elevator Inspector (AHJ).c. Provided keyed hoistway access control at terminal landings.

8. Door Panelsa. Retain existing.b. Doors shall be provided with stainless steel metal brackets including removable

phenol gibs, which run in the sill slots with minimum clearance: one (1) at the leading edge and one (1) at the trailing edge.

c. Provide a safety retainer plate between each of the two (2) door gibs. The steel safety retainer plate shall meet all of the requirements of A17.1-2010. When the doors are in the fully open position all gibs shall be within the sill groove-no gib shall be outside the sill groove.

d. Provide hoistway door escutcheon and Safety Plug Locks at each entrance.C. Hoistway Door Interlock Assemblies

1. Provide new door interlock assemblies for each hoistway door entrance.2. Provide fire-rated wires from each interlock to hoistway electrical riser as required by

NFPA 70. Conductors shall be flame-retardant and suitable for a temperature on not less than 392 degrees F. Conductors shall be Type SF or equivalent. Splices are permitted in the hoistway EMT, however all hoistway wiring shall be the Fire Rated electrical wires.

3. Provide green colored electrical ground wire from each interlock to the elevator controller to an electrical connection designated as an electrical ground by NFPA 70 requirements. Grounding to electrical conduit (EMT) is not approved.

4. Door Hangersa. Retain existing. Provide new door rollers.

5. Door Tracksa. Retain existing. Clean and remove rust from all tracks.

6. Door Headers/struts/bracketsa. Retain existing header, strut and brackets. Check and tighten all fastenings.

7. Door Closersa. Provide new heavy duty reel closures for each door.

8. Fascia, Dust Coversa. Retain existing.

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 126 of 213



9. Hoistway Sillsa. Retain and clean existing sills. Check all fastenings. Replace any damaged, broken

or missing component.10. Car Guide Rails & Brackets

a. Retain existing guide rails and brackets. Check all fastenings for tightness. Replace any missing or broken fastenings. Remove dirt, grease etc.

b. Realign guide rails to within one-sixteenth inch (1/16") vertical and one-thirty-second inch (1/32") tram. File all existing joints to provide a smooth guide rail fishplate joint. No disc sander shall be used in the filing of these joints.

c. Clean and paint all guide rail support beams, guide rails and brackets with one coat of light gray enamel.

d. Provide bevel washers for any bolt/nut that is installed in a plane of five (5) degrees or greater.

11. Pit Floora. Clean and paint pit floor with a light gray enamel.

12. Car Pit Equipmenta. Retain existing spring buffers. Clean and paint with one coat of light gray enamel.

Install data plates as required by ASME A17.1 2010/CSA B44-10.b. Retain all existing pit channels. Clean and paint with one coat of light gray enamel.c. Replace any missing or broken fastenings.d. Provide bevel washers for any bolt/nut that is installed in a plane of five (5) degrees

or greater.13. Pit Stop Switch

a. Provide new stop switch in the pit locate so as to be accessible from the hoistway access door and pit ladder.

b. Pit switch shall be of the maintaining type and marked to indicate the RUN and STOP positions.

D. Pit Oil Line Shut-Off Valve1. Retain existing oil line shut off valve. Provide new Victaulic fittings.

E. Floor Numbers1. Paint 100 mm (4-in.) high floor numbers within the hoistway, as required by ASME

A17.1/CSA B44.2. Numbers shall be located to be visible within 50 mm (2-in.) opening of the car doors.

F. Car Sling1. The existing car sling shall be retained. Check all fastenings for tightness. Replace any

missing or broken fastenings. Remove all dirt and lint.2. Provide bevel washers for any bolt/nut that is installed in a plane of five (5) degrees or

greater.G. Platform

1. The existing platform shall be retained. Clean all components including underside of dirt and dust. Check all fastenings. Replace any damaged bolts, washers and nuts.

2. Provide bevel washers for any bolt/nut that is installed in a plane of five (5) degrees or greater.

3. Provide fireproofing on underside of platform.2.05 CAR EQUIPMENT

A. Except as noted hereafter, existing equipment may be refurbished and retained. Provide any modification or addition necessary to meet current Code standards.

B. Car Door Equipment1. Door Protective Devices

a. The car doors shall be provided with a new detector unit that detects an object in the path of the closing doors at such a distance that reversal of the doors can be provided without physical contact with the doors.

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 127 of 213



b. Nudging Action1) If door opening is obstructed for a predetermined time (20 - 30 seconds), an

audible device will sound and the doors will attempt to close. Door closing shall not exceed 3.5 J (2-1/2 ft-lbf) kinetic energy. If the detector is continuously obstructed during closing, the doors will stop or stop and reopen. Allow door to close after obstruction is removed as permitted by ASME A17.1 2010/CSA B44-10. The nudging time shall be adjustable through a range of at least 10 to 60 seconds.

c. Differential Door Time: Adjust timers to enable varying time that doors remain open.1) Car Call: Hold open time adjustable between 3 and 5 seconds.2) Landing Call: Hold open time adjustable between 3 and 8 seconds. Use

landing call timing when responding to coincidental calls.3) Door Re-Open: Same as for Car Call.

2. Car Roller Guidesa. Install new rollers. Adjust for proper tension.

3. Car Top Protective Rail (provide if there is code approved vertical height)a. Provide a Top rail, Intermediate Rails and Toe Board.b. Top Rail to be located at a vertical height of forty-two inches (42”) above the car top.

Resist a force of 200lbf in a lateral or downward direction.c. Intermediate Rail to be located centered between the Top Rail and the car top.

Resist a force of 150 lbf in a lateral or downward direction.d. Toe Board to be four inches (4”) high above the car top. Resist a force of 50lbf in a

lateral direction.4. Elevator Car Station

a. Provide one (1) vandal resistant elevator control station, with faceplate, consisting of a metal box containing the operating fixtures, mounted behind the non-swing car enclosure front panel. Install in-car to lobby and in car to machine room intercom as part of the elevator car station. Install ADA emergency phone as part of the new COP.

b. Provide car position indicator, 50 mm (2.0-in.) high digital type together with directional arrows located in the top area of both car operating stations. Provide 6 mm (0.25-in.) thick clear plastic lens cover or a type that shall be vandal resistant.

c. Provide emergency lighting unit. Device shall be built in and part of the car operating station at the upper section of the car station cover plate. Provide 6 mm (0.25-in.) thick clear plastic lens cover or a type that shall be vandal resistant over light fixture.1) The intensity of auxiliary lighting illumination shall be not less than 2 lx (0.2 fc),

measured at any point between 1225 mm (48 in.) and 890 mm (35 in.) above the car floor and approximately 300 mm (12 in.) centered horizontally in front of a car operating panel.

d. Suitably identify floor buttons, lighted alarm button, door open button, door close button and keyed emergency stop switch by engraved and painted letters or symbols per ADA requirements.

e. Provide flush inset, back fastened Braille plates. Locate operating controls as required by ADA requirements. Engrave below door open, door close and alarm in 6 mm (0.25-in.) letters-Door Open and Door Close and Alarm.

f. Provide 3 mm (0.125-in.) raised floor pushbuttons that illuminate to indicate LED call registration. Provide floor designation engraved plates to the left of each button.

g. Provide illuminated alarm button at bottom of station to sound distress signal alarm located on the car top. Provide a signal to the elevator controller at a terminal strip for monitoring purposes of alarm at a remote location.

h. Provide door open button to stop and reopen closing doors in car station. Make button operable while car is stopped at landing, regardless of special operational features, except ASME A17.1 2010/CSA B44-10 Code Firefighters' Emergency Operation.

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 128 of 213



i. Provide a Firefighters' Operation Panel as required by ASME A17.1 2010/CSA B44-10 Code.

j. Provide lockable service panel with recessed flush cover plate, in the car station. Include the following controls, with purpose and operating positions identified by engraved letters painted black:1) Car light switch and emergency light test switch. Test switch shall disconnect

the electrical power to the main car lighting circuit.2) Emergency Stop switch.3) Three position fan switch-Low Speed-High Speed-Off.4) Independent service switch to permit selection of independent or automatic

operation.5) Start button for closing doors and starting elevator when operating on

independent service. Floor pushbuttons may be used for this function.6) Duplex 120 VAC electrical GFCI convenience outlet.7) Hoistway enable switch to activate keyed hoistway access control at terminal

landings.k. Elevator number engraved in car station, minimum one inch (1”) high.l. "Permit on File with Building Manager" engraved in car station.m. Inlaid capacity plate.n. Faceplate Material and Finish: #4 Stainless Steel.o. Install a new ADA compliant communication device as an integral part of the car

operating panel. Identify HELP button and visual indication with the phone symbol.p. Provide four inch (4”) diameter engraved International No Smoking Symbol at the top

of the car operating panel.q. Engrave in one-fourth inch (¼”) letters the State Elevator Inspectors requirement for

addressing the location of the Elevator Operating Permit.5. Car Top Inspection Station and Work Light

a. Operating fixture shall be provided containing continuous pressure Up, Down and Safe buttons, emergency stop switch, inspection and run switch.

b. Toggle switches shall not be provided for the Stop, Run and Inspection switches unless the switches are guarded against accidental activation.

c. Provide pendant style inspection operation station. Provide fixed metal bracket to store cord when not in use. Locate bracket to avoid stepping on cord when attached to bracket.

d. Provide 110 VAC outlet with a GFCI duplex receptacle.e. Work light shall be encased in a total glass enclosure including a wire guard cover.

Rating of lamp(s) to be at least that which will generate the amount of illumination required by ASME A17.1 2010/CSA B44-10.

f. Provide additional light fixture on a flexible cord. Length of cord to be eight feet (8'). Cord shall be hard wired into car top fixed work light. Provide fixed metal bracket to store cord when not in use. Locate bracket to avoid stepping on cord when attached to bracket. On-Off car top light switch shall control both fixtures. Provide guard on light. Rating of lamp(s) to be at least that which will generate the amount of illumination required by ASME A17.1 2010/CSA B44-10.

6. In-Car Communication Systems (Intercom)a. Provide new ADA approved in-car emergency communication device to be installed

as an integral part of the COP. Provide all necessary wiring between the elevator car and the elevator machine room. Connect to the outside telephone line located inside the elevator controller. Provide all monitoring devices as required by Code.

b. Provide intercom system between elevator car and elevator Firefighters’ Emergency Operation lobby hall station located at the designated level. On-Off activation is required only at lobby station. In car to lobby communication is voice activated. Provide all necessary wiring between elevator car and lobby. Provide switch for ON & OFF positions. Engrave "ON" and "OFF" and "Elevator 1" in position in one-fourth inch (¼") letters on plate.

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 129 of 213



c. Provide intercom between elevator car and elevator machine room. On-Off activation is required only at machine room station. In-car to machine room communication is voice activated. Provide all necessary wiring between elevator car and machine room. In car portion of both intercoms will be integrated into the Elevator Car Station

7. Car Door Operatora. Provide new linear door operator with closed-loop motor control to open and close

the car and hoistway doors simultaneously.1) The package shall include the following: lifting rods, pickup rollers,

coupler/clutch assembly, car door electrical switch and all related modernization hardware.

2) Opening speed shall not be less than 2-1/2 feet per second.3) Closing speed shall not exceed the limitations set by the ASME A17.1

2010/CSA B44-10.4) Doors shall be adjusted to provide a smooth opening and closing without erratic

motion or closing hard.8. Door Coupler-Clutch

a. A new mechanical coupler/clutch or vane shall be provided to connect the car and hoistway doors.1) The operation of the coupler/clutch or vane shall provide driving motion of the

hoistway doors for full open and full close direction.2) The drive rollers shall remain engaged throughout the entire door open travel

and all but the last 6 mm (0.25 in.) in the door close travel. This is intended to prevent separation of the hoistway doors from the car doors.

b. Include the car door restrictor device as required by ASME A17.1 2010/CSA B44-10.9. Car Door Contacts

a. Provide new car door electrical switch. Locate switch so the elevator cannot operate unless the car doors are closed within the tolerance allowed by ASME A17.1 2010/CSA B44-10.

10. Alarm Bella. Furnish and install an audible signaling device located on top of the elevator adjacent

to the car top inspection station.11. Car Toe Guard-Car #2 Only

a. Provide new platform apron. The vertical distance of platform apron shall be a minimum of 1200 mm (48-in.) inches or the maximum permitted by the pit depth. The apron shall maintain the same running clearance as between the car and hoistway sills throughout its height.

b. Paint front and rear side with one (1) coat of rust resistant light gray enamel.c. Provide bevel washers for any bolt/nut that is installed in a plane of five (5) degrees

or greater.d. Provided adequate brackets from toe guard to car platform to comply with ASME

A17.1 2010/CSA B44-10.12. Buffer Striking Plates

a. Retain existing buffer striking plates. Replace any missing or damaged components.b. Paint with one (1) coat of rust resistant light gray enamel.c. Provide bevel washers for any bolt/nut that is installed in a plane of five (5) degrees

or greater.2.06 CAR ENCLOSURE

A. Furnish/Provide/Install as follows:1. Allow for a $15,000 per car allowance for car interior finish (total of $30,000). All labor and

materials to install the new cab interior shall be included in the Cab Allowance. Interior to be selected from Elevator contractors’ standard selections to be determined during Submittals.

2. Car Doorsa. Provide new car doors.

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 130 of 213



b. Finish shall be 5WL Finish Stainless Steel.c. The bottom of doors shall be provided with stainless steel metal brackets including

fire tabs, removable phenol gibs, which run in the sill slots with minimum clearance: one (1) at the leading edge and one (1) at the trailing edge.

d. Provide a steel plate gib that will be installed between each of the two (2) standard stainless steel gibs. The steel plate gib shall span the entire distance between each of the standard gibs.

3. Provide new two (2) speed car exhaust fan.2.07 LANDING CONTROL STATIONS

A. Provide Surface Mounted one (1) hall station at each floor. LED's shall be provided to illuminate when the hall push button(s) are activated. Include pushbuttons for direction of travel.

B. Engrave safety message "In Case of Fire..." (As required by ASME A17.1 2010/CSA B44-10 Code) on push-button faceplate. Height and width of the pictograph shall be scaled proportionally to fit the hall station face plate. Provide Braille and UP & DOWN marking inserts to the left of each button. Locate each hall station forty-two inches (42") to center of buttons from floor level, or as required by ADA requirements.

C. Lobby intercom speaker and selection switch shall be part of a separate Intercom Station near the Firefighters’ Emergency Operation hall station located at the designated level. Provide switch to allow communication between lobby station and elevator. Engrave in one-fourth inch (¼") letters below selection switch Intercom-Elevator 1.

D. Provide one-half inch (½”) in height, digital type position indicator with directional arrows in each hall station for each elevator car except at the main elevator lobby.

E. Install Firefighters Phase I service as required by Code and the State Elevator Inspector.F. Provide #4 Finish Stainless Steel cover plates. Provide #4 Finish Stainless Steel vandal

resistant fastening screws on cover plate.2.08 SIGNALS

A. Car Position Indicator1. The new in car position indicator shall be part of the new car operating station.2. Provide a digital position indicator with directional arrows. The indicator shall be 50 mm (2

in.) in height.B. Car Riding Lantern

1. Provide car riding lantern in return jamb of car #2. Lantern must be viewable from Hall call stations per ADA requirements.

C. Hall Position Indicator1. Provide new Hall Position Indicator at the Main Lobby Floor.

a. Provide a two inch (2”) high digital position indicator with directional arrows. Provide #4 Finish Stainless Steel cover plate with vandal resistant screws.

2.09 SIMPLEX AUTOMATIC OPERATIONA. Automatic operation by means of a car button in the car for each landing served and an up and

down button at each landing except for the terminal landing that shall have only one button.B. When elevator is idle, automatically start car and dispatch it to floor corresponding to registered

car or hall call. Slow down and stop car automatically at floor corresponding to registered call.C. As slowdown is initiated for a hall call, automatically cancel the call and render the hall button

for that direction of travel ineffective until the car leaves the floor.D. Cancel car calls in same manner.E. Hold car at arrival floor an adjustable time interval to allow passenger transfer.F. Illuminate appropriate button to indicate call registration.G. Extinguish light when call is answered.

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 131 of 213



1. Door Operationa. Open doors automatically when the car arrives at a floor to permit transfer of

passengers. Automatically close doors after a timed interval.2. Automatic Stopping Accuracy

a. Two-way automatic leveling feature shall stop the car within one-fourth inch (1/4"), regardless of load or direction of travel. Landing level will be maintained within the leveling zone irrespective of the hoistway doors being open or closed.

3. Emergency Car Lighting and Alarma. Car-mounted, battery unit with solid-state charger to operate alarm bell and lighting,

per Code. Battery to be rechargeable with 5-year minimum life expectancy. Provide test button in service cabinet of car station, which causes illumination of standby lighting bulbs.

b. Emergency lighting fixture shall be integral part of car operating station.4. Signs

a. Provide sign on outside of machine room door stating as required by the State Elevator inspector or other AHJ.

5. Keysa. Key Box

1) Provide approved key lock box, located as per requirements of State Elevator Inspector and Fire Department. Provide in this lock box, one (1) Phase I recall key, one (1) Phase II operation key, one (1) stop switch keys, one (1) access plug lock key, one (1) door unlocking device, one (1) machine room key, and any other keys required by State Elevator Inspector and Fire Department.

2) Provide three (3) sets of all keys for the operation of the elevator. Provide a metal tag on each set of keys noting the function of each key.

b. Keys Required In Machine Rooms1) Three (3) sets of keys to operate all keyed switches and locks shall be furnished

upon completion. Keys shall be properly marked with metal tags. Each tag shall include one-fourth inch (¼") letters or numbers as to the function of each key set. Each set shall be separated as a total group.

2) Provide all required sets of keys with marking tags as required by the State Elevator Inspector and ASME A17.1-2010/CSA B44-10, Section 8.1.

3) Keys shall be separated into groups as required by ASME A17.1-2010/CSA B44-10, Section 8.1.

PART 3 - EXECUTION3.01 ELEVATOR MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATOR SYSTEMS

A. General: Comply with manufacturer’s instructions and the Elevator Safety Code for Work required during Elevator Modernization.

B. Scheduling1. Before commencing any Work, submit for review and approval by Consultant, a schedule

showing the material ship dates, time of material on-site, commencement of Work, the order and the completion dates for the various parts of the Elevator Modernization.

2. Provide a weekly updated schedule to Consultant.3. Elevator Contractor is required to submit an updated schedule to Consultant with each

pay request.4. Before beginning the Elevator Modernization, the Elevator Contractor shall examine the

hoistway and machine rooms to verify conditions and provide written notice to Consultant of any conditions that would substantially hinder or prevent proper execution of the Work. Elevator Contractor shall not proceed with the Elevator Modernization until the cited conditions are corrected.

5. Pre-Elevator Modernization Meeting: Prior to Elevator Modernization of any elevator equipment, a meeting with Elevator Contractor and Consultant shall be held to review Elevator Modernization approach and identify any special circumstances pertaining to this Elevator Modernization.

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 132 of 213



6. Welded Construction: Provide welded connections for Elevator Modernization of elevator Work where bolted connections are not required for subsequent removal or for normal operation, adjustment, inspection, maintenance and replacement of worn parts. Comply with standards of AWS D1.1 for workmanship and for qualifications of welding operators.

7. Electrical Work: All Work shall conform to the requirements of NFPA 70. Requirements specific to Elevators include:a. Mark each component, including but not limited to relays, switches, timers, fuses and

overload devices, with permanent identification that corresponds with the nomenclature of the wiring diagrams and the operations and maintenance manuals.

b. Terminate all field wiring at each control cabinet on terminal strips suitable for the use. Field wiring shall not terminate on the studs of relays or other devices and equipment.

8. Coordination: Coordinate elevator Work with Work of other trades for proper time and sequence to avoid Elevator Modernization delays.

9. Sound Isolation: Mount rotating and vibrating elevator equipment and components on vibration-absorption mounts, designed to effectively prevent transmission of vibrations to structure, and thereby eliminate sources of structure-borne noise from elevator system.

10. Lubrication: Lubricate operating parts of systems.3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Compliance Testing: Upon nominal completion of Elevator Modernization, and before permitting use of elevator (either temporary or permanent), perform acceptance tests as required and recommended by Code and governing regulations or agencies. Advise Consultant and Elevator Inspection Department of Governing Agencies (AHJ), seven (7) days in advance, of dates and times tests are to be performed on elevator.

B. Acceptance Tests: Conduct operational test of car before turning elevator over to Owner. Schedule with Owner with not less than one (1) weeks’ notice.

3.03 PERFORMANCEA. Speed: +/- 10% of contract speed in the down direction. Rated speed in the up direction under

any loading condition.B. Stopping Accuracy: Level to ± one-fourth inch (¼”) or less under any loading condition or

direction of travel.C. Door Opening Time: Seconds from start of opening to fully open:

1. 3.0 seconds2. Door Closing Time: Seconds from start of car door closing until car doors are in the fully

closed position and the elevator can start.a. As per ASME A17.1-2010/CSA B44-10 requirements.

3. Floor-to-Floor Performance Time: Seconds from start of car doors closing until car doors are 3/4 open and car level and stopped at next successive floor under any loading condition or travel direction.a. 15.0 seconds

4. Provide a smooth start, acceleration, high speed operation, deceleration and final stop in both directions.

5. Noise Levela. The measured noise level in the elevator cab of elevator equipment shall not exceed

sixty (60) dBA during car operating conditions and a maximum increase of seven (7) dBA during door operation

b. Maximum of eighty (80) dBA in machine rooms.6. Ride Quality

a. Horizontal vibration, side-to-side and front to back with car during normal operation shall not exceed twenty five (25) mg in the 1-10 Hz range.

b. Vertical vibration not more than twenty (20) mg. Provide smooth and constant acceleration and deceleration of not more than 2.8 feet/second/second with an initial ramp between 0.5 and 0.75 second.

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 133 of 213



c. Provide smooth and constant acceleration and deceleration of not more than 2.8 feet/second/second with an initial ramp between 0.5 and 0.75 second.

d. Provide no more than 12 ft/sec3 of maximum jerk.7. Furnish labor, materials and equipment necessary for all tests. Notify Consultant seven

(7) days in advance when ready for final inspection. Final acceptance of Elevator Modernization shall be considered only after all field-quality control reviews have been completed, identified deficiencies have been corrected, all submittals and certificates have been received, all Punch list items completed and the following items have been completed to the satisfaction of Consultant.a. Quality of Work and equipment comply with specifications.

8. Performance of following are satisfactory:a. Door operation and closing force.b. Signal fixtures.c. Firefighters Service Emergency Operation.d. Performance times.e. Car speed.f. Conduct the following tests: one-hour running test stopping at each floor in up and

down directions. The doors are to complete a full open and close cycle with the standard door dwell time operating.1) Rated (full) capacity.2) Empty car.

3.04 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO FINAL ACCEPTANCEA. Instructions to Operators

1. Elevator Contractor shall have completed instruction of the designated employees of Owner in the operation and care of the elevator equipment.

2. Protectiona. At time of Final Completion of elevator Work (or portion thereof), provide suitable

protective coverings, barriers, devices, signs or such other methods or procedures to protect elevator Work from damage or deterioration. Maintain protective measures throughout remainder of Elevator Modernization period.

b. Elevator Contractor is responsible for damage and wear during the Elevator Modernization period, and shall repair or replace, to Consultant’s satisfaction, any components worn significantly or damaged before Consultant approves Elevator Modernization.

3. Code Compliancea. All code compliance tests shall have been performed and acceptance certified by the

authorities having jurisdiction and permanent elevator operating permit issued.4. Acceptance Tests

a. All acceptance tests shall have been completed and compliance certified by Consultant.

5. Submittal of Maintenance Manualsa. All manuals shall have been submitted to Consultant for review and approval.

Consultant shall forward to Elevator Consultant, all Manuals after reviewing for total and complete Manuals submitted by Elevator Contractor.

6. Submittal Of Construction Record Drawingsa. Construction drawings of the Work shall have been marked to show changes and

actual Elevator Modernization conditions, sufficient to form a complete record for future reference. Give particular attention to Work which will be concealed and difficult to measure and record at a later date, particularly items which may require servicing or replacement during the life of the projects.

7. Final Checka. Make a final check of elevator operation with Owner and Consultant present and just

prior to date of completion to determine that control systems and operating devices

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 134 of 213



are functioning properly. Any and all damage and/or significant wear shall have been repaired.

8. Cleaninga. The work site shall be clean. Elevator Contractor shall clear away all debris, surplus

materials, etc., resulting from their Work or operations, leaving the job and equipment furnished in a clean, first-class condition.

9. Punch Lista. All items on the punchlist shall be completed to the satisfaction of Owner.

10. Safety Test Reporta. Submit copy of Safety Test Report to Owner within one week after testing.

END OF SECTION

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 135 of 213

Home Forward-Schrunk Riverview Tower

14 21 00 - 1 TRACTION PASSENGER ELEVATOR MODERNIZATION

SCHRUNK RIVERVIEW TOWERSECTION 14 21 00 - TRACTION PASSENGER ELEVATOR MODERNIZATION

PART 1 - GENERAL1.01 SCOPE

A. This project is a Turnkey project, the Elevator Contractor shall furnish, provide and install all work required to complete all aspects for the Elevator Modernization as stated in the Contract Documents for two (2) existing Westinghouse overhead geared passenger elevators. Project also includes all requirements of Firefighters' Emergency Operation, Seismic and The Americans with Disability Act (ADA). The project location: Schrunk Riverview Tower, 8832 N Syracuse, Portland OR 97202.1. Applicable Documents

a. ICC/ANSI A117.1 (latest edition) - Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities, and the equivalent State of Oregon Codes, State of Oregon whichever are more stringent.

b. ASME A17.1/CSA B44 (latest edition) - Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators including Elevator Safety Requirements for Seismic Risk Zone 3 or Greater and applicable State of Oregon Amendments

c. ASME A17.2 (latest edition) - Guide for the Inspection of Elevators, Escalators and Moving Walks.

d. ASME A17.3 (latest edition) - Safety Code for Existing Elevators and Escalators and applicable Oregon (OR) Amendments

e. ASME A17.6 (latest edition) - Standard for Elevator Suspension, Compensation, and Governor Systems

f. ASME A17.7/CSA B44.7 (latest edition) - Performance-based Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators

g. National Electrical Code - (NEC) NFPA 70-latest edition7011,h. National Fire Code NFPA-13 (latest edition)i. International Building Code - (IBC) current edition that is in effect.j. ASTM A167 - Steel, Sheet Stainless.k. ASTM A366 - Steel, Sheet, Carbon, Cold Rolled, Commercial Quality.l. AWS D1.1 - Structural Welding Code - Steel.m. Permits and Codes

1) All equipment and modernization work shall comply with requirements of the Elevator Safety Code, and other applicable codes of the State of Oregon and City of Portland.

2) Give necessary notices, obtain licenses and permits, and pay fees and other costs, including making arrangements for all inspections and tests required by regulating agencies, in accordance with this elevator specification.

3) File necessary plans, prepare documents, and obtain necessary approval of governmental departments having jurisdiction and required certificates of inspection for work, in accordance with the elevator specification.

4) Elevator Contractor is not relieved from furnishing and installing work shown or specified which may be beyond requirements of Ordinances, Laws, Regulations and Codes.

5) Elevator Contractor shall furnish, provide and install all equipment to comply with all Codes, Regulations and Rules for the completion of this elevator modernization and shall complete all items required by the State of Oregon, or State of Oregon Elevator Inspector at no additional cost to the Owner.

1.02 MODERNIZATION REQUIREMENTSA. Additional work to be done by Elevator Contractor.

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 136 of 213



1. Provide machine room ventilation to maintain temperature at not more than ninety-five degrees Fahrenheit (95° F) for ninety-five percent (95%) of the time, unless a lower temperature is specified by the elevator equipment manufacturer.

2. Fire Alarm: Provide and interface Recall Initiating Devices in all elevator lobbies, Elevator machine room, and elevator top of shaft.

3. Lighting:a. Provide LED illumination in the elevator pit sufficient to meet code currently a

minimum of (10 fc). per NFPA-70, Article 620.b. Provide new 15A car lighting fused circuit lockable disconnect in the elevator

machine room. Provide all wiring from the new disconnect to the new elevator controller.

4. Provide one 15A 120VAC utilization electrical circuit for an intercom. Locate the electrical disconnect in the elevator machine rooms. Electrical disconnect shall be lockable and fused. (ref. NFPA 70 Art. 620-25 & 620-55)

5. Verify proper operation of pit sump pump.6. Provide a telephone line to the elevator machine rooms. Provide a j-box in the elevator

machine rooms to terminate the phone line. All wiring in the machine rooms must be in conduit or other approved raceway. Provide conduit and wiring from machine room j-box to elevator controller. Elevator Contractor to provide labor/material to hook up the telephone wires from J-box to new elevator controller. Owner to provide phone line to elevator machine room.

7. Provide pedestrian traffic control signage and correspondence.8. Provide secure lay-down area for elevator equipment. Minimum space required 15' X 30'.

If equipment is to be stored outside Elevator Contractor is responsible to provide weather protection. Location to be determined if necessary.

9. It is assumed public restrooms are available for construction workers. If not Elevator Contractor to provide and maintain portable restrooms. Location to be determined if necessary.

10. Elevator Contractor will provide dumpster for disposal of material.1.03 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT

A. General1. Material and equipment shall be new, of the best quality used for the purposes in good

commercial practice, the best of their respective kinds, and as specified. Where two or more units of the same class of equipment are required, those units shall be products of a single manufacturer. Furnish equipment complete with all parts necessary for proper operation. Material and equipment shall be cleaned, free of corrosion, and selected to provide quiet operation.

2. Type capacity, size and rating of all equipment shall be as indicated herein specified.3. Delivery and Storage

a. Material and equipment shall be suitably protected against corrosion, dirt, mechanical damage, weather and chemical damage before and during modernization as recommended by the manufacturer and as approved by the Owner. Replace defective and damaged equipment and materials.

4. All existing elevator equipment that is not being retained shall be removed from the job-site by the Elevator Contractor at the sole cost to the Elevator Contractor. This includes all existing machine room, hoistway and car elevator equipment.

5. Elevator Contractor shall verify exact distances between points shown on their shop drawings by actual measurements at the site. This includes fit and finish of surface mount hall fixtures and lanterns covering existing cutouts.

6. Standard Products: Unless otherwise indicated, the equipment to be furnished under these specifications shall be the standard products of manufacturers regularly engaged in the production of such equipment. Apparatus, equipment and systems furnished must be similar and equal thereto with respect to quality, functional performance, capacity and efficiency.

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 137 of 213



7. Submittals: Submit shop drawings to Elevator Consultant for approval. The shop drawings shall contain detailed information to determine that the equipment conforms to the requirements of this specification and not less than the following information.a. Plan view of the elevator machine room. Show location of machinery and controls in

machine rooms,b. Include all clearance dimensions required by the Elevator Safety Code.c. The elevator equipment is to be arranged in a neat and professional manner so that

all elevator equipment is readily accessible.d. Submit layout drawings as required by the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ).

Submittals to the AHJ shall have all information pertinent to the elevator modernization to determine whether the elevator modernization complies with all applicable codes.

e. Provide catalog cuts for all elevator contractor furnished material and equipment, including but not limited to doors, car and hall fixtures, controls and motors, machines, and governors.

f. Complete information on motor, electrical services, controls, and all other coordination information.

8. Wiring Diagrams, Maintenance Manualsa. Wiring Diagrams

1) Provide complete "As Built and Installed" straight-line wiring diagrams showing the electrical connections, functions, and sequence of operation of all apparatus connected with the elevator, in the machine room, hoistway, and car.

2) Provide two (2) electronic copies.3) Furnish one complete draft electronic set for Architect and Elevator Consultant.

Review no later than one (1) week before issue of the permanent Oregon State Elevator Operating Permit.

4) Modernization Data(a) Provide "As Built and Installed" wireman's original pull sheets showing

raceway, junction box, traveling cable wire nomenclature and origination and termination locations.

(b) Provide a legible copy of the elevator adjuster's final control settings, such as feet per minute, door open, door close, car door nudging time, door dwell times and all other adjustable features and/or timers.

5) Operations and Maintenance Manuals(a) One (1) Complete 3-ring binder with hard copy of Operation and

Maintenance Manual.(b) Furnish two (2) complete electronic Operation and Maintenance Manuals

covering the stipulated mechanical systems and equipment. The manual shall comply with all requirements indicated in the project closeout section of the specifications.

(c) Furnish one (1) complete electronic draft manual for Elevator Consultant to review no later than one (1) week before issue of the permanent Oregon State Elevator Operating Permit.

(d) The manual shall be complete in all respects for all equipment furnished and installed, controls, accessories and appurtenances stipulated. Include as a minimum the following.(1) Machine room drawing, showing equipment location of controller,

machine, transformer, governor, main line electrical disconnects, machine room light switch.

(2) The original factory Adjustor's Manual used to adjust the specific modernization including "As Built, As Installed and As Adjusted" field notes.

(3) Step-by-step procedure for elevator start-up, operation, and shutdown.

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 138 of 213



(4) Maintenance instructions listing routine maintenance procedures, possible breakdowns, and repairs, and troubleshooting guides for all elevator equipment.

(5) Preventive maintenance schedule.(6) Lubrication schedule, including type, grade, temperature, range and

frequency.(7) Safety precautions, including diagrams and illustrations as needed for

clarity.(8) All testing procedures, including no-load, full-load safety tests, Seismic

and Firefighters' Service(9) Parts list, with manufacturers' names and catalog numbers. Lists shall

be complete for the materials installed.(10) Serial number of all equipment furnished and installed.(11) Service organizations and sources of replacement parts with company

names, addresses, email and telephone numbers.1.04 ELECTRICAL

A. Provide electrical components of the elevator equipment and systems, including motors, motor starters, controllers, control instruments, switches, conduit, wire and relays as specified herein and as necessary for complete and operable systems. Furnish interconnecting wiring for components of equipment as an integral part of the equipment.

B. Electrical equipment and wiring shall conform to NFPA-70-current edition.C. For equipment with electrical components, provide NRTL label on each component for which

published standards exist.D. The frames of all motors, hoist machine, controller, transformer and the metal enclosures for all

electrical equipment in or on the car, hoistway and machine room shall be grounded in accordance with NFPA-70-current edition-Article 250.

E. Provide "daisy chain" electrical grounding for all machine room electrical cabinets.F. Provide required and adequate electrical wiring gauge sizing and number of electrical

conductors to totally eliminate any voltage/amperage drop/variation for all the machine room, hoistway switches/interlocks, car operating fixtures/positions indicators/exhaust fan/car lighting/inspection station/leveling devices, hall stations/position indicators and all other elevator electrical equipment.

G. Conductors and Connections1. Provide new wiring in machine room, hoistway and car. Copper throughout with individual

wires coded and connections on identified studs or terminal blocks. Use no splices or similar connections in wiring except at terminal blocks, control cabinets, and junction boxes. Provide 10% spare wires in all wiring runs. Separate and mark all spare wires. All spare wire ends shall be turned back or protected against accidental exposure to any live electrical circuit or electrical ground.

2. Provide material and labor to connect machine room telephone wires to elevator controller. Owner to provide telephone wires to elevator machine room.

3. Conduit, etc.a. Provide new painted or galvanized steel conduit and duct. Conduit size, one-half

(1/2") minimum. Do not use flexible conduit exceeding thirty-six inches (36") in length. Flexible heavy-duty service cord may be used between fixed car wiring and car door switches for door protection devices. Plastic wire ties shall not be allowed for conduit fastening.

4. Traveling Cablesa. Provide new. Provide flame and moisture-resistant outer cover. Traveling cables shall

terminate in the elevator machine room elevator controller and on the elevator car top junction box with marked terminals. Prevent traveling cables from rubbing or chafing against hoistway or elevator equipment within hoistway. Provide ten percent (10%) spare conductors in each traveling cable. Provide an extra six (6) spare pair of

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 139 of 213



shielded wires in separate traveling cable. Provide four (4) spare pair of coaxial traveling cables from car to controller. Provide an extra two (2) pair of number fourteen (#14) conductors for car lighting. All spare wire ends shall be turned back or protected against accidental exposure to any live electrical circuit or electrical ground. Tag all spare conductors indicating termination points at each end. Provide all wiring for car lighting, fan and emergency communication from elevator controller to car. Provide traveling cables for fireman's phone jack from elevator cab car station to elevator controller. Provide traveling cable for in-car emergency communication device and intercom to main floor and elevator machine room.

1.05 PAINTINGA. All exposed metal elevator components furnished in these specifications, except as otherwise

specified, shall be properly painted after modernization. If retained equipment is already painted, cleaning and touch up paint only, with same brand and color as existing.



B. Elevator Contractor shall provide monthly warranty preventive maintenance to the elevator, for a period of one (1) year.

1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCEA. Elevator Contractor shall furnish Owner with all special tools, meters, diagnostic tools/devices,

troubleshooting special hand-held tools/devices, printed information, adjusting information and all other special tools/devices/laptops to perform maintenance, troubleshooting, repairing and adjusting at conclusion of elevator modernization. If any special tool, meter, diagnostic tools/device/laptop requires readjusting or re-programming Elevator Contractor shall pay for all costs including freight for a period of five (5) years from date of elevator final acceptance by Owner and Elevator Consulting Services, Inc. Cost, if any, to Owner for the above stated items shall be included in Base Bid. After the initial five (5) year period all upgrades, readjustments or reprogramming of any or all diagnostic tools or devices will be provided as needed or required on a purchase order basis with the original Elevator Contractor that installed/manufactured the elevator equipment with the Owner.

B. Elevator Contractor shall provide and install all software improvement up-grades for a period of five (5) years from date of elevator final acceptance by Owner, State of Oregon Elevator Inspector and Elevator Consulting Services, Inc. The up-grades are defined as improvements for the elevator operation. If any elevator safety software up-grades are designed or discovered by the elevator manufacturer, the up-grades shall be installed immediately. All costs of the software up-grades shall be paid by Elevator Contractor.

C. Elevator Contractor shall provide the Owner the ability to purchase and receive all elevator replacement parts within twenty four (24) hours from date of parts order by Owner. Replacement and spare parts are defined as any and all items required to maintain, service, repair, adjust and operate the elevator as designed and installed, in a safe and trouble-free manner. Elevator Contractor shall sell any and all spare parts including proprietary parts to the Owner during the entire life cycle of the elevator equipment.

D. Elevator Contractor shall supply a list, in writing, of all proprietary equipment that will be provided. A list of these items shall be provided together with a guarantee of availability. This guarantee shall specify that all proprietary parts shall be available for the life of the elevator equipment and within a twenty four (24) hour period of order placed. Owner may return the worn or defective part to Elevator Contractor after the replaced part is delivered to the Owner and the elevator has been placed in normal operation. Elevator Contractor shall submit a list of all proprietary equipment that is required in the elevator drive and control system. The list shall include individual item cost and part numbers or coding. Parts ordering information shall be provided.

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 140 of 213



E. The final Elevator Modernization shall be maintainable by a trained elevator mechanic without the need to purchase or lease additional tools or software to diagnose problems and/or change operational parameters of the elevator system. All tools and software necessary to diagnose problems and/or change operational parameters of the elevator system shall be retained by Owner and shall function for the life of the installed equipment. Hardware and software needed for diagnosis and operating parameter modification shall be products offered as standard by the manufacturer of the control system. No substitutions of proprietary circuit boards, EPROMS, hardware locks, software passwords or coding shall be allowed. As a condition of the Elevator Modernization, the original equipment manufacturer shall guarantee to sell and deliver, on a timely basis, replacement parts and software updates to Owner and/or to a third-party elevator maintenance company at a fair market price for a 5-year period.

1.08 ACCEPTABLE ELEVATOR MANUFACTURESA. Controls VVVF

1. Motion Control Engineering-(MCE) I Control, Otis Elevator, ThyssenKrupp, Kone, Elevator Controls Company, GAL Galaxy, or approved equal.

2. Provide as part of the Elevator Controlsa. Surge Suppressorb. Brown Out Circuitc. Regenerative Drived. Air conditioner

B. Hoist Machine Motor1. Imperial Electric-AC Permanent Magnet, Torin PMAC, Hollister Whitney PMAC, Otis,

ThyssenKrupp, Kone, or approved equal.C. Hoist Machines

1. Hollister-Whitney, Otis, ThyssenKrupp, Kone, Torin, or approved equal.D. Overspeed Governor

1. Hollister-Whitney Elevator Corporation, Otis, ThyssenKrupp, Kone, or approved equal.E. Operating Fixtures

1. Innovation Industries Inc. The Bruiser-Vandal Resistant, Otis-Vandal Resistant, ThyssenKrupp Vandal Resistant, or approved equal.

F. Firefighter’s Emergency Operation-Phase I & II key Switch1. FEO-K1

G. Hall Lanterns1. Innovation Industries Inc., Otis, ThyssenKrupp, Kone, or approved equal.

H. Intercoms/ADA Phones1. Electronic Micro Systems, Inc, (EMS), Rath, or approved equal

I. Car Door Protective Device1. Janus-PanaChrome 3D, or approved equal.

J. Car Door Operator1. GAL Manufacturing Company linear, Otis closed loop linear, ThyssenKrupp closed loop

linear, Kone closed loop linear, or approved equal.K. Hoistway and Car Door Gibs

1. Southern Elevator & Electric Supply (SEES) The Enforcer, no approved equalL. Hoistway Door Tracks, Hangers, Interlocks

1. GAL Manufacturing Company, Otis, ThyssenKrupp, Kone, or approved equal.M. Door Gibs

1. Sees Enforcer, no approved equal.N. Door Closers

1. SmarTorK, no approved equal.

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 141 of 213



O. Car Door Tracks, Hangers, Gate Switch1. GAL Manufacturing Company, Otis, ThyssenKrupp, Kone, or approved equal.

P. Hoistway Door Escutcheons1. Tri-Lok Mfg. & Maintenance Corp. or approved equal.

Q. Car/Hall Position Indicators/Signal - Flush Mount1. C. E. Electronics, Inc, Otis, ThyssenKrupp, Kone, or approved equal.

R. Car Top Inspection Station1. Elevator Products Corp, Otis, ThyssenKrupp, Kone, or approved equal

S. Seismic Switch1. Seismic switch, Inc2. Draka

T. Car Exhaust Fan (High-Low-Off Controls)1. Nylube Products Co, Man-D-Tec, or approved equal.

U. Cab Lighting1. Man-D-Tec SoloBeam LED Recessed, or approved equal.

V. Alarm Bell1. Nylube Products Model ELB-6, or approved equal.

W. In Car ADA Emergency Communication1. JFilliPs LLC, or approved equal.


A. The completed elevator modernization shall conform to the Elevator Safety Code except as specifically otherwise indicated or specified The elevator modernization, including equipment, material, workmanship, design, and tests shall be in accordance with the standards, rules and Specifications referenced all material and equipment shall be new. Electrical materials shall meet and bear evidence of meeting the requirements of Underwriter's Laboratories. The equipment shall be the product of a manufacturer regularly engaged in the manufacture and modernization of this type of equipment Working parts shall be accessible for inspection, servicing and repair. Adequate means shall be provided for the lubrication of all wearing parts that require lubrication.

B. DESCRIPTION AND PERFORMANCE: Modernization will be in accordance with the following details and consist of the following: Speed, travel, capacity, and door configuration shall remain the same.1. Manufacturer Westinghouse2. Year Installed Original Install 1971 (Modernized 2001)3. Control System Group Operation Selective Collective4. Controller/Selector Motion Control Engineering5. Machine Geared Traction6. Door Equipment MAC7. Door Size 3’-6" wide x 7'-0" high8. Door Type Single & 2 Speed / Side Opening9. Door Operation Automatic10. Landings/Openings-per car 11/12 Landings / All Front Opening11. Floor Designation B,*1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 1112. Capacity 2,000/3,500 Pounds13. Machine Location Overhead14. Speed 200 Feet Per Minute (FPM)15. Voltage 240vac 3phase. (Elevator Contractor to verify)

2.02 GENERAL MATERIALSA. Steel

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 142 of 213



1. Sheet Steel: Furniture Steel for Exposed Work: Stretcher-leveled, cold-rolled, commercial-quality carbon steel, complying with ASTM A366, matte finish.

2. Sheet Steel: For Unexposed Work: Hot-rolled, commercial-quality carbon steel, pickled and oiled, complying with ASTM A569.

3. Structural Steel Shapes and Plates: ASTM A6, ASTM A36 AND ASTM A108.4. Stainless Steel

a. Type 302 or 304 complying with ASTM A167, with standard tempers and hardness required for fabrication, strength and durability.

b. Apply mechanical finish on fabricated work in the locations shown or specified. Federal Standard and NAAMM nomenclature. Protect with adhesive-paper covering until final inspection.

c. No. 4: Bright directional polish-satin finish. Graining directions as shown or, if not shown, in longest dimension.

B. Plastic Laminate1. ASTM E84 Class A and NEMA LD3, Fire-Rated-FR-50, Type 7, 0.050" thick; color and

texture as follows: Exposed Surfaces-Color and Texture selected by Owner. Concealed Surfaces-Manufacturer's standard color and finish.

2. Fire Retardant-Treated Particleboard Panels3. Minimum 3/4" thick backup for natural finished wood and plastic laminate veneered

panels, edged and faced as directed. Provide with suitable anti-warp backing complying with ASTM E84 Class "I" rating with a flame-spread rating of 25 or less.

C. Fastening Screws1. Stainless Steel Tamper-Proof screws shall be used throughout for all operating fixture

cover plates.D. Bulbs

1. All light bulbs shall be LED.E. Keys

1. Provide three (3) keys of each type. Provide each set on a metal plate with markings for each key. Attach keys to each plate.

2. Provide key box(s) as required by the State of Oregon Elevator Inspector and locate as directed, and per code. Provide all required keys in box.

F. Finishes1. Structural members and other components for which finish is not otherwise specified shall

have prime coat finish.2.03 ELEVATOR MACHINERY

A. Hoist Machine and Deflector Sheave1. Geared Machine

a. Replace existing geared machine with new geared, including all required support beams/channels/brackets.

b. Provide new deflector sheave located in elevator hoistway overhead.c. Re-Paint/touch up hoist machine with machinery enamel to match the factory color if

machine is scratched/damaged during Elevator Modernization.2. ALTERNATE: Gearless Machine

a. Replace existing geared machine with PMAC (permanent magnet AC), including all required support beams/channels/brackets.

b. Provide new deflector sheave located in elevator hoistway overhead in conjunction with new PMAC machine.

c. Re-Paint/touch up hoist machine with machinery enamel to match the factory color if machine is scratched/damaged during Elevator Modernization.

B. Overhead Sheaves & Beams1. Provide new overhead hoist rope sheaves.2. Retain existing overhead beams. Do not burn/cut any area of the beams.

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 143 of 213



3. Provide bevel washers for any bolt/nut that is installed in a plane of five (5) degrees.4. Provide Seismic and hoist rope guards on all sheaves.

C. Governor & Governor Pit Sheave1. Provide new governor and pit tail sheave.

D. Governor Rope1. Provide new governor rope. Perform all required testing. Provide all required test tags.

E. Hoist Ropes1. Provide new hoist ropes. The hoist ropes shall be elevator rope as required by ASME

A17.1/CSA B44.2. Provide rope data tag with the following information

a. The diameter in inches or millimeters.b. The manufacturer’s rated breaking strength.c. The grade of material used.d. The month and year the ropes were installed.e. The month and year the ropes were first shortened.f. State if the ropes are non-preformed or preformed.g. Construction classification.h. Name of the person or organization who installed the ropes.i. Name or trademark of the manufacturer of the ropes.j. Lubrication information.

2.04 HOISTWAY EQUIPMENTA. Door Hangers and Tracks. Refurbish. Provide new rollers.B. Interlocks

1. Provide new NRTL rated and approved interlock for each hoistway door entrance.2. The interlock shall prevent operation of the elevator unless all doors are in the closed and

locked position.3. Provide fire rated electrical wires from all interlocks to hoistway electrical riser. The

conductors shall be flame-retardant and suitable for a temperature on not less than 392 degrees F. Conductors shall be Type SF or equivalent.

4. Provide electrical ground wire from each interlock to the elevator controller. Electrical ground wire shall be green colored conductor that connects all interlocks and terminates in the elevator controller at an electrical lug that designates electrical ground as defined by the NFPA-70.

C. Emergency Access1. Retain access to all hoistway doors by mechanical lunar key.2. Provide door lunar key holes with Safety Plug Locks at all floors.

D. Closures1. Provide new, heavy-duty spirator closers at all landings.2. Replace any missing, broken or damaged components.

E. Frames1. Retain existing.2. Clean all dirt etc. from frames.3. Frames to be refinished or re-skinned in field to like new appearance.4. Provide new surface mount mechanically attached Braille plates all landings. Black fill

Stainless characters. Location and size per ADA requirements.F. Door Panels

1. Retain existing hoistway door panels.2. Bottom of doors shall be provided with two (2) new removable phenol gibs, which run in

the sill slots with minimum clearance. Provide fire tabs on each gib.3. Provide a steel plate gib that will be installed between each of the two (2) standard gibs.

The steel plate gib shall minimum 4" centered distance between each of the poly gibs.

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 144 of 213



4. Provide stainless steel fastening screw for all gibs.5. Provide lunar key access at all floors, including Safety Plug Locks.6. All Finishes are to match existing finishes.

G. Sills1. Retain existing. Clean to remove foreign material.

H. Fascia, and Hanger Covers1. Retain existing and replace any missing or broken brackets or complete covers including

fastenings screws.I. Toe Guard

1. Retain existing and replace any missing or broken brackets including fastenings screws.J. Dust Cover

1. Retain existing and replace any missing or broken brackets or complete covers including fastenings screws.

K. Struts1. Retain existing strut angles and replace any missing or broken fastening devices. Clean

and paint with one coat of light gray enamel. Provide door open bumpers on the vertical struts.

L. Headers1. Retain existing headers and replace any missing or broken fastening devices.

M. Floor Numbers1. Paint 4" high floor numbers within the hoistway as required by ASME A17.1/CSA B44.

N. Guide Rails-Car & Counterweight1. Car rails

a. Existing car guide rails shall be retained. Realign guide rails to within one-sixteenth of an inch (1/16") vertical and one thirty-second of an inch (1/32") (DBG) tram.

b. File all joints-area to file shall be at least 16" above and 16" below each joint. Power disk sander shall not be allowed to file joints. Flat file that is enclosed in a Rail File Holder shall be the method of filing rail joints.

c. Replace any missing or broken fastening devices.d. Provide bevel washers for any bolt/nut that is installed in a plane of 5 degrees or

more.e. Clean and touchup paint guide rails, fishplates and brackets with existing color. Do

not paint running surface of guide rails.2. Counterweight Rails

a. Retainb. Align guide rails to within one-sixteenth of an inch (1/16") vertical and one thirty-

second of an inch (1/32") (DBG) tram.c. File all joints-area to file shall be at least 16" above and 16" below each joint. Power

disk sander shall not be allowed to file joints. Flat file that is enclosed in a Rail File Holder shall be the method of filing rail joints.

d. Replace any missing or broken fastening devices.e. Provide bevel washers for any bolt/nut that is installed in a plane of 5 degrees or

more.f. Clean and touchup paint guide rails, fishplates and brackets with existing color. Do

not paint running surface of guide rails.O. Limit Switches

1. Provide new upper and lower final and terminal limit switches with rollers having rubber or other approved composition to provide silent operation when activated.

2. Normal terminal stopping devices shall be provided and arranged to stop the car automatically from any speed obtained under normal operation within the top and bottom over travels, independent of the operating devices and final terminal stopping device.

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 145 of 213



3. Final terminal stopping devices shall be provided and arranged to stop the car automatically from the speed specified within the top clearance and bottom overtravel independent of the operation of the normal terminal stopping devices.

P. Counterweight1. Retain, clean and paint.2. Provide new rollers. Provide Seismic rated position restraint plates. The clearance

between each running face of the guide rail and the position restraint shall not exceed 0.187" and the depth of engagement with the rail shall not be less than the dimension of the side running face of the rail.

3. Provide bevel washers for any bolt/nut that is installed in a plane of 5 degrees or more.4. Provide a twelve inches (12") in height and same width as the counterweight frame a solid

steel plate, located ½ the vertical between the upper and lower guiding members to provide a running clearance of not more than one-half inch (½") from the steel plate to the face of the counterweight guide rail. The steel plates shall be provided on both counterweight vertical frame members. Secure the steel plate to the counterweight frame by bolting or welding.

5. Touch up paint counterweight frame, including weights with existing color, enamelQ. Counterweight Guard

1. Retain, check all fastenings, replace any worn, damaged or missing brackets or hardware. Clean and paint with one coat of machinery gray enamel.

2.05 SEISMIC REQUIREMENTSA. Guarding of Snag Points

1. Provide guards to prevent the electrical traveling cables from becoming snagged on guide rail brackets.

B. Guide Rail Fishplates1. Retain and check for tight and proper alignment.

C. Seismic Switch1. Provide new Seismic switch as required by ASME A17.1/CSA B44. Install device per

manufacturer’s instructions.2. Seismic switch shall activate upon excitation in a vertical direction of not more than 0.15

times gravity acceleration. The frequency response of the switch shall be 1 Hz to 10 Hz.D. Counterweight Displacement Device

1. Provide new device as required by ASME A17.1/CSA B44.2.06 ELEVATOR CAR

A. Car Frame1. Retain existing car sling. Clean all components. Check all fastenings. Replace any

missing or broken bolts, washers, and nuts. Check alignment. Place frame in correct position relating to side to side and front to back distance and levelness.

2. Provide bevel washers for any bolt/nut that is installed in a plane of 5 degrees or more.B. ALTERNATE: NEW LARGER CAR. Provide new 3,000-3,500 lb. car to replace existing

2,000lb car(PXVE-6065). Include all labor and materials for removal of old car and installation of new car and associated equipment.

C. Roller Guides & Position Restraint Plates1. Provide new rollers. Provide Seismic rated position restraint plates. The clearance


2. Provide bevel washers for any bolt/nut that is installed in a plane of 5 degrees or more.D. Platform

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 146 of 213



1. Retain existing platform. Clean all components. Check all fastenings. Replace any missing or damaged bolts, washers and nuts. Replace isolation pads. Provide fire rated material on underside of platform.

2. Provide bevel washers for any bolt/nut that is installed in a plane of 5 degrees or more.3. Provide new platform apron as required by ASME A.17.1/CSA B44-Elevator Code.

The height of the platform apron shall be a minimum of 1200 mm (48-in.). Where the pit is of insufficient depth to allow this height, the platform apron shall be as long as possible providing there is a minimum of 600 mm (12-in.) between the bottom of the apron and the pit floor with the car resting on a fully compressed buffer. Provide brackets to conform to ASME A17.1/CSA B44, Req. 2.15.9.1 through 2.15.9.4.

E. Car Safety1. Retain existing. Clean and replace any parts showing signs of wear. Verify the safety

components and electrical switch is adjusted correctly.2. Provide bevel washers for any bolt/nut that is installed in a plane of 5 degrees or more.

F. Car Enclosure1. Include in Base Bid.

a. Interior Car Finishes1) Allow for a $15,000 per car allowance for car interior finish (total of $30,000). All

labor and materials to install the new cab interior shall be included in the Cab Allowance. Interior to be selected from Elevator contractors standard selections to be determined during Submittals.

G. Other Equipment1. Exhaust Fan: Provide new two-speed exhaust fan, mounted on the car top. Provide flat ¼"

thick, stainless steel round cover plate with adequate number of ¼" holes for air movement. Fasten cover plate to ceiling with six (6) - (1/4") stainless steel pop rivets.

2. Provide new electrical switch on car top exit panel. Provide lock as required by ASME A17.1/CSA B44 Code.

3. Car Handrails: Retain existing.4. Car Doors: The car entrance shall be provided with new doors of minimum 16 gauge

facing into the car, finished in #4 stainless steel, extending around the leading door edges, and suitably reinforced. Bottom of doors shall be provided with removable phenol guides, which run in the sill slots with minimum clearance. Provide a steel plate gib that will be installed between each of the two (2) standard gibs. The steel plate gib shall span the entire distance between each of the standard gibs. Provide zone restrictors, designed to prevent car doors from being opened when the car is outside a landing zone, shall be included on all car doors.

5. Car Top Rail: Provide guard railing on top area of car top as required by ASME A17.1/CSA B44 Code.

6. Emergency Escape Hatch. Provide new lock and electrical contacts.H. Elevator Car Station

1. Provide one (1) vandal resistant elevator control station with faceplate, consisting of a metal box containing the operating fixtures, mounted behind the non-swing car enclosure front panel. Install in-car to lobby intercom as part of the elevator car station. Install in-car emergency light as part of the new station.

2. Provide car position indicators, four inches (4") high digital type together with directional arrows located in the top area of the car operating stations. Provide 1/4" thick clear Lexan lens cover or a type that shall be vandal resistant. Existing position indicators (over car doors) shall be covered with a #4 stainless steel plate.

3. Provide emergency lighting unit. Device shall be built in, and part of the front main car operating station at the upper section of the station cover. Provide vandal resistant Lexan clear lens over device. Device shall provide lighting of .02 ftc at a distance of four feet (4') above the car floor and one foot (1') in front of the car operating station. The emergency lighting shall maintain the light intensity for a period of at least four (4) hours

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 147 of 213



4. Suitably identify floor buttons, lighted alarm button, door open button, door close button and keyed emergency stop switch by engraved and painted letters or symbols per Local Handicapped Standards and ADA requirements. Provide flush inset, back-fastened handicapped markings. Locate operating controls location as required by ADA requirements. Locate keyed stop switch and alarm button thirty-five (35") above car floor. Engrave below door open, door close, stop switch and alarm in one-quarter inch (¼") letters-"Door Open", "Door Close", "Alarm" and "Run-Stop".

5. Provide one eighth of an inch (1/8") raised floor pushbuttons which illuminate to indicate LED call registration. Provide floor designation engraved plates to the left of each button.

6. Provide illuminated alarm button at bottom of station to sound distress signal alarm located on the car top. Provide a signal to the elevator controller at a terminal strip for monitoring purposes of alarm at a remote location.

7. Provide keyed stop switch in panel faceplate with markings to show "Run" and "Stop" positions.

8. Provide door open button to stop and reopen closing doors. Make button operable while car is stopped at landing, regardless of special operational features, except Firefighters' Service.

9. Provide one (1) Firefighters' Service Phase II key switch with engraved instructions, light jewel, buzzer and call cancel button. Provide Firefighter's phone jack plug in car station with electrical conductors to elevator controller devices located per ASME A17.1/CSA B44 code.

10. Provide lockable service panel with recessed flush cover plate. Include the following controls, with purpose and operating positions identified by engraved letters painted black.a. Car light switch and emergency light test switch. Test switch shall disconnect the

electrical power to the main car lighting circuit.b. Three position fan switch-Low Speed-High Speed-Off.c. Independent service switch to permit selection of independent or automatic operation.d. Start button for closing doors and starting elevator when operating on independent

service. Floor pushbuttons may be used for this function.e. Duplex 120 VAC electrical convenience outlet. Provide GFCI protection.f. Provide black paint filled engraving as follows.

1) Elevator number on car station.2) “Permit on File with Building Manager”

g. Faceplate Material and Finish: #4 stainless steel.11. Telephone Cabinet: Emergency communication device shall be mounted as part of the car

operating panel. Provide all required electrical wiring from the in car station to the elevator controller. Phone shall be mounted such that it is easily removable for servicing. Provide all required programming including labor and material for placing device in operation.

I. Car Top Inspection Station and Work Light1. Operating fixture shall be provided containing continuous pressure Up, Down and Safe

buttons, emergency stop switch, inspection and run switch, work light with guard and 110 VAC duplex outlet with GFCI protection.

2. Toggle switches shall not be provided for the Stop, Run and Inspection switches unless the switches are guarded against accidental activation. Fasten car top station to car crosshead.

3. Work light shall be encased in a total glass enclosure including a wire guard cover. Rating of light to be at least 60 W.

4. Provide additional light fixture on a flexible cord. Length of cord to be eight feet (8'). Size of conductors to be minimum of 14 G. Cord to be hard wired into car top fixed work light. Provide fixed metal bracket to store cord when not in use. Locate bracket to avoid stepping on cord when attached to bracket. On-OFF car top light switch shall control both fixtures. Provide guard on light. Rating of light to be at least 60 W.

J. Intercom

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 148 of 213



1. Provide elevator car to main lobby intercom. Intercom shall be part of the main fire return landing hall call station.

2. Provide elevator car to machine room intercom. Provide selection switch to allow communication between machine room and elevator.

K. Alarm Bell1. Furnish and install an alarm bell, located on top of the elevator adjacent to the car top

inspection station.2.07 POWER AND CONTROL DEVICES

A. ALTERNATE: Provide non-proprietary controller. The controls will be completely serviceable and maintainable without the need for additional tools or instruments.

B. Controller/Selector1. The controller shall utilize an AC variable frequency regenerative drive unit. It shall be a

compact self-contained unit that will provide stepless acceleration and deceleration and provide regulation at all car speeds.

2. The system shall provide the required electrical operation of the elevator control system including the automatic application of the brake, which shall bring the car to rest upon failure of power. In addition, the power control shall be arranged to continuously monitor the actual elevator speed signal from the tachometer and to compare it with the hoist motor armature voltage and the intended speed signal, to verify safe and proper operation of the elevator.

3. Solid State Power Supply and Logic Control: Provide solid state power devices with voltage and current capability ample to operate the elevator at the specified conditions.a. The maximum RMS Total Harmonic Distortion (THD) contribution to the building

power distribution network, from the elevator drive and hoist system, shall be restricted for voltage (THDV) and current (ampere) (THDI). The RMS total harmonic distortion is defined as the amount of harmonic distortion as a percentage of the RMS value of waveforms at all frequencies (fundamental and harmonic). The following THD criteria are to be understood as RMS unless otherwise noted.

b. THD will be measured and compared to the building THD. The building THD will be measured with the new elevator systems disconnected from the building power distribution system.

c. The building THDV and THDI; with the elevator disconnected, will be measured at each elevator’s feeder disconnecting means.

d. The elevator THDV and THDI; will be measured at each elevator’s feeder disconnecting means located in the elevator equipment room. Individual measurements will be taken with each elevator operating at full-rated load at contract speed in the up direction.

e. The maximum allowable THDV and THDI will be the calculated difference between the building THDV and THDI measurements and the elevator THDV and THDI measurements respectively.

f. Maximum allowable THDV from each elevator motor drive is three percent (3%) or the value of the building THDV measured in part b above, whichever is greater.

g. Maximum allowable THDI from each elevator motor drive is fifteen percent (15%). No individual current harmonic shall exceed ten percent (10%) relative to the fundamental (THDI-F). THDI-F defines the amount of harmonic distortion as a percentage of the fundamental frequency current.

C. Solid State Power Control1. Provide a solid-state power controller to operate the hoist motor, brake, and other

electromechanical devices. The controller shall include interfacing pilot electromechanical devices as required for accepting the necessary elevator hoistway switches and operating switches.

2. These include, as a minimum, terminal slowdown devices, overtravel limit switches, solid state magnetic leveling switches, inspection operating pushbuttons, emergency stop switches and governor over-speed switches.

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 149 of 213



3. Microprocessor Elevator Logic Controla. The operation shall be accomplished utilizing microprocessor computer logic control.

The elevator control program shall be contained in nonvolatile, programmable, read-only memory. The control shall be constructed such that future alterations in elevator operation including changes of operating parameters including but not limited to speed, acceleration, jerk, pre-opening, door speed, door dwell, floor counts for leveling, and car zoning may readily be made as part of normal maintenance and service. If a separate, detachable device is required, it shall be furnished.

b. Safety circuits shall be monitored and controlled by the programmable logic control with redundant protection.

c. The microprocessor elevator logic control shall be contained in a NEMA 1 cabinet.4. Fault Diagnosis

a. Capability shall be provided to diagnose faults to the level of individual circuit boards and individual discreet major components for both the Solid State Power Controller and the Elevator Logic Controller. Capability to diagnose faults within an individual circuit board is not required.

b. If fault diagnosis requires a separate, detachable device, it shall be furnished.5. Security

a. Provide both hall and car card reader security software and hardware capabilities for future implementation of security by Owner.

6. Operationa. Provide standard "Group Selective/Collective Operation" for the two passenger

elevators.7. Computer Display Terminal

a. Lap Top with monitor shall be provided in the machine room. The monitor will be a minimum 17-in. diagonal measure. These devices shall provide menu-driven access to reports and other functions. As a minimum, the following reports shall be provided via Flash drive at Owner’s request. Downloading and providing data is part of routine maintenance and not billable. Owner to coordinate with service provider regularly scheduled visits.1) Job Configuration-This report shall provide a brief description of the system,

including the job number, programmable job name, number of cars, number of landings, openings per landing for each car, programmable car designation, programmable landing designation, fire service options, serial communication port definitions and other system options.

2) System Performance Graph-This report shall provide elevator system performance data based on hall call waiting times. At the end of each hour, the quantity of up and down hall calls shall be tallied. Up and down average waiting times shall be calculated and saved in the controller's non-volatile RAM. This information shall be kept for a minimum of seven (7) days.

3) Hall Call Distribution-This report shall provide hourly call distribution in a tabulated format for each hour, showing the number of hall calls which were answered within 15 to 90 second intervals for each landing and direction, and show the percentage and number of cars that were in service during a specified time frame. This information is saved for at least twenty-four (24) hours.

4) Graph Display of Elevator Status-This report shall provide a graphic display of the elevator hoistway that gives the user a comprehensive picture of car locations, door status, direction of travel, car calls registered, hall calls registered, hall call assignments, estimated time of arrival of a car for a registered hall call, waiting time of a registered hall call, floor labels, system status and a car status window. A per-car status window shall be provided that shows the status of the car, such as, automatic operation, inspection, firefighters' service; time out of service; top floor demand and bottom floor demand.

8. Entering Hall and Car Calls

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 150 of 213



a. The computer terminal shall provide a means for entering hall and car calls using the arrow and enter keys. If the call is valid and registered, a corresponding symbol shall be displayed on the screen.

9. Real Time Clocka. The user shall be provided with the capability to program the controller's real-time

clock.10. Car Inputs and Outputs

a. The monitor shall provide simultaneous viewing of most individual car input and output signals to detect important sequential events.

11. Special Event Calendar Menua. The special-event calendar menu shall provide three options. The first display of

Special Events Entries allows the user to examine the documented faults or events. The second, List and Description of Events, allows the user to examine the faults and events, which are monitored. The third, Initialize the special-event Calendar, allows the user to clear all the documented faults and events.

12. Independent Servicea. Independent service operation shall be provided for the elevator through the

actuation of a keyed switch or toggle switch in the main car operating service panel. This service will cancel any existing car and hall calls, and hold the doors open at the landing. The car will only respond to car calls. While on independent service the hall arrival lanterns shall be inoperative.

13. Hoist Machine Brake Electrical Devicea. Provide electrical controls that will "sense" when the hoist machine brake is "picked"

during the startup of the elevator to operate.b. If the brake electrical circuit is "not made", and is sending a signal to the elevator

controller that the brake is not "picked" the elevator shall not leave the landing.c. After a predetermined time the car shall attempt to start again. This operation shall

attempt the start up at least three (3) times. If, after that third (3rd) time, system and the brake is not "picked" the elevator shall shut down.

d. In order to start the elevator after this cycle the main line disconnect or a manual switch in the controller must be turned to the off position and then to the on position for normal elevator service. This operation shall also be in effect during car top inspection mode.

14. Anti-Nuisancea. An anti-nuisance feature shall be provided which cancels all car calls if, while in

normal automatic operation, the car makes a pre-determined number of stops in response to car calls, without the car door detector being interrupted, indicating that no one is entering or leaving the car, all registered car calls shall be canceled.

b. Once the car calls are canceled, the anti-nuisance feature shall not function again until the car door detector has been interrupted at least once.

c. Load detection combined with number of registered car calls may be used as a method of providing call cancellation.

15. Load Weighera. The load weigher shall consist of load sensors, amplifier and buffer board. The buffer

output shall be connected to the machine room via two conventional wires. The output circuit shall be virtually impervious to damage from transients or accidental connection to voltages up to 120 vac.

b. Adjusted devices shall be provided to allow hall call by-pass from thirty percent (30%) to eighty percent (80%) of rated capacity.

16. Ascending Car Overspeed and Unintended Car Movement Protectiona. Provide ascending car over speed and unintended car movement protection. Simplex

Selective Collective Automatic Operation.17. Group Selective Collective Automatic Operation

a. Automatic operation by means of one button in the car for each landing served, one button at each terminal landing and double buttons at each intermediate landing.

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 151 of 213



When elevator is idle, automatically start car and dispatch it to floor corresponding to registered car or hall call. Slow down and stop car automatically at floor corresponding to registered call. As slowdown is initiated for a hall call, automatically cancel the call and render the hall button for that direction of travel ineffective until the car leaves the floor. Cancel car calls in same manner. Hold car at arrival floor an adjustable time interval to allow passenger transfer. Illuminate appropriate button to indicate call registration. Extinguish light when call is answered.

b. An anti-nuisance feature shall be provided which cancels all car calls if, while in normal automatic operation, the car makes a pre-determined number of stops in response to car calls, without the car door detector being interrupted, indicating that no one is entering or leaving the car, all registered car calls shall be canceled. Once the car calls are canceled, the anti-nuisance feature shall not function again until the car door detector has been interrupted at least once. Load detection combined with number of registered car calls may be used as a method of providing call cancellation.

18. Firefighter's Emergency Operationa. Provide all elevator control functions, car operating devices, and hall operating

devices necessary for "Firefighter's Service-Automatic Elevators" as required by the Elevator Safety Code. The "Designated Level" and the "Alternate Level" shall be designated by the local fire AHJ. Provide a key box for the recall station and for the elevator machine room door, the box locks to match the Anchorage Fire Department standard key. Provide Firefighter's Service Phase I & II the elevator machine room key and any other key required to open doors to gain access to the elevator machine room, in the key box.

19. Automatic Leveling Devicea. The elevator shall be provided with a two-Way automatic maintaining leveling device.

20. Landing Control Stationsa. Provide "Surface Mounted" vandal resistant one (1) station at each floor. LED's shall

be provided to illuminate when the hall push button(s) are activated. Include pushbuttons for direction of travel. Engrave safety message "In Case of Fire..." (per ASME A17.1/CSA B44) on push-button faceplate. Height and width of sign to be three and one-half inches (3 1/2") wide by four inches (4") high Provide Braille and UP & DN. marking inserts to the left of each button. Locate each hall station forty-two inches (42") to center of buttons from floor level.

b. Provide Phase I Firefighter's Service FEO-K1 key switch with engraved instruction at the main recall floor hall station.

c. Provide integrated hall position indicator in main floor hall station.d. Provide #4 stainless steel finish cover plates. Provide stainless steel vandal resistant

fastening screws on cover plates.e. All new fixtures to be field measured and verified to cover existing station cutouts

without added trim work.D. Signals

1. Car Position Indicatorsa. Provide car position indicator, 2" high digital type together with directional arrows

located integral in car operating station. Provide 1/4" thick clear Lexan lens cover or a type that shall be vandal resistant. Provide an audible signal as the car stops or passes a floor. Install at all existing locations

b. Car Traveling Lanterns1) Provide vandal resistant car traveling lanterns in car entrance columns with 2"

high directional arrows corresponding to the direction of car travel. Car lantern to be opposite car jamb of hall call station and within plain view. Install at all existing locations.

E. Door Operator

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 152 of 213



1. Provide a new door operator with direct current motor to open and close the car and hoistway doors simultaneously. The package shall be linear type include the following: lifting rods, pickup rollers, clutch assembly, interlocks with anti-egress device, car door electrical switch and all related modernization hardware. Opening speed shall not be less than 2-1/2 feet per second. Closing speed shall not exceed the limitations set by the ASME A17.1/CSA B44. Car door operator shall be capable of closing doors under Firefighter's Service operation without slamming in open and close sequence.

F. Door Edge Protective Device1. Provide car door with a Panachrome infrared 3D type reopening device extending the full

height of the car doors.2.08 PIT

A. Emergency Stop Switch1. Provide new emergency stop switch as required by ASME A17.1/CSA B44.2. Locate two stop switches, one at 18" above the floor level of the lowest landing, within

reach from this access floor and adjacent to the pit ladder and the other pit stop switch at 4' above the pit floor also adjacent to the pit ladder.

3. Switch shall be permanently marked STOP and RUN.B. Buffers

1. Retain existing buffers. Provide marking plates. Touch up Paint with one coat of existing color. Use enamel.

C. Pit Access Ladder1. Retain existing pit ladders.

PART 3- EXECUTION3.01 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATOR SYSTEMS

A. General1. Comply with manufacturer's instructions and the Elevator Safety Code for work required

during modernization.2. Before beginning the modernization, the Elevator Contractor shall examine the hoistway

and machine room to verify conditions and provide written notice to the Owner of any conditions which would substantially hinder or prevent proper execution of the work. The Elevator Contractor shall not proceed with the modernization until the cited conditions are corrected.

3. Pre-modernization Meetinga. Prior to modernization of the elevator equipment, a meeting with the Elevator

Contractor, Electrical Contractor, Mechanical Contractor, Construction Coordinator, and Elevator Consultant shall be held to review modernization approach and identify any special circumstances pertaining to this modernization.

4. Welded Constructiona. Provide welded connections for modernization of elevator work where bolted

connections are not required for subsequent removal or for normal operation, adjustment, inspection, maintenance and replacement of worn parts. Comply with standards of AWS D1.1 for workmanship and for qualifications of welding operators.

5. Electrical Worka. All work shall conform to the requirements of the Elevator Specifications.b. Mark each component, including but not limited to relays, switches, timers, fuses and


c. Terminate all field wiring at each control cabinet on terminal strips suitable for the use. Field wiring shall not terminate on the studs of relays or other devices and equipment.

6. Coordination

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 153 of 213



a. Coordinate elevator work with work of other Crafts/Trades for proper time and sequence to avoid elevator modernization delays.

7. Sound Isolationa. Mount rotating and vibrating elevator equipment and components on vibration-

absorption mounts, designed to effectively prevent transmission of vibrations to structure, and thereby eliminate sources of structure-borne noise from elevator system.

8. Lubricationa. Lubricate operating parts of systems as recommended by manufacturers.

3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROLA. Compliance Testing

1. Upon nominal completion of elevator modernization, and before permitting use of elevator (either temporary or permanent), perform acceptance tests as required and recommended by Code and governing regulations or agencies. Advise Owner and Elevator Consultant and inspection departments of governing agencies, in advance, of dates and times tests are to be performed on elevator. Owner and Elevator Consultant shall be notified seven (7) days in advance of these tests.

2. Acceptance Testsa. Conduct operational test of car within one (1) week of issue of the State of Oregon

Permanent Operating Permit.3.03 PERFORMANCE

A. Speed1. +/- 1% of contract speed under any loading condition in down direction. Rated speed in up

direction under any loading conditions.2. Capacity

a. Stop level at all landings, in both directions, with rated load.B. Stopping Accuracy

1. +/- Level to 1/8" under any loading conditions or direction of travel.C. Door Opening Time: Seconds from start of opening to fully open.

1. 2.0 seconds.D. Floor-to-Floor Performance Time: Seconds from start of doors closing until doors are 3/4 open

and car level and stopped at next successive floor under any loading condition or travel direction.1. 10.5 seconds.2. Provide a smooth start, high speed operation and stop in both directions.

E. Noise Level1. The measured noise level in the elevator cab of elevator equipment shall not exceed 60

dBA during car operating conditions and a maximum increase of 7 dBA during door operation.

2. Maximum of 75 dBA in machine room.F. Ride Quality

1. Horizontal vibration, side to side and front to back with car during normal operation shall not exceed 25 mg in the 1-10 Hz range.

2. Vertical vibration not more than 20 mg. Provide smooth and constant acceleration and deceleration of not more than 2.8 feet/second/second with an initial ramp between 0.5 and 0.75 second/second.

3. Provide smooth and constant acceleration and deceleration of not more than 2.8 feet/second/second with an initial ramp between 0.5 and 0.75 second.

4. Provide no more than 12 ft/sec3 of maximum jerk.G. Running Test

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 154 of 213



1. Load elevator to its rated capacity and operate continuously for one (1) hour over its full travel distance, stopping at each landing, providing a complete door open and close cycle.a. Record temperature rise of hoist motor during 60-minute test period. Motor

temperature rise within manufacturer's tolerances.b. Record speed up and down and leveling relative to landing sills at the end of the

period. Landing accuracy as noted in Specifications.H. Protection

1. At time of final completion of elevator work (or portion thereof), provide suitable protective coverings, barriers, devices, signs or such other methods or procedures to protect elevator work from damage or deterioration. Maintain protective measures throughout remainder of modernization period. Elevator Contractor is responsible for damage and wear during the modernization period, and shall repair or replace, to the Owner’s satisfaction, any components worn significantly or damaged before the Owner obtains beneficial use.

3.04 INSTRUCTION AND MAINTENANCEA. Instruct Owner’s personnel in proper use, operations and maintenance of elevator. Review

emergency provisions, including emergency access and procedures to be followed at time of failure in operation.

3.05 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO FINAL ACCEPTANCEA. Instructions To Operators

1. The Elevator Contractor shall have completed instruction of the designated employees of the Owner in the operation and care of equipment and systems.

B. Code Compliance1. All Code compliance tests shall have been performed and acceptance certified by the

authorities having jurisdiction and permanent elevator operating permit issued to the Owner.

C. Acceptance Tests1. All acceptance tests shall have been completed and compliance certified by the Owner

and Elevator Consultant.D. Submittal Of Maintenance Manuals

1. All manuals shall have been submitted and approved by the Owner and Elevator Consultant.

E. Submittal Of Construction Record Drawings1. Drawings of the work shall have been marked to show changes and actual modernization

conditions, sufficient to form a complete record for Owner’s purposes. Give particular attention to work which will be concealed and difficult to measure and record at a later date, particularly items which may require servicing or replacement during the life of the projects.

F. Final Check1. Make a final check of elevator operation, with Owner’s personnel and Elevator Consultant

present and just prior to date of substantial completion to determine that control systems and operating devices are functioning properly. Any and all damage and/or significant wear shall have been repaired.

G. Cleaning1. The work site shall be clean at all times. The Elevator Contractors shall clear away all

debris, surplus materials, etc., resulting from their work or operations, leaving the job and equipment furnished in a clean, first-class condition on a daily basis.

H. Punchlist1. All items on the Punchlist prepared by Elevator Consultant shall be completed to the

satisfaction of the Owner and Elevator Consultant. Elevator Contractor to submit to

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 155 of 213



Elevator Consultant and Owner a copy of the State of Oregon Elevator Inspectors Field Report including all Punch List items.

END OF SECTION

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 156 of 213

Home Forward-Williams Plaza 14 21 00 - 1 TRACTION PASSENGER ELEVATOR MODERNIZATION

WILLIAMS PLAZASECTION 14 21 00 - GEARED TO GEARLESS TRACTION PASSENGER ELEVATOR

MODERNIZATIONPART 1 - GENERAL1.01 SCOPE

A. This project is a Turnkey project, the Elevator Contractor shall furnish, provide and install all work required to complete all aspects for the Elevator Modernization as stated in the Contract Documents for two (2) existing Otis overhead geared passenger elevators. Project also includes all requirements of Firefighters' Emergency Operation, Seismic and The Americans with Disability Act (ADA). The project location: Williams Plaza, 2041 NW Everett, Portland, OR 97209.1. Applicable Documents

a. ICC/ANSI A117.1 (latest edition) - Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities, and the equivalent State of Oregon Codes, State of Oregon whichever are more stringent.

b. ASME A17.1/CSA B44 (latest edition) - Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators including Elevator Safety Requirements for Seismic Risk Zone 3 or Greater and applicable State of Oregon Amendments

c. ASME A17.2 (latest edition) - Guide for the Inspection of Elevators, Escalators and Moving Walks.

d. ASME A17.3 (latest edition) - Safety Code for Existing Elevators and Escalators and applicable Oregon (OR) Amendments

e. ASME A17.6 (latest edition) - Standard for Elevator Suspension, Compensation, and Governor Systems

f. ASME A17.7/CSA B44.7 (latest edition) - Performance-based Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators

g. National Electrical Code - (NEC) NFPA 70-latest edition7011,h. National Fire Code NFPA-13 (latest edition)i. International Building Code - (IBC) current edition that is in effect.j. ASTM A167 - Steel, Sheet Stainless.k. ASTM A366 - Steel, Sheet, Carbon, Cold Rolled, Commercial Quality.l. AWS D1.1 - Structural Welding Code - Steel.m. Permits and Codes

1) All equipment and modernization work shall comply with requirements of the Elevator Safety Code, and other applicable codes of the State of Oregon and City of Portland.

2) Give necessary notices, obtain licenses and permits, and pay fees and other costs, including making arrangements for all inspections and tests required by regulating agencies, in accordance with this elevator specification.

3) File necessary plans, prepare documents, and obtain necessary approval of governmental departments having jurisdiction and required certificates of inspection for work, in accordance with the elevator specification.

4) Elevator Contractor is not relieved from furnishing and installing work shown or specified which may be beyond requirements of Ordinances, Laws, Regulations and Codes.

5) Elevator Contractor shall furnish, provide and install all equipment to comply with all Codes, Regulations and Rules for the completion of this elevator modernization and shall complete all items required by the State of Oregon, or State of Oregon Elevator Inspector at no additional cost to the Owner.

1.02 MODERNIZATION REQUIREMENTSA. Additional work to be done by Elevator Contractor.

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 157 of 213


1. Provide machine room ventilation to maintain temperature at not more than ninety-five degrees Fahrenheit (95° F) for ninety-five percent (95%) of the time, unless a lower temperature is specified by the elevator equipment manufacturer.

2. Fire Alarm: Provide and interface Recall Initiating Devices in all elevator lobbies, Elevator machine room, and elevator top of shaft.

3. Lighting:a. Provide LED illumination in the elevator pit sufficient to meet code currently a

minimum of (10 fc). per NFPA-70, Article 620.b. Provide new 15A car lighting fused circuit lockable disconnect in the elevator

machine room. Provide all wiring from the new disconnect to the new elevator controller.

4. Provide one 15A 120VAC utilization electrical circuit for an intercom. Locate the electrical disconnect in the elevator machine rooms. Electrical disconnect shall be lockable and fused. (ref. NFPA 70 Art. 620-25 & 620-55)

5. Provide a telephone line to the elevator machine rooms. Provide a j-box in the elevator machine rooms to terminate the phone line. All wiring in the machine rooms must be in conduit or other approved raceway. Provide conduit and wiring from machine room j-box to elevator controller. Elevator Contractor to provide labor/material to hook up the telephone wires from J-box to new elevator controller. Owner to provide phone line to elevator machine room.

6. Provide pedestrian traffic control signage and correspondence.7. Provide secure lay-down area for elevator equipment. Minimum space required 15' X 30'.

If equipment is to be stored outside Elevator Contractor is responsible to provide weather protection. Location to be determined if necessary.

8. It is assumed public restrooms are available for construction workers. If not Elevator Contractor to provide and maintain portable restrooms. Location to be determined if necessary.

9. Elevator Contractor will provide dumpster for disposal of material if needed.B. General Requirements

1. Work Includeda. Furnish, provide and install car station, hall stations, controller/selector, electrical

wiring in machine room/car/hoistway, car door operator, car top inspection station, hoistway interlocks/door gibs, intercoms, Firefighters' Emergency Operation, all requirements of the Americans with Disability Act (ADA) and all other elevator components as listed in this Elevator Specification.

b. Retain existing car speed, capacity, and elevator entrance size.c. Owner shall incur no extra cost for the Elevator Modernization stated in the elevator

specifications. Provide any and all overtime work in order to complete the total Elevator Modernization on schedule. Cost, if any, to Owner for the above stated items shall be included in Base Bid.

d. All existing elevator equipment that is being retained/reused shall be placed in as-new operating condition by the Elevator Contractor at no extra cost to Owner.

2. Cutting and Patchinga. All repairs shall be made as necessary to complete the entire Elevator Modernization

in original condition, including all cutting, fitting and drilling of masonry, concrete, metal and other materials as specified or required for proper assembly, fabrication, installation and completion of all Work under the Contract, and including any patching and redecorating as may be necessary. This includes all work in the elevator machine rooms, hoistways, pits, cars, guide rails brackets/fastenings, lobby hall stations and all others areas of the Elevator Modernization.

b. Any provision that requires facilitating removal of existing equipment and installation of new equipment in the machine rooms, lobbies, pits, hoistways, cabs and repair thereof shall be the total responsibility of Elevator Contractor.

c. All holes/cracks in the hoistways shall be sealed. All hoistway sides of the hall station boxes shall be sealed with Fire Retardant material.

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 158 of 213


3. Main Line Electrical Power Requirementsa. Elevator Contractor shall verify, in writing, of their Electrical Power Requirements.

Bidders shall verify that the main and auxiliary power feeders are adequately sized and designed for reuse within the modernization program. If the bidder fails to provide this information, any changes and /or upgrades shall be the responsibility of the Elevator Contractor. This information shall be submitted with the Elevator Contractors Bid.

4. Weldinga. All welding shall comply with ASME A17.1-2010/CSA B44-10 Design for welding,

repair, cutting or splicing of members upon which the support of the car, shall be prepared by a licensed professional engineer.

b. Welding shall be by welders qualified in accordance with the requirements of Section 5 of ANSI/AWS D1.1.

c. At the option of the Elevator Contractor, the welders may be qualified by one of the following:1) The manufacturer.2) A professional consulting engineer.3) A recognized testing laboratory.

d. Elevator Contractor shall furnish all required documentation before starting the Elevator Modernization.

5. Termsa. Where, "as shows", "as indicated", "as detailed", or words of similar meaning are

used, it shall be understood that reference to the Specifications are made unless otherwise stated. Where "as directed", "as required", "as authorized", "as reviewed", "as accepted", or words of similar meaning are used, it shall be understood that the direction, requirement, permission, authorization, review, or acceptance of Consultant is intended, unless otherwise stated.

b. When used in the Contract Documents, "provide" shall be understood to mean "provide complete, furnish and install".

c. Terms used are defined in the latest edition of the Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators, ASME A17.1-2010/CSA B44-10. Any reference to Code in the technical sections shall refer to ASME A17.1-2010/CSA B44-10 unless otherwise noted.

d. Reference to a device or a part of the equipment applies to the number of devices or parts required to complete the installation.

6. SDS Informationa. Elevator Contractor shall provide Owner with Safety Data Sheets for products

Elevator Contractor intends to employ under this Contract prior to commencement of the Elevator Modernization. It shall remain the responsibility of Elevator Contractor to inform and train Elevator Contractor's employees on the use of the SDS requirements.

1.03 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENTA. General

1. Material and equipment shall be new, of the best quality used for the purposes in good commercial practice, the best of their respective kinds, and as specified. Where two or more units of the same class of equipment are required, those units shall be products of a single manufacturer. Furnish equipment complete with all parts necessary for proper operation. Material and equipment shall be cleaned, free of corrosion, and selected to provide quiet operation.

2. Type capacity, size and rating of all equipment shall be as indicated herein specified.3. Delivery and Storage

a. Material and equipment shall be suitably protected against corrosion, dirt, mechanical damage, weather and chemical damage before and during modernization as recommended by the manufacturer and as approved by the Owner. Replace defective and damaged equipment and materials.

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 159 of 213


4. All existing elevator equipment that is not being retained shall be removed from the job-site by the Elevator Contractor at the sole cost to the Elevator Contractor. This includes all existing machine room, hoistway and car elevator equipment.

5. Elevator Contractor shall verify exact distances between points shown on their shop drawings by actual measurements at the site. This includes fit and finish of surface mount hall fixtures and lanterns covering existing cutouts.

6. Standard Products: Unless otherwise indicated, the equipment to be furnished under these specifications shall be the standard products of manufacturers regularly engaged in the production of such equipment. Apparatus, equipment and systems furnished must be similar and equal thereto with respect to quality, functional performance, capacity and efficiency.

7. Submittals: Submit shop drawings to Elevator Consultant for approval. The shop drawings shall contain detailed information to determine that the equipment conforms to the requirements of this specification and not less than the following information.a. Plan view of the elevator machine room. Show location of machinery and controls in

machine rooms,b. Include all clearance dimensions required by the Elevator Safety Code.c. The elevator equipment is to be arranged in a neat and professional manner so that

all elevator equipment is readily accessible.d. Submit layout drawings as required by the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ).

Submittals to the AHJ shall have all information pertinent to the elevator modernization to determine whether the elevator modernization complies with all applicable codes.

e. Provide catalog cuts for all elevator contractor furnished material and equipment, including but not limited to doors, car and hall fixtures, controls and motors, machines, and governors.

f. Complete information on motor, electrical services, controls, and all other coordination information.

8. Wiring Diagrams, Maintenance Manualsa. Wiring Diagrams

1) Provide complete "As Built and Installed" straight-line wiring diagrams showing the electrical connections, functions, and sequence of operation of all apparatus connected with the elevator, in the machine room, hoistway, and car.

2) Provide two (2) electronic copies.3) Furnish one complete draft electronic set for Architect and Elevator Consultant.

Review no later than one (1) week before issue of the permanent Oregon State Elevator Operating Permit.

4) Modernization Data(a) Provide "As Built and Installed" wireman's original pull sheets showing

raceway, junction box, traveling cable wire nomenclature and origination and termination locations.

(b) Provide a legible copy of the elevator adjuster's final control settings, such as feet per minute, door open, door close, car door nudging time, door dwell times and all other adjustable features and/or timers.

5) Operations and Maintenance Manuals(a) One (1) Complete 3-ring binder with hard copy of Operation and

Maintenance Manual.(b) Furnish two (2) complete electronic Operation and Maintenance Manuals

covering the stipulated mechanical systems and equipment. The manual shall comply with all requirements indicated in the project closeout section of the specifications.

(c) Furnish one (1) complete electronic draft manual for Elevator Consultant to review no later than one (1) week before issue of the permanent Oregon State Elevator Operating Permit.

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 160 of 213


(d) The manual shall be complete in all respects for all equipment furnished and installed, controls, accessories and appurtenances stipulated. Include as a minimum the following.(1) MCP information/schedules.(2) Machine room drawing, showing equipment location of controller,

machine, transformer, governor, main line electrical disconnects, machine room light switch.

(3) The original factory Adjustor's Manual used to adjust the specific modernization including "As Built, As Installed and As Adjusted" field notes.

(4) Step-by-step procedure for elevator start-up, operation, and shutdown.(5) Maintenance instructions listing routine maintenance procedures,

possible breakdowns, and repairs, and troubleshooting guides for all elevator equipment.

(6) Preventive maintenance schedule.(7) Lubrication schedule, including type, grade, temperature, range and

frequency.(8) Safety precautions, including diagrams and illustrations as needed for

clarity.(9) All testing procedures, including no-load, full-load safety tests, Seismic

and Firefighters' Service(10) Parts list, with manufacturers' names and catalog numbers. Lists shall

be complete for the materials installed.(11) Serial number of all equipment furnished and installed.(12) Service organizations and sources of replacement parts with company

names, addresses, email and telephone numbers.1.04 ELECTRICAL

A. Provide electrical components of the elevator equipment and systems, including motors, motor starters, controllers, control instruments, switches, conduit, wire and relays as specified herein and as necessary for complete and operable systems. Furnish interconnecting wiring for components of equipment as an integral part of the equipment.

B. Electrical equipment and wiring shall conform to NFPA-70-current edition.C. For equipment with electrical components, provide NRTL label on each component for which

published standards exist.D. The frames of all motors, hoist machine, controller, transformer and the metal enclosures for all

electrical equipment in or on the car, hoistway and machine room shall be grounded in accordance with NFPA-70-current edition-Article 250.

E. Provide "daisy chain" electrical grounding for all machine room electrical cabinets.F. Provide required and adequate electrical wiring gauge sizing and number of electrical

conductors to totally eliminate any voltage/amperage drop/variation for all the machine room, hoistway switches/interlocks, car operating fixtures/positions indicators/exhaust fan/car lighting/inspection station/leveling devices, hall stations/position indicators and all other elevator electrical equipment.

G. Conductors and Connections1. Provide new wiring in machine room, hoistway and car. Copper throughout with individual

wires coded and connections on identified studs or terminal blocks. Use no splices or similar connections in wiring except at terminal blocks, control cabinets, and junction boxes. Provide 10% spare wires in all wiring runs. Separate and mark all spare wires. All spare wire ends shall be turned back or protected against accidental exposure to any live electrical circuit or electrical ground.

2. Provide material and labor to connect machine room telephone wires to elevator controller. Owner to provide telephone wires to elevator machine room.

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 161 of 213


3. Conduit, etc.a. Provide new painted or galvanized steel conduit and duct. Conduit size, one-half

(1/2") minimum. Do not use flexible conduit exceeding thirty-six inches (36") in length. Flexible heavy-duty service cord may be used between fixed car wiring and car door switches for door protection devices. Plastic wire ties shall not be allowed for conduit fastening.

4. Traveling Cablesa. Provide new. Provide flame and moisture-resistant outer cover. Traveling cables shall

terminate in the elevator machine room elevator controller and on the elevator car top junction box with marked terminals. Prevent traveling cables from rubbing or chafing against hoistway or elevator equipment within hoistway. Provide ten percent (10%) spare conductors in each traveling cable. Provide an extra six (6) spare pair of shielded wires in separate traveling cable. Provide four (4) spare pair of coaxial traveling cables from car to controller. Provide an extra two (2) pair of number fourteen (#14) conductors for car lighting. All spare wire ends shall be turned back or protected against accidental exposure to any live electrical circuit or electrical ground. Tag all spare conductors indicating termination points at each end. Provide all wiring for car lighting, fan and emergency communication from elevator controller to car. Provide traveling cables for fireman's phone jack from elevator cab car station to elevator controller. Provide traveling cable for in-car emergency communication device and intercom to main floor and elevator machine room.

1.05 PAINTINGA. All exposed metal elevator components furnished in these specifications, except as otherwise

specified, shall be properly painted after modernization. If retained equipment is already painted, cleaning and touch up paint only, with same brand and color as existing.

1.06 LIGHTINGA. All lights in car and operating fixtures shall be LED.

1.07 PROJECT CLOSEOUTA. Final Cleaning

1. Elevator hoistway and equipment shall be cleaned and free from rust, rubbish, loose plaster, mortar drippings, extraneous construction materials, dirt and dust at the end of each work day.

2. Care shall be taken by workers not to mark, soil, or otherwise deface existing surfaces. In the event that finished surfaces become defaced, clean and restore such surfaces to the original condition at the total cost of Elevator Contractor.

3. Clean areas in which painting and finishing work is to be performed just prior to the start of this Elevator Modernization, and maintain these areas in a clean condition. Cleaning includes the removal of rubbish, broom cleaning of floors, the removal of any plaster, mortar, dust and other extraneous materials from finish surfaces, and surfaces that will remain visible after the Elevator Modernization is complete.

4. Clean machine room equipment and floor of dirt, oil, and grease. Paint machine room floors with one (1) coat of dark gray enamel.

5. Clean car, entrances, operating, signal fixtures and all elevator equipment of dirt, lint, oil, grease, and finger marks.



B. Elevator Contractor shall provide monthly warranty preventive maintenance to the elevator, for a period of one (1) year.

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 162 of 213


1.09 QUALITY ASSURANCEA. Elevator Contractor shall furnish Owner with all special tools, meters, diagnostic tools/devices,

troubleshooting special hand-held tools/devices, printed information, adjusting information and all other special tools/devices/laptops to perform maintenance, troubleshooting, repairing and adjusting at conclusion of elevator modernization. If any special tool, meter, diagnostic tools/device/laptop requires readjusting or re-programming Elevator Contractor shall pay for all costs including freight for a period of five (5) years from date of elevator final acceptance by Owner and Elevator Consulting Services, Inc. Cost, if any, to Owner for the above stated items shall be included in Base Bid. After the initial five (5) year period all upgrades, readjustments or reprogramming of any or all diagnostic tools or devices will be provided as needed or required on a purchase order basis with the original Elevator Contractor that installed/manufactured the elevator equipment with the Owner.

B. Elevator Contractor shall provide and install all software improvement up-grades for a period of five (5) years from date of elevator final acceptance by Owner, State of Oregon Elevator Inspector and Elevator Consulting Services, Inc. The up-grades are defined as improvements for the elevator operation. If any elevator safety software up-grades are designed or discovered by the elevator manufacturer, the up-grades shall be installed immediately. All costs of the software up-grades shall be paid by Elevator Contractor.

C. Elevator Contractor shall provide the Owner the ability to purchase and receive all elevator replacement parts within twenty four (24) hours from date of parts order by Owner. Replacement and spare parts are defined as any and all items required to maintain, service, repair, adjust and operate the elevator as designed and installed, in a safe and trouble-free manner. Elevator Contractor shall sell any and all spare parts including proprietary parts to the Owner during the entire life cycle of the elevator equipment.

D. Elevator Contractor shall supply a list, in writing, of all proprietary equipment that will be provided. A list of these items shall be provided together with a guarantee of availability. This guarantee shall specify that all proprietary parts shall be available for the life of the elevator equipment and within a twenty four (24) hour period of order placed. Owner may return the worn or defective part to Elevator Contractor after the replaced part is delivered to the Owner and the elevator has been placed in normal operation. Elevator Contractor shall submit a list of all proprietary equipment that is required in the elevator drive and control system. The list shall include individual item cost and part numbers or coding. Parts ordering information shall be provided.

1.10 ACCEPTABLE ELEVATOR MANUFACTURESA. Controls VVVF

1. Motion Control Engineering-(MCE) I Control, Otis Elevator, ThyssenKrupp, Kone, Elevator Controls Company, GAL Galaxy, or approved equal.

2. Provide as part of the Elevator Controlsa. Surge Suppressorb. Brown Out Circuitc. Regenerative Drived. Air conditioner

B. Hoist Machine Motor1. Imperial Electric-AC Permanent Magnet, Torin PMAC, Hollister Whitney PMAC, Otis,

ThyssenKrupp, Kone, or approved equal.C. Hoist Machines

1. Hollister-Whitney, Otis, ThyssenKrupp, Kone, Torin, or approved equal.D. Overspeed Governor

1. Hollister-Whitney Elevator Corporation, Otis, ThyssenKrupp, Kone, or approved equal.E. Operating Fixtures

1. Innovation Industries Inc. The Bruiser-Vandal Resistant, Otis-Vandal Resistant, ThyssenKrupp Vandal Resistant, or approved equal.

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 163 of 213


F. Firefighter’s Emergency Operation-Phase I & II key Switch1. FEO-K1

G. Hall Lanterns1. Innovation Industries Inc., Otis, ThyssenKrupp, Kone, or approved equal.

H. Intercoms/ADA Phones1. Electronic Micro Systems, Inc, (EMS), Rath, or approved equal

I. Car Door Protective Device1. Janus-PanaChrome 3D, or approved equal.

J. Car Door Operator1. GAL Manufacturing Company linear2. Otis closed loop linear3. ThyssenKrupp closed loop linear4. Kone closed loop linear5. Or approved equal.

K. Hoistway and Car Door Gibs1. Southern Elevator & Electric Supply (SEES) The Enforcer, no approved equal

L. Hoistway Door Tracks, Hangers, Interlocks1. GAL Manufacturing Company, Otis, ThyssenKrupp, Kone, or approved equal.

M. Door Gibs1. Sees Enforcer, no approved equal.

N. Door Closers1. SmarTorK, no approved equal.

O. Car Door Tracks, Hangers, Gate Switch1. GAL Manufacturing Company, Otis, ThyssenKrupp, Kone, or approved equal.

P. Hoistway Door Escutcheons1. Tri-Lok Mfg. & Maintenance Corp. or approved equal.

Q. Car/Hall Position Indicators/Signal - Flush Mount1. C. E. Electronics, Inc, Otis, ThyssenKrupp, Kone, or approved equal.

R. Car Top Inspection Station1. Elevator Products Corp, Otis, ThyssenKrupp, Kone, or approved equal

S. Seismic Switch1. Seismic switch, Inc2. Draka

T. Car Exhaust Fan (High-Low-Off Controls)1. Nylube Products Co, Man-D-Tec, or approved equal.

U. Cab Lighting1. Man-D-Tec SoloBeam LED Recessed, or approved equal.

V. Alarm Bell1. Nylube Products Model ELB-6, or approved equal.

W. In Car ADA Emergency Communication1. JFilliPs LLC, or approved equal.


A. The completed elevator modernization shall conform to the Elevator Safety Code except as specifically otherwise indicated or specified The elevator modernization, including equipment, material, workmanship, design, and tests shall be in accordance with the standards, rules and Specifications referenced all material and equipment shall be new. Electrical materials shall meet and bear evidence of meeting the requirements of Underwriter's Laboratories. The

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 164 of 213


equipment shall be the product of a manufacturer regularly engaged in the manufacture and modernization of this type of equipment Working parts shall be accessible for inspection, servicing and repair. Adequate means shall be provided for the lubrication of all wearing parts that require lubrication.

B. DESCRIPTION AND PERFORMANCE: Modernization will be in accordance with the following details and consist of the following: Speed, travel, capacity, and door configuration shall remain the same.1. Manufacturer Otis2. Year Installed Original Install 1971 (Modernized 2003)3. Control System Group Operation Selective Collective4. Controller/Selector Motion Control Engineering5. Machine Geared Traction6. Door Equipment Otis7. Door Size 3’-6" wide x 7'-0" high8. Door Type Single Speed / Side Opening9. Door Operation Automatic10. Landings/Openings-per car 9 Landings / All Front Opening11. Floor Designation *G, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 912. Capacity 2,500/3,500 Pounds13. Machine Location Overhead14. Speed 200 Feet Per Minute (FPM)15. Voltage 240vac 3phase. (Elevator Contractor to verify)

2.02 GENERAL MATERIALSA. Steel

1. Sheet Steel: Furniture Steel for Exposed Work: Stretcher-leveled, cold-rolled, commercial-quality carbon steel, complying with ASTM A366, matte finish.

2. Sheet Steel: For Unexposed Work: Hot-rolled, commercial-quality carbon steel, pickled and oiled, complying with ASTM A569.

3. Structural Steel Shapes and Plates: ASTM A6, ASTM A36 AND ASTM A108.4. Stainless Steel

a. Type 302 or 304 complying with ASTM A167, with standard tempers and hardness required for fabrication, strength and durability.

b. Apply mechanical finish on fabricated work in the locations shown or specified. Federal Standard and NAAMM nomenclature. Protect with adhesive-paper covering until final inspection.

c. No. 4: Bright directional polish-satin finish. Graining directions as shown or, if not shown, in longest dimension.

B. Plastic Laminate1. ASTM E84 Class A and NEMA LD3, Fire-Rated-FR-50, Type 7, 0.050" thick; color and

texture as follows: Exposed Surfaces-Color and Texture selected by Owner. Concealed Surfaces-Manufacturer's standard color and finish.

2. Fire Retardant-Treated Particleboard Panels3. Minimum 3/4" thick backup for natural finished wood and plastic laminate veneered

panels, edged and faced as directed. Provide with suitable anti-warp backing complying with ASTM E84 Class "I" rating with a flame-spread rating of 25 or less.

C. Fastening Screws1. Stainless Steel Tamper-Proof screws shall be used throughout for all operating fixture

cover plates.D. Bulbs

1. All light bulbs shall be LED.E. Keys

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 165 of 213


1. Provide three (3) keys of each type. Provide each set on a metal plate with markings for each key. Attach keys to each plate.

2. Provide key box(s) as required by the State of Oregon Elevator Inspector and locate as directed, and per code. Provide all required keys in box.

F. Finishes1. Structural members and other components for which finish is not otherwise specified shall

have prime coat finish.2.03 ELEVATOR MACHINERY

A. Hoist Machine and Deflector Sheave1. Geared Machine

a. Replace existing geared machine with new geared machine, including all required support beams/channels/brackets.

b. Provide new deflector sheave located in elevator hoistway overhead.c. Re-Paint/touch up hoist machine with machinery enamel to match the factory color if

machine is scratched/damaged during Elevator Modernization.2. ALTERNATE: Gearless Machine

a. Replace existing geared machine with PMAC (permanent magnet AC), including all required support beams/channels/brackets.

b. Provide new deflector sheave located in elevator hoistway overhead in conjunction with new PMAC machine.

c. Re-Paint/touch up hoist machine with machinery enamel to match the factory color if machine is scratched/damaged during Elevator Modernization.

B. Overhead Sheaves & Beams1. Provide new overhead hoist rope sheaves.2. Retain existing overhead beams. Do not burn/cut any area of the beams.3. Provide bevel washers for any bolt/nut that is installed in a plane of five (5) degrees.4. Provide Seismic and hoist rope guards on all sheaves.

C. Governor & Governor Pit Sheave1. Provide new governor and pit tail sheave.

D. Governor Rope1. Provide new governor rope. Perform all required testing. Provide all required test tags.

E. Hoist Ropes1. Provide new hoist ropes. The hoist ropes shall be elevator rope as required by ASME

A17.1/CSA B44.2. Provide rope data tag with the following information

a. The diameter in inches or millimeters.b. The manufacturer’s rated breaking strength.c. The grade of material used.d. The month and year the ropes were installed.e. The month and year the ropes were first shortened.f. State if the ropes are non-preformed or preformed.g. Construction classification.h. Name of the person or organization who installed the ropes.i. Name or trademark of the manufacturer of the ropes.j. Lubrication information.

2.04 HOISTWAY EQUIPMENTA. Door Hangers and Tracks. Refurbish. Provide new rollers.B. Interlocks

1. Provide new NRTL rated and approved interlock for each hoistway door entrance.2. The interlock shall prevent operation of the elevator unless all doors are in the closed and

locked position.

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 166 of 213


3. Provide fire rated electrical wires from all interlocks to hoistway electrical riser. The conductors shall be flame-retardant and suitable for a temperature on not less than 392 degrees F. Conductors shall be Type SF or equivalent.

4. Provide electrical ground wire from each interlock to the elevator controller. Electrical ground wire shall be green colored conductor that connects all interlocks and terminates in the elevator controller at an electrical lug that designates electrical ground as defined by the NFPA-70.

C. Emergency Access1. Retain access to all hoistway doors by mechanical lunar key.2. Provide door lunar key holes with Safety Plug Locks at all floors.

D. Closures1. Provide new, heavy-duty spirator closers at all landings.2. Replace any missing, broken or damaged components.

E. Frames1. Retain existing.2. Clean all dirt etc. from frames.3. Frames to be refinished or re-skinned in field to like new appearance.4. Provide new surface mount mechanically attached Braille plates all landings. Black fill

Stainless characters. Location and size per ADA requirements.F. Door Panels

1. Retain existing hoistway door panels.2. Bottom of doors shall be provided with two (2) new removable phenol gibs, which run in

the sill slots with minimum clearance. Provide fire tabs on each gib.3. Provide a steel plate gib that will be installed between each of the two (2) standard gibs.

The steel plate gib shall minimum 4" centered distance between each of the poly gibs.4. Provide stainless steel fastening screw for all gibs.5. Provide lunar key access at all floors, including Safety Plug Locks.6. All Finishes are to match existing finishes.

G. Sills1. Retain existing. Clean to remove foreign material.

H. Fascia, and Hanger Covers1. Retain existing and replace any missing or broken brackets or complete covers including

fastenings screws.I. Toe Guard

1. Retain existing and replace any missing or broken brackets including fastenings screws.J. Dust Cover

1. Retain existing and replace any missing or broken brackets or complete covers including fastenings screws.

K. Struts1. Retain existing strut angles and replace any missing or broken fastening devices. Clean

and paint with one coat of light gray enamel. Provide door open bumpers on the vertical struts.

L. Headers1. Retain existing headers and replace any missing or broken fastening devices.

M. Floor Numbers1. Paint 4" high floor numbers within the hoistway as required by ASME A17.1/CSA B44.

N. Guide Rails-Car & Counterweight1. Car rails

a. Existing car guide rails shall be retained. Realign guide rails to within one-sixteenth of an inch (1/16") vertical and one thirty-second of an inch (1/32") (DBG) tram.

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 167 of 213


b. File all joints-area to file shall be at least 16" above and 16" below each joint. Power disk sander shall not be allowed to file joints. Flat file that is enclosed in a Rail File Holder shall be the method of filing rail joints.

c. Replace any missing or broken fastening devices.d. Provide bevel washers for any bolt/nut that is installed in a plane of 5 degrees or

more.e. Clean and touchup paint guide rails, fishplates and brackets with existing color. Do

not paint running surface of guide rails.2. Counterweight Rails

a. Retainb. Align guide rails to within one-sixteenth of an inch (1/16") vertical and one thirty-

second of an inch (1/32") (DBG) tram.c. File all joints-area to file shall be at least 16" above and 16" below each joint. Power

disk sander shall not be allowed to file joints. Flat file that is enclosed in a Rail File Holder shall be the method of filing rail joints.

d. Replace any missing or broken fastening devices.e. Provide bevel washers for any bolt/nut that is installed in a plane of 5 degrees or

more.f. Clean and touchup paint guide rails, fishplates and brackets with existing color. Do

not paint running surface of guide rails.O. Limit Switches

1. Provide new upper and lower final and terminal limit switches with rollers having rubber or other approved composition to provide silent operation when activated.

2. Normal terminal stopping devices shall be provided and arranged to stop the car automatically from any speed obtained under normal operation within the top and bottom over travels, independent of the operating devices and final terminal stopping device.

3. Final terminal stopping devices shall be provided and arranged to stop the car automatically from the speed specified within the top clearance and bottom overtravel independent of the operation of the normal terminal stopping devices.

P. Counterweight1. Retain, clean and paint.2. Provide new rollers. Provide Seismic rated position restraint plates. The clearance


3. Provide bevel washers for any bolt/nut that is installed in a plane of 5 degrees or more.4. Provide a twelve inches (12") in height and same width as the counterweight frame a solid

steel plate, located ½ the vertical between the upper and lower guiding members to provide a running clearance of not more than one-half inch (½") from the steel plate to the face of the counterweight guide rail. The steel plates shall be provided on both counterweight vertical frame members. Secure the steel plate to the counterweight frame by bolting or welding.

5. Touch up paint counterweight frame, including weights with existing color, enamelQ. Counterweight Guard

1. Retain, check all fastenings, replace any worn, damaged or missing brackets or hardware. Clean and paint with one coat of machinery gray enamel.

2.05 SEISMIC REQUIREMENTSA. Guarding of Snag Points

1. Provide guards to prevent the electrical traveling cables from becoming snagged on guide rail brackets.

B. Guide Rail Fishplates1. Retain and check for tight and proper alignment.

C. Seismic Switch

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 168 of 213


1. Provide new Seismic switch as required by ASME A17.1/CSA B44. Install device per manufacturer’s instructions.

2. Seismic switch shall activate upon excitation in a vertical direction of not more than 0.15 times gravity acceleration. The frequency response of the switch shall be 1 Hz to 10 Hz.

D. Counterweight Displacement Device1. Provide new device as required by ASME A17.1/CSA B44.

2.06 ELEVATOR CARA. Car Frame

1. Retain existing car sling. Clean all components. Check all fastenings. Replace any missing or broken bolts, washers, and nuts. Check alignment. Place frame in correct position relating to side to side and front to back distance and levelness.

2. Provide bevel washers for any bolt/nut that is installed in a plane of 5 degrees or more.B. Roller Guides & Position Restraint Plates

1. Provide new rollers. Provide Seismic rated position restraint plates. The clearance between each running face of the guide rail and the position restraint shall not exceed 0.187" and the depth of engagement with the rail shall not be less than the dimension of the side running face of the rail.

2. Provide bevel washers for any bolt/nut that is installed in a plane of 5 degrees or more.C. Platform

1. Retain existing platform. Clean all components. Check all fastenings. Replace any missing or damaged bolts, washers and nuts. Replace isolation pads. Provide fire rated material on underside of platform.

2. Provide bevel washers for any bolt/nut that is installed in a plane of 5 degrees or more.D. Provide new platform apron as required by ASME A.17.1/CSA B44-Elevator Code. The height

of the platform apron shall be a minimum of 1200 mm (48-in.). Where the pit is of insufficient depth to allow this height, the platform apron shall be as long as possible providing there is a minimum of 600 mm (12-in.) between the bottom of the apron and the pit floor with the car resting on a fully compressed buffer. Provide brackets to conform to ASME A17.1/CSA B44, Req. 2.15.9.1 through 2.15.9.4.

E. Car Safety1. Retain existing. Clean and replace any parts showing signs of wear. Verify the safety

components and electrical switch is adjusted correctly.2. Provide bevel washers for any bolt/nut that is installed in a plane of 5 degrees or more.

F. Car Enclosure1. Include in Base Bid.

a. Interior Car Finishes1) Allow for a $15,000 per car allowance for car interior finish (total of $30,000). All

labor and materials to install the new cab interior shall be included in the Cab Allowance. Interior to be selected from Elevator contractors’ standard selections to be determined during Submittals.

G. Other Equipment1. Exhaust Fan: Provide new two-speed exhaust fan, mounted on the car top. Provide flat ¼"

thick, stainless steel round cover plate with adequate number of ¼" holes for air movement. Fasten cover plate to ceiling with six (6) - (1/4") stainless steel pop rivets.

2. Provide new electrical switch on car top exit panel. Provide lock as required by ASME A17.1/CSA B44 Code.

3. Car Handrails: Retain existing.4. Car Doors: The car entrance shall be provided with new doors of minimum 16 gauge

facing into the car, finished in 5WL stainless steel, extending around the leading door edges, and suitably reinforced. Bottom of doors shall be provided with removable phenol guides, which run in the sill slots with minimum clearance. Provide a steel plate gib that will be installed between each of the two (2) standard gibs. The steel plate gib shall span

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 169 of 213


the entire distance between each of the standard gibs. Provide zone restrictors, designed to prevent car doors from being opened when the car is outside a landing zone, shall be included on all car doors.

5. Car Top Rail: Provide guard railing on top area of car top as required by ASME A17.1/CSA B44 Code.

6. Emergency Escape Hatch. Provide new lock and electrical contacts.H. Elevator Car Station

1. Provide one (1) vandal resistant elevator control station with faceplate, consisting of a metal box containing the operating fixtures, mounted behind the non-swing car enclosure front panel. Install in-car to lobby intercom as part of the elevator car station. Install in-car emergency light as part of the new station.

2. Provide car position indicators, four inches (4") high digital type together with directional arrows located in the top area of the car operating stations. Provide 1/4" thick clear Lexan lens cover or a type that shall be vandal resistant. Existing position indicators (over car doors) shall be covered with a #4 stainless steel plate.

3. Provide emergency lighting unit. Device shall be built in, and part of the front main car operating station at the upper section of the station cover. Provide vandal resistant Lexan clear lens over device. Device shall provide lighting of .02 ftc at a distance of four feet (4') above the car floor and one foot (1') in front of the car operating station. The emergency lighting shall maintain the light intensity for a period of at least four (4) hours

4. Suitably identify floor buttons, lighted alarm button, door open button, door close button and keyed emergency stop switch by engraved and painted letters or symbols per Local Handicapped Standards and ADA requirements. Provide flush inset, back-fastened handicapped markings. Locate operating controls location as required by ADA requirements. Locate keyed stop switch and alarm button thirty-five (35") above car floor. Engrave below door open, door close, stop switch and alarm in one-quarter inch (¼") letters-"Door Open", "Door Close", "Alarm" and "Run-Stop".

5. Provide one eighth of an inch (1/8") raised floor pushbuttons which illuminate to indicate LED call registration. Provide floor designation engraved plates to the left of each button.

6. Provide illuminated alarm button at bottom of station to sound distress signal alarm located on the car top. Provide a signal to the elevator controller at a terminal strip for monitoring purposes of alarm at a remote location.

7. Provide keyed stop switch in panel faceplate with markings to show "Run" and "Stop" positions.

8. Provide door open button to stop and reopen closing doors. Make button operable while car is stopped at landing, regardless of special operational features, except Firefighters' Service.

9. Provide one (1) Firefighters' Service Phase II key switch with engraved instructions, light jewel, buzzer and call cancel button. Provide Firefighter's phone jack plug in car station with electrical conductors to elevator controller devices located per ASME A17.1/CSA B44 code.

10. Provide lockable service panel with recessed flush cover plate. Include the following controls, with purpose and operating positions identified by engraved letters painted black.a. Car light switch and emergency light test switch. Test switch shall disconnect the

electrical power to the main car lighting circuit.b. Three position fan switch-Low Speed-High Speed-Off.c. Independent service switch to permit selection of independent or automatic operation.d. Start button for closing doors and starting elevator when operating on independent

service. Floor pushbuttons may be used for this function.e. Duplex 120 VAC electrical convenience outlet. Provide GFCI protection.f. Provide black paint filled engraving as follows.

1) Elevator number on car station.2) “Permit on File with Building Manager”

g. Faceplate Material and Finish: #4 stainless steel.

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 170 of 213


11. Telephone Cabinet: Emergency communication device shall be mounted as part of the car operating panel. Provide all required electrical wiring from the in car station to the elevator controller. Phone shall be mounted such that it is easily removable for servicing. Provide all required programming including labor and material for placing device in operation.

I. Car Top Inspection Station and Work Light1. Operating fixture shall be provided containing continuous pressure Up, Down and Safe

buttons, emergency stop switch, inspection and run switch, work light with guard and 110 VAC duplex outlet with GFCI protection.

2. Toggle switches shall not be provided for the Stop, Run and Inspection switches unless the switches are guarded against accidental activation. Fasten car top station to car crosshead.

3. Work light shall be encased in a total glass enclosure including a wire guard cover. Rating of light to be at least 60 W.

4. Provide additional light fixture on a flexible cord. Length of cord to be eight feet (8'). Size of conductors to be minimum of 14 G. Cord to be hard wired into car top fixed work light. Provide fixed metal bracket to store cord when not in use. Locate bracket to avoid stepping on cord when attached to bracket. On-OFF car top light switch shall control both fixtures. Provide guard on light. Rating of light to be at least 60 W.

J. Intercom1. Provide elevator car to main lobby intercom. Intercom shall be part of the main fire return

landing hall call station.2. Provide elevator car to machine room intercom. Provide selection switch to allow

communication between machine room and elevator.K. Alarm Bell

1. Furnish and install an alarm bell, located on top of the elevator adjacent to the car top inspection station.

2.07 POWER AND CONTROL DEVICESA. ALTERNATE: Provide non-proprietary controller. The controls will be completely

serviceable and maintainable without the need for additional tools or instruments.B. Controller/Selector

1. The controller shall utilize an AC variable frequency regenerative drive unit. It shall be a compact self-contained unit that will provide stepless acceleration and deceleration and provide regulation at all car speeds.

2. The system shall provide the required electrical operation of the elevator control system including the automatic application of the brake, which shall bring the car to rest upon failure of power. In addition, the power control shall be arranged to continuously monitor the actual elevator speed signal from the tachometer and to compare it with the hoist motor armature voltage and the intended speed signal, to verify safe and proper operation of the elevator.

3. Solid State Power Supply and Logic Control: Provide solid state power devices with voltage and current capability ample to operate the elevator at the specified conditions.a. The maximum RMS Total Harmonic Distortion (THD) contribution to the building

power distribution network, from the elevator drive and hoist system, shall be restricted for voltage (THDV) and current (ampere) (THDI). The RMS total harmonic distortion is defined as the amount of harmonic distortion as a percentage of the RMS value of waveforms at all frequencies (fundamental and harmonic). The following THD criteria are to be understood as RMS unless otherwise noted.

b. THD will be measured and compared to the building THD. The building THD will be measured with the new elevator systems disconnected from the building power distribution system.

c. The building THDV and THDI; with the elevator disconnected, will be measured at each elevator’s feeder disconnecting means.

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 171 of 213


d. The elevator THDV and THDI; will be measured at each elevator’s feeder disconnecting means located in the elevator equipment room. Individual measurements will be taken with each elevator operating at full-rated load at contract speed in the up direction.

e. The maximum allowable THDV and THDI will be the calculated difference between the building THDV and THDI measurements and the elevator THDV and THDI measurements respectively.

f. Maximum allowable THDV from each elevator motor drive is three percent (3%) or the value of the building THDV measured in part b above, whichever is greater.

g. Maximum allowable THDI from each elevator motor drive is fifteen percent (15%). No individual current harmonic shall exceed ten percent (10%) relative to the fundamental (THDI-F). THDI-F defines the amount of harmonic distortion as a percentage of the fundamental frequency current.

C. Solid State Power Control1. Provide a solid-state power controller to operate the hoist motor, brake, and other

electromechanical devices. The controller shall include interfacing pilot electromechanical devices as required for accepting the necessary elevator hoistway switches and operating switches.

2. These include, as a minimum, terminal slowdown devices, overtravel limit switches, solid state magnetic leveling switches, inspection operating pushbuttons, emergency stop switches and governor over-speed switches.

3. Microprocessor Elevator Logic Controla. The operation shall be accomplished utilizing microprocessor computer logic control.

The elevator control program shall be contained in nonvolatile, programmable, read-only memory. The control shall be constructed such that future alterations in elevator operation including changes of operating parameters including but not limited to speed, acceleration, jerk, pre-opening, door speed, door dwell, floor counts for leveling, and car zoning may readily be made as part of normal maintenance and service. If a separate, detachable device is required, it shall be furnished.

b. Safety circuits shall be monitored and controlled by the programmable logic control with redundant protection.

c. The microprocessor elevator logic control shall be contained in a NEMA 1 cabinet.4. Fault Diagnosis

a. Capability shall be provided to diagnose faults to the level of individual circuit boards and individual discreet major components for both the Solid State Power Controller and the Elevator Logic Controller. Capability to diagnose faults within an individual circuit board is not required.

b. If fault diagnosis requires a separate, detachable device, it shall be furnished.5. Security

a. Provide both hall and car card reader security software and hardware capabilities for future implementation of security by Owner.

6. Operationa. Provide standard "Group Selective/Collective Operation" for the two passenger

elevators.7. Computer Display Terminal

a. Lap Top with monitor shall be provided in the machine room. The monitor will be a minimum 17-in. diagonal measure. These devices shall provide menu-driven access to reports and other functions. As a minimum, the following reports shall be provided via Flash drive at Owner’s request. Downloading and providing data is part of routine maintenance and not billable. Owner to coordinate with service provider regularly scheduled visits.1) Job Configuration-This report shall provide a brief description of the system,

including the job number, programmable job name, number of cars, number of landings, openings per landing for each car, programmable car designation,

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 172 of 213


programmable landing designation, fire service options, serial communication port definitions and other system options.

2) System Performance Graph-This report shall provide elevator system performance data based on hall call waiting times. At the end of each hour, the quantity of up and down hall calls shall be tallied. Up and down average waiting times shall be calculated and saved in the controller's non-volatile RAM. This information shall be kept for a minimum of seven (7) days.

3) Hall Call Distribution-This report shall provide hourly call distribution in a tabulated format for each hour, showing the number of hall calls which were answered within 15 to 90 second intervals for each landing and direction, and show the percentage and number of cars that were in service during a specified time frame. This information is saved for at least twenty-four (24) hours.

4) Graph Display of Elevator Status-This report shall provide a graphic display of the elevator hoistway that gives the user a comprehensive picture of car locations, door status, direction of travel, car calls registered, hall calls registered, hall call assignments, estimated time of arrival of a car for a registered hall call, waiting time of a registered hall call, floor labels, system status and a car status window. A per-car status window shall be provided that shows the status of the car, such as, automatic operation, inspection, firefighters' service; time out of service; top floor demand and bottom floor demand.

8. Entering Hall and Car Callsa. The computer terminal shall provide a means for entering hall and car calls using the

arrow and enter keys. If the call is valid and registered, a corresponding symbol shall be displayed on the screen.

9. Real Time Clocka. The user shall be provided with the capability to program the controller's real-time

clock.10. Car Inputs and Outputs

a. The monitor shall provide simultaneous viewing of most individual car input and output signals to detect important sequential events.

11. Special Event Calendar Menua. The special-event calendar menu shall provide three options. The first display of

Special Events Entries allows the user to examine the documented faults or events. The second, List and Description of Events, allows the user to examine the faults and events, which are monitored. The third, Initialize the special-event Calendar, allows the user to clear all the documented faults and events.

12. Independent Servicea. Independent service operation shall be provided for the elevator through the

actuation of a keyed switch or toggle switch in the main car operating service panel. This service will cancel any existing car and hall calls, and hold the doors open at the landing. The car will only respond to car calls. While on independent service the hall arrival lanterns shall be inoperative.

13. Hoist Machine Brake Electrical Devicea. Provide electrical controls that will "sense" when the hoist machine brake is "picked"

during the startup of the elevator to operate.b. If the brake electrical circuit is "not made", and is sending a signal to the elevator

controller that the brake is not "picked" the elevator shall not leave the landing.c. After a predetermined time the car shall attempt to start again. This operation shall

attempt the start up at least three (3) times. If, after that third (3rd) time, system and the brake is not "picked" the elevator shall shut down.

d. In order to start the elevator after this cycle the main line disconnect or a manual switch in the controller must be turned to the off position and then to the on position for normal elevator service. This operation shall also be in effect during car top inspection mode.

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 173 of 213


14. Anti-Nuisancea. An anti-nuisance feature shall be provided which cancels all car calls if, while in

normal automatic operation, the car makes a pre-determined number of stops in response to car calls, without the car door detector being interrupted, indicating that no one is entering or leaving the car, all registered car calls shall be canceled.

b. Once the car calls are canceled, the anti-nuisance feature shall not function again until the car door detector has been interrupted at least once.

c. Load detection combined with number of registered car calls may be used as a method of providing call cancellation.

15. Load Weighera. The load weigher shall consist of load sensors, amplifier and buffer board. The buffer

output shall be connected to the machine room via two conventional wires. The output circuit shall be virtually impervious to damage from transients or accidental connection to voltages up to 120 vac.

b. Adjusted devices shall be provided to allow hall call by-pass from thirty percent (30%) to eighty percent (80%) of rated capacity.

16. Ascending Car Overspeed and Unintended Car Movement Protectiona. Provide ascending car over speed and unintended car movement protection. Simplex

Selective Collective Automatic Operation.17. Group Selective Collective Automatic Operation

a. Automatic operation by means of one button in the car for each landing served, one button at each terminal landing and double buttons at each intermediate landing. When elevator is idle, automatically start car and dispatch it to floor corresponding to registered car or hall call. Slow down and stop car automatically at floor corresponding to registered call. As slowdown is initiated for a hall call, automatically cancel the call and render the hall button for that direction of travel ineffective until the car leaves the floor. Cancel car calls in same manner. Hold car at arrival floor an adjustable time interval to allow passenger transfer. Illuminate appropriate button to indicate call registration. Extinguish light when call is answered.

b. An anti-nuisance feature shall be provided which cancels all car calls if, while in normal automatic operation, the car makes a pre-determined number of stops in response to car calls, without the car door detector being interrupted, indicating that no one is entering or leaving the car, all registered car calls shall be canceled. Once the car calls are canceled, the anti-nuisance feature shall not function again until the car door detector has been interrupted at least once. Load detection combined with number of registered car calls may be used as a method of providing call cancellation.

18. Firefighter's Emergency Operationa. Provide all elevator control functions, car operating devices, and hall operating

devices necessary for "Firefighter's Service-Automatic Elevators" as required by the Elevator Safety Code. The "Designated Level" and the "Alternate Level" shall be designated by the local fire AHJ. Provide a key box for the recall station and for the elevator machine room door, the box locks to match the Anchorage Fire Department standard key. Provide Firefighter's Service Phase I & II the elevator machine room key and any other key required to open doors to gain access to the elevator machine room, in the key box.

19. Automatic Leveling Devicea. The elevator shall be provided with a two-Way automatic maintaining leveling device.

20. Landing Control Stationsa. Provide "Surface Mounted" vandal resistant one (1) station at each floor. LED's shall

be provided to illuminate when the hall push button(s) are activated. Include pushbuttons for direction of travel. Engrave safety message "In Case of Fire..." (per ASME A17.1/CSA B44) on push-button faceplate. Height and width of sign to be three and one-half inches (3 1/2") wide by four inches (4") high Provide Braille and

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 174 of 213


UP & DN. marking inserts to the left of each button. Locate each hall station forty-two inches (42") to center of buttons from floor level.

b. Provide Phase I Firefighter's Service FEO-K1 key switch with engraved instruction at the main recall floor hall station.

c. Provide integrated hall position indicator in main floor hall station.d. Provide #4 stainless steel finish cover plates. Provide stainless steel vandal resistant

fastening screws on cover plates.e. All new fixtures to be field measured and verified to cover existing station cutouts

without added trim work.D. Signals

1. Car Position Indicatorsa. Provide car position indicator, 2" high digital type together with directional arrows

located integral in car operating station. Provide 1/4" thick clear Lexan lens cover or a type that shall be vandal resistant. Provide an audible signal as the car stops or passes a floor. Install at all existing locations

2. Hall Position Indicatorsa. Provide combination digital position indicator/hall lantern at main lobby level to

replace existing.E. Door Operator

1. Provide a new door operator with direct current motor to open and close the car and hoistway doors simultaneously. The package shall be linear type include the following: lifting rods, pickup rollers, clutch assembly, interlocks with anti-egress device, car door electrical switch and all related modernization hardware. Opening speed shall not be less than 2-1/2 feet per second. Closing speed shall not exceed the limitations set by the ASME A17.1/CSA B44. Car door operator shall be capable of closing doors under Firefighter's Service operation without slamming in open and close sequence.

F. Door Edge Protective Device1. Provide car door with a Panachrome 3D infrared type reopening device extending the full

height of the car doors.2.08 PIT

A. Emergency Stop Switch1. Provide new emergency stop switch as required by ASME A17.1/CSA B44.2. Locate two stop switches, one at 18" above the floor level of the lowest landing, within

reach from this access floor and adjacent to the pit ladder and the other pit stop switch at 4' above the pit floor also adjacent to the pit ladder.

3. Switch shall be permanently marked STOP and RUN.B. Buffers

1. Retain existing buffers. Provide marking plates. Touch up Paint with one coat of existing color. Use enamel.

C. Pit Access Ladder1. Provide a non-combustible pit ladder to a minimum height of forty eight inches (48") above

the sill of pit access hoistway door. Overall width of ladder shall be sixteen inches (16"). Distance vertically of rung to rung shall be twelve inches (12"). Distance of outside of each rung to hoistway wall shall be not less than seven inches (7"). Provide hand hold at top of ladder.

PART 3- EXECUTION3.01 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATOR SYSTEMS

A. General1. Comply with manufacturer's instructions and the Elevator Safety Code for work required

during modernization.2. Before beginning the modernization, the Elevator Contractor shall examine the hoistway

and machine room to verify conditions and provide written notice to the Owner of any

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 175 of 213


conditions which would substantially hinder or prevent proper execution of the work. The Elevator Contractor shall not proceed with the modernization until the cited conditions are corrected.

3. Pre-modernization Meetinga. Prior to modernization of the elevator equipment, a meeting with the Elevator

Contractor, Electrical Contractor, Mechanical Contractor, Construction Coordinator, and Elevator Consultant shall be held to review modernization approach and identify any special circumstances pertaining to this modernization.

4. Welded Constructiona. Provide welded connections for modernization of elevator work where bolted

connections are not required for subsequent removal or for normal operation, adjustment, inspection, maintenance and replacement of worn parts. Comply with standards of AWS D1.1 for workmanship and for qualifications of welding operators.

5. Electrical Worka. All work shall conform to the requirements of the Elevator Specifications.b. Mark each component, including but not limited to relays, switches, timers, fuses and


c. Terminate all field wiring at each control cabinet on terminal strips suitable for the use. Field wiring shall not terminate on the studs of relays or other devices and equipment.

6. Coordinationa. Coordinate elevator work with work of other Crafts/Trades for proper time and

sequence to avoid elevator modernization delays.7. Sound Isolation

a. Mount rotating and vibrating elevator equipment and components on vibration-absorption mounts, designed to effectively prevent transmission of vibrations to structure, and thereby eliminate sources of structure-borne noise from elevator system.

8. Lubricationa. Lubricate operating parts of systems as recommended by manufacturers.

3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROLA. Compliance Testing

1. Upon nominal completion of elevator modernization, and before permitting use of elevator (either temporary or permanent), perform acceptance tests as required and recommended by Code and governing regulations or agencies. Advise Owner and Elevator Consultant and inspection departments of governing agencies, in advance, of dates and times tests are to be performed on elevator. Owner and Elevator Consultant shall be notified seven (7) days in advance of these tests.

2. Acceptance Testsa. Conduct operational test of car within one (1) week of issue of the State of Oregon

Permanent Operating Permit.3.03 PERFORMANCE

A. Speed1. +/- 1% of contract speed under any loading condition in down direction. Rated speed in up

direction under any loading conditions.2. Capacity

a. Stop level at all landings, in both directions, with rated load.B. Stopping Accuracy

1. +/- Level to 1/8" under any loading conditions or direction of travel.C. Door Opening Time: Seconds from start of opening to fully open.

1. 2.0 seconds.

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 176 of 213


D. Floor-to-Floor Performance Time: Seconds from start of doors closing until doors are 3/4 open and car level and stopped at next successive floor under any loading condition or travel direction.1. 10.5 seconds.2. Provide a smooth start, high speed operation and stop in both directions.

E. Noise Level1. The measured noise level in the elevator cab of elevator equipment shall not exceed 60

dBA during car operating conditions and a maximum increase of 7 dBA during door operation.

2. Maximum of 75 dBA in machine room.F. Ride Quality

1. Horizontal vibration, side to side and front to back with car during normal operation shall not exceed 25 mg in the 1-10 Hz range.

2. Vertical vibration not more than 20 mg. Provide smooth and constant acceleration and deceleration of not more than 2.8 feet/second/second with an initial ramp between 0.5 and 0.75 second/second.

3. Provide smooth and constant acceleration and deceleration of not more than 2.8 feet/second/second with an initial ramp between 0.5 and 0.75 second.

4. Provide no more than 12 ft/sec3 of maximum jerk.G. Running Test

1. Load elevator to its rated capacity and operate continuously for one (1) hour over its full travel distance, stopping at each landing, providing a complete door open and close cycle.a. Record temperature rise of hoist motor during 60-minute test period. Motor

temperature rise within manufacturer's tolerances.b. Record speed up and down and leveling relative to landing sills at the end of the

period. Landing accuracy as noted in Specifications.H. Protection

1. At time of final completion of elevator work (or portion thereof), provide suitable protective coverings, barriers, devices, signs or such other methods or procedures to protect elevator work from damage or deterioration. Maintain protective measures throughout remainder of modernization period. Elevator Contractor is responsible for damage and wear during the modernization period, and shall repair or replace, to the Owner’s satisfaction, any components worn significantly or damaged before the Owner obtains beneficial use.

3.04 INSTRUCTION AND MAINTENANCEA. Instruct Owner’s personnel in proper use, operations and maintenance of elevator. Review

emergency provisions, including emergency access and procedures to be followed at time of failure in operation.

3.05 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO FINAL ACCEPTANCEA. Instructions To Operators

1. The Elevator Contractor shall have completed instruction of the designated employees of the Owner in the operation and care of equipment and systems.

B. Code Compliance1. All Code compliance tests shall have been performed and acceptance certified by the

authorities having jurisdiction and permanent elevator operating permit issued to the Owner.

C. Acceptance Tests1. All acceptance tests shall have been completed and compliance certified by the Owner

and Elevator Consultant.D. Submittal Of Maintenance Manuals

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 177 of 213


1. All manuals shall have been submitted and approved by the Owner and Elevator Consultant.

E. Submittal Of Construction Record Drawings1. Drawings of the work shall have been marked to show changes and actual modernization

conditions, sufficient to form a complete record for Owner’s purposes. Give particular attention to work which will be concealed and difficult to measure and record at a later date, particularly items which may require servicing or replacement during the life of the projects.

F. Final Check1. Make a final check of elevator operation, with Owner’s personnel and Elevator Consultant

present and just prior to date of substantial completion to determine that control systems and operating devices are functioning properly. Any and all damage and/or significant wear shall have been repaired.

G. Cleaning1. The work site shall be clean at all times. The Elevator Contractors shall clear away all

debris, surplus materials, etc., resulting from their work or operations, leaving the job and equipment furnished in a clean, first-class condition on a daily basis.

H. Punchlist1. All items on the Punchlist prepared by Elevator Consultant shall be completed to the

satisfaction of the Owner and Elevator Consultant. Elevator Contractor to submit to Elevator Consultant and Owner a copy of the State of Oregon Elevator Inspectors Field Report including all Punch List items.

END OF SECTION

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 178 of 213

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

SPECIFICATIONS

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 179 of 213

Peter0676

Text Box

Attachment C

ATTACHMENT CGENERAL CONDITIONS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR ELEVATOR FULL SERVICE

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (“PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE”)

PART ONE – SCOPE OF WORK1.01 General1.02 Contact Addresses1.03 Protocol Compliance1.04 Service Quality Validation1.05 Contract Administration1.06 Intent and Acceptance1.07 Definitions1.08 General Conditions1.09 Maintenance Control Program (MCP)1.10 Service Requirements1.11 Testing1.12 Charts-Logs-Inspections1.13 Disposal of Oils/Materials, Etc.1.14 Extent of Coverage – Medallion Apartments1.15 Exclusions – Medallion Apartments1.16 Extent of Coverage – Schrunk Tower1.17 Exclusions – Schrunk Tower1.18 Extent of Coverage – Williams Apartments1.19 Exclusions – Williams Apartments1.20 Inspection of Equipment and Fees1.21 Cancellation Terms1.22 Requests for Service1.23 Work Tickets1.24 Hours of Work1.25 Price Adjustment and Contract Amount1.26 Contract Term1.27 Confidential Information1.28 Employee Safety and Accident Prevention Program

PART TWO – EQUIPMENT TO BE MAINTAINED2.01 Description of Elevators to be Serviced

PART THREE – REPLACEMENT PARTS INVENTORY3.01 Materials3.02 Microprocessors

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 180 of 213

PART ONE - SCOPE OF WORK

1.01 GENERAL

A. Definition of Terms1. Home Forward is the Owner.2. Home Forward is Owner’s Agent.3. Home Forward is Building Management4. The term Elevator Contractor or Contractor, as used herein, refers to any

persons, partners, firm or corporation having a Contract with Owner to furnish labor and materials for the execution of the work described in the Contract Documents (hereafter “Elevator Project” or “Project” or “Work”).

5. Words in the singular shall include the plural whenever applicable or the contents so indicate.

6. All terms in these specifications have the definition given in the latest edition of the Safety Code for Elevator and Escalators ASME A17.1.

7. All references to “days” shall mean calendar days, unless otherwise specified.

B. Elevator Contractor shall perform full service elevator preventive maintenance (hereinafter referred to as the "Services" and/or the "Work") on the elevator(s) (the "Equipment") specified herein. All Equipment under this Contract shall be maintained in optimal operating condition. Elevator Contractor shall furnish all materials and labor, and comply with all requirements of current elevator codes. Elevator Contractor shall place into operation a continuing system of full preventive maintenance to provide necessary systematic services and preventive maintenance for the Equipment described herein.

C. The Elevator Contractor shall be responsible for providing safe and reliable operating Equipment in the performance of this contract. The Elevator Contractor shall not be excused from elevator shut downs allegedly caused by faulty or “dirty” building incoming electrical power, unless the contractor provides the fault log showing there was a power failure resulting in elevator shut-down on date of service call.

D. All elevator service, repair and maintenance shall be conducted in a manner consistent with Owner’s intent to provide uninterrupted elevator service. The specified elevator must provide reliable and safe transportation for Owner, residents, staff and visitors on a continuous basis, twenty-four (24) hours a day, seven (7) days a week, three hundred sixty-five (365) days per year.

E. Elevator Contractor agrees to accept full responsibility for the equipment, as it exists on the effective date of this Contract, and to leave it in a condition acceptable to Owner at the termination date.

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 181 of 213

F. Owner may at any time employ the services of an Elevator Consultant to mediate any disputes between Owner and the Elevator Contractor. The cost of such disputes shall be borne equally by Owner and the Elevator Contractor.

G. Owner reserves the right to contract separately with the Elevator Contractor, or any other firm of Owner’s choice, for future elevator modernization or upgrade of elevator equipment. A thirty (30) day written notice shall be sent to the Contractor if Owner elects to select an alternate Contractor for elevator modernization or upgrade of elevator equipment. There shall be no monetary payment to the Elevator Contractor for early termination of this Contract. Any upgrades or component changes to the elevator system shall be warranted by the contractor modernizing or upgrading the elevator equipment, for a period of one year, commencing when the modernization or upgrade has been accepted by Owner, State of Oregon Elevator Inspector and Elevator Consultant, which also includes the Elevator Contractor’s completion of all punch list items required by the Elevator Inspector and Elevator Consultant. At the end of the warranty period, the upgrades or component changes shall be included in the scope of work and covered by the terms, of this maintenance Contract, at no additional cost.

H. Neither Owner nor Elevator Contractor may assign this Contract without the written consent of the other party.

I. No covenant or condition of the Contract may be waived, except by the written consent of the other party. Forbearance or indulgence by either party in any regard whatsoever shall not constitute a waiver of a covenant or condition to be performed by the other party.

J. Any written notification required to be provided pursuant to the terms of this Contract shall be by means of email, hand delivery, overnight U.S. Mail or private carrier, or by prepaid postage, certified mail, with a return receipt required. The notice shall be effective upon the date of transmission by the sending party.

K. Any amendment to this Contract shall be in writing and signed by each duly authorized representative(s) for each respective organization executing this Contract.

1.02 CONTACT ADDRESSESMEDALLION

A. OwnerName:Address:City/State/Zip:Phone:

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 182 of 213

B. Building ManagementName:Address:City/State/Zip:Phone:

C. ContractorName:Address:City/State/Zip:Phone:

SCHRUNK TOWER

A. OwnerName: Address: City/State/Zip: Phone: Email:

B. Building ManagementName: Address: City/State/Zip: Phone: Email:


WILLIAMS PLAZA

A. OwnerName:Address:City/State/Zip:Phone:

B. Building ManagementName:Address:

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 183 of 213

City/State/Zip:Phone:


1.03 PROTOCOL COMPLIANCE

A. Elevator Contractor shall ensure that any and all protocols regarding the provision of Contract services established by Building Management and Owner shall be specifically followed. Elevator Contractor shall work with Owner’s Agent, Building Management, and any authorized agent contracted to Owner, to ensure proper compliance with said protocols.

1.04 SERVICE QUALITY VALIDATION

A. Insofar as the services provided by the Elevator Contractor fail to comply with required standards or have not been provided as per Building Management and Owner’s established protocols, Owner shall not be obligated to compensate Elevator Contractor for any such service until such deficiencies have been corrected by the Elevator Contractor and a successful re-inspection by Owner or Elevator Consultant is completed.

1.05 CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION

A. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Contract, or any document referenced herein, Owner shall be the only entity authorized to make changes in or redirect the work required by this Contract. In the event Elevator Contractor effects any change at the direction of any other individual, the change shall be considered as having been made without authority and an adjustment shall not be made to the Contract price or performance requirements as a result thereof.

1.06 INTENT AND ACCEPTANCE

A. Elevator Contractor acknowledges that Owner has provided free access to and sufficient time for adequate examination of the equipment and review of service records. Elevator Contractor further acknowledges that the specified elevator listed has been inspected by Elevator Contractor and that Elevator Contractor has determined that it is in serviceable operating condition. Elevator Contractor accepts full and complete responsibility for Full Service Maintenance and Repair of the specified elevator listed, as is condition, in accordance with this Contract.

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 184 of 213

1.07 DEFINITIONS

A. Preventive Maintenance: Preventive Maintenance are those services required by Elevator Contractor under this Contract, to prevent malfunctions or shutdowns due to normal wear and tear, to provide for a safe operating elevator and to prolong the life of all elevator equipment.

B. Cleanliness: The Elevator Contractor is required to maintain the entire elevator system in a clean manner at all times. This includes but is not limited to: removal of oily rags, removal of dirt, grease, and lint, maintaining the exterior of all equipment free of lint, dirt, oil, grease, clean all machine room equipment including, floors, controller/selector, car top, hoistway door track, hanger, interlock, header, strut, hoistway side of sills, underside of car platform, car guides, car door operator, track, hangers, inside area of header, crosshead, guide rail, bracket, fascia, dust cover, pit, inside car station, hall station, lantern, and lobby panel. The cleaning must be to the full satisfaction of Owner, Building Management, Owner’s Agent and/or Elevator Consultant. If Owner or its authorized representative decides the cleaning level is below Owner’s Standards, Owner has the option of bringing in another Elevator Contractor to perform the cleaning (with notice provided per Section 1.17 A of the Contract). All costs of the cleaning by another Elevator Contractor plus the cost of supervision by Owner shall be paid by the Elevator Contractor that is performing the Preventive Maintenance under this Contract.

C. Obsolescence: A replacement part is obsolete if it is not available for purchase by Elevator Contractor. Elevator Contractor shall provide written documentation the replacement part is not available and that the Elevator Contractor has exhausted all research in obtaining such replacement parts. Such research would be the review of all firms as listed in the latest edition of Elevator World, “the source". All local supply firms, including other Elevator Contractors must also be researched for availability of replacement parts. If the replacement part is not available, Owner shall pay the cost for such replacement part. Elevator Contractor shall provide all documentation of the replacement costs. All labor to install the new replacement part is included in the Contract at no additional cost to Owner. The new replacement part, after being installed, shall be included in this Contract and future replacement is included in this Contract at no extra cost to Owner. If Elevator Contractor installs a replacement part different than the original equipment, the new replacement shall not be of the proprietary type and the Elevator Contractor shall provide, in writing, the manufacturer, type and model of the proposed replacement part.

1.08 GENERAL CONDITIONS

A. All maintenance performed by Elevator Contractor shall be based upon the performance specifications of individual equipment as published by the equipment manufacturer or as otherwise indicated herein.

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 185 of 213

B. Elevator Contractor shall comply with approved elevator equipment industry safety standards. Elevator Contractor shall provide a copy of their safety program to Elevator Consultant and Owner or Owner’s Agent within five (5) calendar days after award of contract.

C. In performance of this Contract, Elevator Contractor agrees to carry out all Work in strict compliance with all laws, codes, rules and regulations set forth with regard to the equipment by Municipal, State and Federal authorities having jurisdiction in effect on the Preventive Maintenance commencement date over the Work or any part thereof.

D. Elevator Contractor shall provide Owner or Agent, within five (5) calendar days from the start of Preventive Maintenance and prior to commencement of Work, Safety Data Sheets (SDS) for products Elevator Contractor intends to employ under this Contract. It shall remain the responsibility of Elevator Contractor to inform and train Elevator Contractor's employees on the use of the SDS requirements. All SDS documents shall be sent to Owner. Failure to furnish all such documentation, within the time schedule, shall be construed as terms by which to immediately terminate this Contract.

E. Elevator Contractor shall protect all building equipment, surfaces, etc. from damage and shall perform repairs and replacement of any damaged items to the previous existing condition at their own expense and to the entire satisfaction of Owner. Elevator Contractor agrees to accept responsibility for all damage to equipment due to neglect of their personnel in the maintenance of equipment identified in this Contract.

F. Elevator Contractor agrees that all labor furnished by Elevator Contractor shall be trained journeyman level mechanics and apprentices, thoroughly skilled in elevator Preventive Maintenance and directly employed and supervised by Elevator Contractor. They will use all reasonable care to maintain the equipment in a proper and safe operating condition at all times. Elevator Contractor shall enforce strict discipline and order among their employees while on Owner’s premises, and shall be subject to the rules and regulations established by Owner. Owner reserves the right to request Elevator Contractor to replace any or all employees assigned to its facilities if it deems they are not performing in a satisfactory manner, or who refuse to comply with Owner’s policies and guidelines. The building consists of the residences of its occupants. Therefore, Elevator Contractor, in cooperation with Owner’s designated representatives, will make every effort to eliminate damage or disruption of unit occupants while performing the Work.

G. Elevator Contractor's field personnel shall wear clean, neat, well-maintained uniforms identifying them as employees of Elevator Contractor for ease of identification by Owner.

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 186 of 213

H. Elevator Contractor shall provide Owner and Building Management with the names of service technicians that will be assigned to the Project within five (5) business days after award of contract. List shall be updated and brought current each time the service technicians change routes or assignments. If there is a change in the service technician assigned to the Work, Elevator Contractor’s supervisory staff must notify Owner or Owner’s Agent prior to the new technician’s first visit.

I. Elevator Contractor shall provide a back-up personnel list within five (5) business days after award of Contract for each of their employees assigned to Owner’s account in the event of their illness, disability, vacation, leave, or absence for any reason. Said back-up personnel are expected to cover all duties and responsibilities of Elevator Contractor's regular personnel with no disruption in service. Owner and Elevator Consultant shall be informed prior to back-up personnel being used.

J. Elevator Contractor shall be required to provide a member of their supervisory personnel, regularly engaged in inspection and supervision, to visit the elevator at least semi-annually, at six-month intervals (from contract effective date) to observe the quality of maintenance and to make certain that the quality of maintenance meets the specified and intended standards. The Supervisor shall schedule each visit with Building Management. As deemed necessary by Owner, Owner shall provide a member of their staff to accompany the Elevator Contractor during the onsite inspection of the elevator machine room and elevator cab. Inspections by the Elevator Contractor shall be at no cost to Owner. The Contractor shall provide a written report of the results of this inspection to Owner’s Agent within fourteen (14) calendar days of the onsite inspection

K. Contact shall be made with Building Management upon Elevator Contractor’s arrival and upon completion of service or any time Elevator Contractor’s personnel leave the site. Elevator Contractor shall maintain a key to machine room and a parts storage area secured in a lock box in an area designated by Owner or Building Management. This key may not be removed from the premises. Owner will not check any keys out to Elevator Contractor’s personnel.

L. Elevator Contractor shall be solely responsible for:1. All means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of the Work at

no extra cost to Owner.2. Keeping all work areas clean and using all available means to recycle or

reclaim materials.M. Elevator Contractor shall provide a written procedure of their “Lock Out-Tag

Out” protocol to Owner and Building Management within five (5) days of Contract award and before starting Work under this Contract.

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 187 of 213

1.09 MAINTENANCE CONTROL PROGRAM (MCP)

A. Elevator Contractor shall provide an MCP for the elevator equipment. MCP will incorporate procedures to achieve safe, reliable operation of the elevator equipment. The MCP shall include, but is not limited to the following:

1. Examinations, maintenance, and tests of equipment at scheduled intervals in order to ensure that the installation conforms to the requirements of ASME A17.1/CSA B44 Section 8.6. The maintenance procedures and intervals shall be based on:

a. Equipment age, condition, and accumulated wear.b. Design and inherent quality of the equipment.c. Usage.d. Environmental conditions.e. Improved technology.f. The manufacturer’s recommendations for any SIL rated devices or

circuits.

2. Cleaning, lubricating, and adjusting applicable components at regular intervals and repairing or replacing all worn or defective components where necessary to maintain the installation in compliance with the requirements of ASME A17.1/CSA B44 Section 8.6.

3. The instructions for locating the Maintenance Control Program shall be provided in or on the controller along with instructions on how to report any corrective action that might be necessary to Owner.

4. The maintenance records required shall be kept at a central location agreeable and accessible to Owner and the Elevator Contractor’s elevator personnel.

5. The Maintenance Control Program shall be accessible to the elevator personnel and shall document compliance with ASME A17.1/CSA B44 Section 8.6.

a. Procedures for tests, periodic inspections, maintenance, replacements, adjustments, and repairs for all SIL rated E/E/PES electrical protective devices and circuits shall be incorporated into and made part of the Maintenance Control Program.

b. Where unique or product-specific procedures or methods are required to inspect or test equipment, such procedures or methods shall be included in the Maintenance Control Program.

1.10 SERVICE REQUIREMENTS

A. Complete Maintenance: Elevator Contractor agrees to regularly and systematically examine, clean, lubricate, adjust and provide unlimited callback service and repair and replace all components of the elevator included under

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 188 of 213

these specifications in accordance with industry standards and to the entire satisfaction of Owner.

B. Elevator Contractor shall repair loose cab handrails and maintain fastening bolt tightness, repair and maintain communication equipment installed by Elevator Contractor and communication equipment cabinetry doors and door hinges.

C. Elevator Contractor shall include the following elements in the Preventive Maintenance Procedures for the elevator:

1. Provide once a month operational checks of all elevator car door safety edges/detectors. Elevator Contractor shall provide documentation of such checking in their machine room check charts.

2. Provide once a month check of directional lights, call registered lights and all other elevator lighting fixtures. Furnish and replace all burned out bulbs.

3. Maintain pit lighting, car top lighting and hoistway lighting.D. Elevator Contractor shall notify Owner’s Agent before any elevator is removed

from service. Elevator Contractor shall notify Owner’s Agent when such elevator is placed back in normal service. The schedule for provision of service by Elevator Contractor shall vary according to the frequency as stated in this Contract. Elevator Contractor is expected to work closely with Owner and/or any firm authorized by Owner to arrange specific service times that are most beneficial to Owner.

E. Elevator Contractor shall maintain hoistway, pit, machinery, elevator machine room, and any assigned Elevator Contractor's work space in a clean, orderly condition, free of dirt, dust, oil and grease spills, trash and debris, at all times.

F. Elevator Contractor shall be sensitive to Owner’s needs during their Work activity and create no excessive noise. Work that will generate excessive noise shall be scheduled with Building Management or Owner’s Agent.

G. Elevator Contractor shall maintain three (3) complete sets of wiring diagrams showing "as built" conditions with any changes or modifications to circuits resulting from control modifications, parts replacement or equipment up-grade. One set shall remain in the machine room, one set shall be maintained in the Elevator Contractor's office and the third set shall be maintained in the Building Management’s office, as designated by Owner. When any modifications are made to diagrams, three copies of the modified drawings must be made. One copy shall be furnished to Owner to update their copy of the appropriate drawing. A copy shall be used to update the Elevator Contractor's office drawings and the original changes shall be maintained in the equipment machine room. Owner retains sole possession of these wiring diagrams. Wiring diagrams shall be kept in a neat and orderly fashion in the machine room.

H. Elevator Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining exterior of the machinery, and other parts of the elevator equipment, including but not limited to the top of the cab, the car crosshead and car sling, hoistway door headers and

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 189 of 213

strut angles and the non-running surfaces of door tracks properly painted, identified, and presentable at all times.

I. Elevator Contractor shall provide a lockable metal parts cabinet of sufficient size to contain the required spare parts in the elevator machine room. Elevator Contractor shall coordinate installation with Building Management or Owner’s Agent.

J. Elevator Contractor shall conduct monthly evaluations of equipment performance, including car speed, door operations, riding quality and car leveling. Following such evaluations, the Elevator Contractor shall perform adjustment, repairs and replacements required to maintain manufacturer's operating performance.

K. Elevator Contractor shall provide a qualified management representative to serve as Project Manager/Superintendent to meet with Building Management and Owner at such times as may be requested to discuss job details and concerns, and any other matters concerning this Contract or the Work to be performed herein, to assure amicable and successful execution of this Contract. The Project Manager/Superintendent shall be authorized to render any reasonable decisions without unnecessary delay.

L. Elevator Contractor shall maintain at all times the original elevator speed in feet per minute. Perform all adjustments required to maintain the proper door opening and closing time, within limits of applicable codes. Check the operating system for each unit to ensure that unit is kept operating continuously and make necessary tests and corrections to ensure all circuits are correct and time settings are properly adjusted.

M. Elevator Contractor shall maintain the following minimum elevator performance requirements.

1. Speeda. +/- 10% in both directions under all loading conditions.

2. Performance timesa. 10.5 seconds-from start of car/hoistway door closing until the elevator

is floor level at the next floor (either up or down direction) and the car/hoistway doors are ¾ open.

3. Door closing timea. Measured from start of door closing until the hoistway doors are fully

closed, will be the minimum permitted by code.4. Door dwell time

a. As permitted by The Americans with Disability Act, as now or hereafter amended.

5. Floor leveling accuracya. +- 1/16”.

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 190 of 213

N. In accomplishing the above requirements, Elevator Contractor shall maintain a comfortable elevator ride with smooth acceleration, retardation and a soft stop. Door operation shall be quiet and positive with smooth checking at the extremes of travel.

O. Any additional Work required to be performed pursuant to federal, state or local code amendments subsequent to the date of this Contract, or tests required to be performed which are not currently within the scope of this Contract, will be performed by Elevator Contractor only upon receipt of a written change order from Owner.

P. Elevator Contractor shall provide to Owner, appropriate service manuals, adjusting manuals and technical manuals for all elevator equipment.

Q. All records and documents pertaining to the elevator equipment provided to Elevator Contractor by Owner shall be kept current and in good condition and shall be returned to Owner upon request or upon termination of this Contract.

1.11 TESTING

A. Elevator Contractor shall conduct the following tests, and any other tests required by the State of Oregon, or federal, local, or other governing authority having jurisdiction (AHJ) at the date of signing this Contract. Services shall include, but not be limited to:

1. Elevator Contractor shall provide inspections and testing of the Firefighter's Service Phase I and Phase II and standby power operation, if installed as required by the AHJ. Any additional cost to complete the above inspections and testing on overtime shall be the responsibility of Elevator Contractor. Elevator Contractor shall maintain an up-to-date log of Firefighter's Service testing in the machine room and submit the results to Owner authorized representative on a quarterly basis. Firefighter's Service testing shall be entered and recorded on a form supplied by Elevator Contractor and/or as required by the State of Oregon, or both.

2. Provide all testing as required by the State of Oregon Elevator Inspector and required by the latest edition of ASME A17.1 Safety Code for Elevator and Escalators during the normal working hours of the elevator industry.

3 Provide assistance with annual elevator smoke detector testing at no additional charge.

B. Elevator Contractor shall annually check the dispatching systems and make necessary tests and adjustments to ensure that all circuits and time settings are properly adjusted, and all systems are performing as designed and installed. Elevator Contractor shall submit an annual written report of these results to Building Management and Owner.

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 191 of 213

C. Elevator Contractor shall audit the elevator equipment once per year. An annual report from the audit will be provided to Owner by the last business day of the first year under contract. The report will include recommendations for improvements and estimates of cost for labor and materials to complete the suggested improvements. Owner’s equipment will be audited for:

1. Code Compliance. Evaluate current code compliance of all equipment. Monitor industry and code developments and provide Owner with warning of anticipated code changes to take effect during the fiscal year following the audit report. Recommend corrections, which should be made in the fiscal year following the audit report.

2. Equipment Performance. Audit performance of all equipment against its original parameters or specifications. Recommend corrections, which should be made in the fiscal year following the audit report.

3. Equipment Aesthetics. Audit the physical condition and appearance of the equipment visible to users and recommend upgrades, which should be considered to keep the equipment appealing to users and current with Site standards for colors and decoration schemes.

D. Owner and Building Management shall receive seven (7) days’ prior written notification of all tests so that a representative for Owner may witness tests. Safety precautions are understood to be of highest priority. Care will be taken to safeguard all surrounding building property during the testing. If during the testing, the actual testing fails the prescribed testing procedures in the latest edition of ASME A17.1 and re-testing is required, the Elevator Contractor shall pay all costs of Owner’s representative to witness such testing.

1.12 CHARTS-LOGS-INSPECTIONS

A. Elevator Contractor shall post the Elevator Contractor’s standard Preventive Maintenance schedule and a work log in the elevator machine room and designated area. The work log shall include all entries for routine and non-routine maintenance and repairs, including supervisor’s surveys. Entries shall include date Work is complete, mechanic or supervisor’s name, brief description of Work completed and the approximate time required for the Work. The work log and Preventive Maintenance schedule shall be maintained for Owner’s inspection at any time. Owner may copy the work log and Preventive Maintenance schedule at any time.

B. Elevator Contractor shall provide Owner and Building Management with a schedule, in either written or electronic form, (as preferred by Owner) of when any elevator will be taken out of service for Preventive Maintenance. Owner or Building Management must approve any changes to this schedule in writing.

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 192 of 213

C. Elevator Contractor shall offer inspections of hoistway, pit equipment, car top, machine room and interiors to Owner upon completing scheduled Preventive Maintenance at no expense to Owner.

1.13 DISPOSAL OF OILS/MATERIALS, ETC.

A. Elevator Contractor shall be fully responsible for removal and disposal of all oils, greases, solvents and soiled cleaning cloths that are used in the repair, service and adjusting of all elevator equipment. All material will be disposed of in accordance with all present or future city, state and federal laws and regulations, which may be applicable.

B. When Work is performed, the Elevator Contractor shall ensure that all areas are clean and salvaged materials or scraps are removed before leaving jobsite. If Elevator Contractor fails to do so, Owner may perform necessary clean up actions and shall invoice the Elevator Contractor for all costs.

1.14 EXTENT OF COVERAGE – MEDALLION APARTMENTS

A. Elevator Contractor shall prepare and submit to Owner a detailed preventive maintenance schedule and MCP for all elevator equipment to be serviced within five (5) calendar days after execution of the Contract. As a minimum, the elevators shall be examined and maintained in accordance with the following frequency:

One (1) hour per elevator, per month (total of two (2) hours per month)

B. Extent of Coverage - Hydraulic Elevators

Elevator Contractor shall:

Regularly and systematically examine, clean, lubricate, adjust, and, when conditions warrant, repair or replace the following items including all other items or components pertaining to the operation, maintenance, adjusting, repair, testing and cleaning of the total elevator equipment regardless of serviceability:

Hydraulic pumps and associated plumbing Hydraulic cylinder that is above ground, plunger, packing and packing head Hydraulic fluid and piping, unless the piping is underground Seismic Valve and pit shut off valve Hydraulic oil line couplings All exposed hydraulic oil lines, brackets and stands Controllers, starters, selector and relay panels Pump motors All bearings All rotating elements Contacts, relays and timers Resistors and transformers

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 193 of 213

Solid-state devices In-car emergency lighting Firefighter's service equipment Automatic power door operators Landing and car door hangers Landing and car door contacts Door protective devices Hoistway door interlocks Bottom door guides Door closures Car buffers Car exhaust fan/blower Car top inspection station Limit and slowdown switches Alarm bells Car and corridor operating pushbuttons Load weighing equipment All hall lanterns, car position and hall position indicators, lobby control panels,

car operating panels, and all other signal and accessory facilities furnished and installed as a part of the whole equipment

Car roller & slide guides Electrical traveling cables

2. Furnish lubricants and all cleaning supplies.

3. If an elevator is out of service for more than 72 hours because replacement parts are not available or for any other reason covered under the terms of this contract, then Owner may elect to impose penalties of up to $500.00 per calendar day for each calendar day beyond 72 hours that the elevator is not in service and available for use.

1.15 EXCLUSIONS – MEDALLION APARTMENTS

A. Elevator Contractor shall not be responsible for the following equipment, hoistway and machine room enclosure items, which are not included in Preventive Maintenance unless damaged by the Elevator Contractor:

1. Door knocked off the tracks/broken gibs.2. Elevator left on independent, fire, attendant or emergency service.3. Elevator call buttons broken, burned or jammed.4. Car door detector out of adjustment from doors being hit.5. Elevator turned off inside the car and the door pulled shut, unless due to

an equipment issue that is included in the Contract.

B. Elevator Contractor shall also not be responsible for repairs and replacement pertaining to the car enclosure, including removable panels, door panels, car

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 194 of 213

doors, suspended ceilings, handrails, car finish and flooring coverings, hoistway enclosures, hoistway entrance frames, sills and emergency telephone instruments, signal fixture faceplates, smoke detectors, machine room HVAC units, building electrical emergency power units, electrical power feeders and fuses to machine room electrical disconnects, pit sump pumps and cleaning of car interiors. At all times the cab handrails shall be kept tight and correctly fastened, which is part of the Elevator Contractor’s responsibility under this contract. The above stated excluded items shall be repaired or replaced by the contractor if damaged by the contractor’s personnel. The contractor shall notify the Building Management of any malfunctions of or damage to the excluded items.

C. Elevator Contractor shall not be responsible for the repairs and replacement of the abovementioned excluded items unless the failure of a covered part caused the damage or failure. All above items not covered under Maintenance Contract shall be the responsibility of Elevator Contractor to repair or replace at no additional cost to Owner if the component or components are damaged in direct relation to failure to perform maintenance on any components covered under this maintenance Contract. Failure to perform maintenance shall be validated by a thorough investigation by Consultant, and is constituted by failure to perform required Preventive Maintenance in accordance with A17.1.8.6 Maintenance Control Program, and justify the repair and replacement. In the event of such an occurrence, excluding injuries to passengers or entrapments, the elevator is to be locked out and tagged out without altering the position of the elevator, and Consultant will be contacted immediately to schedule an inspection of the damage. Elevator Contractor shall provide manpower at no additional cost to Owner to assist with the investigation and provide access to all areas of the equipment.

D. Elevator Contractor shall not be responsible for replacement of mainline and auxiliary disconnect switches, fuses and feeders to control panels. All above-ground elevator related electrical conduit and wiring are included in the Contract.

E. Elevator Contractor shall not be responsible for repairs required because of negligence or misuse of the equipment by anyone other than Elevator Contractor, their employees, subcontractors, and agents, or acts of God.

F. Owner agrees to maintain the elevator pit(s) and machine room(s) free from water and from unauthorized use.

G. Elevator Contractor shall not be obligated to make other safety tests or install new attachments, whether or not recommended or directed by insurance companies, or by federal, state, municipal, or other governmental or non-governmental authorities unless requested to do so by Owner. In that event, Elevator Contractor shall proceed to perform the tests or Work, and shall be reimbursed at the rates as stated in Section

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 195 of 213

1.20. Elevator Contractor shall advise Owner, however, whenever such tests or attachments are recommended or required. Elevator Contractor shall not be required to make renewals or repairs necessitated by the negligence, misuse or obsolescence of the equipment or any other cause beyond its control except ordinary wear and tear unless such renewals or repairs are caused by Elevator Contractor's negligence or misuse in performing or failure to perform pursuant to this Contract.

1.16 EXTENT OF COVERAGE – SCHRUNK TOWER


Two (2) hours per elevator, per month (total of four (4) hours per month)

B. Extent of Coverage - Traction Elevators


1. Regularly and systematically examine, clean, lubricate, adjust, and, when conditions warrant, repair or replace the following items including all other items or components pertaining to the operation, maintenance, adjusting, repair, testing and cleaning of the total elevator equipment regardless of serviceability:

Gearless hoist machine - including brake, armature, fields, all bearings, hoist motor sheave, and deflector sheaves

Geared hoist machine including brake, armature, fields, brushes, brush rigging, gear case, gears, all bearings hoist motor, and deflector sheaves

Hoist and governor ropesGovernorGovernor pit sheaveControllers, selector, starters, dispatcher and relay panelsAll bearingsAll rotating elementsContacts, relays and timersResistors and transformersSolid-state devices In-car emergency lightingTraveling cablesFirefighter's service equipmentAutomatic power door operatorsLanding and car door hangers

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 196 of 213

Landing and car door contactsDoor protective devicesHoistway door InterlocksBottom door guides Interlocks and door closuresCar buffersCar exhaust fanCar top inspection stationLimit and slowdown switchesDoor protective devices and alarm bellsCar and corridor operating pushbuttonsLoad weighing equipmentHall lanternsCar position and hall position indicatorsLobby control panelsCar operating panelsAll other signal and accessory facilities furnished and installed as a

part of the whole equipmentCar and counterweight roller guides



1.17 EXCLUSIONS – SCHRUNK TOWER



an equipment issue that is included in the Contract.6. Hoist ropes with advanced rouging, unless a lack of lubrication and regular

maintenance resulted in the advanced rouging.B. Elevator Contractor shall also not be responsible for repairs and replacement

pertaining to the car enclosure, including removable panels, door panels, car doors, suspended ceilings, handrails, car finish and flooring coverings, hoistway

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 197 of 213

enclosures, hoistway entrance frames, sills and emergency telephone instruments, signal fixture faceplates, smoke detectors, machine room HVAC units, building electrical emergency power units, electrical power feeders and fuses to machine room electrical disconnects, pit sump pumps and cleaning of car interiors. At all times the cab handrails shall be kept tight and correctly fastened, which is part of the Elevator Contractor’s responsibility under this contract. The above stated excluded items shall be repaired or replaced by the contractor if damaged by the contractor’s personnel. The contractor shall notify the Building Management of any malfunctions of or damage to the excluded items.





G. Elevator Contractor shall not be obligated to make other safety tests or install new attachments, whether or not recommended or directed by insurance companies, or by federal, state, municipal, or other governmental or non-governmental authorities unless requested to do so by Owner. In that event, Elevator Contractor shall proceed to perform the tests or Work, and shall be reimbursed at the rates as stated in Section 1.20. Elevator Contractor shall advise Owner, however, whenever such tests or attachments are recommended

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 198 of 213

or required. Elevator Contractor shall not be required to make renewals or repairs necessitated by the negligence, misuse or obsolescence of the equipment or any other cause beyond its control except ordinary wear and tear unless such renewals or repairs are caused by Elevator Contractor's negligence or misuse in performing or failure to perform pursuant to this Contract.

1.18 EXTENT OF COVERAGE – WILLIAMS PLAZA


Two (2) hours per elevator, per month (total of four (4) hours per month)

B. Extent of Coverage - Traction Elevators


1. Regularly and systematically examine, clean, lubricate, adjust, and, when conditions warrant, repair or replace the following items including all other items or components pertaining to the operation, maintenance, adjusting, repair, testing and cleaning of the total elevator equipment regardless of serviceability:

Gearless hoist machine - including brake, armature, fields, all bearings, hoist motor sheave, and deflector sheaves

Geared hoist machine including brake, armature, fields, brushes, brush rigging, gear case, gears, all bearings hoist motor, and deflector sheaves

Hoist and governor ropesGovernorGovernor pit sheaveControllers, selector, starters, dispatcher and relay panelsAll bearingsAll rotating elementsContacts, relays and timersResistors and transformersSolid-state devices In-car emergency lightingTraveling cablesFirefighter's service equipmentAutomatic power door operatorsLanding and car door hangersLanding and car door contacts

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 199 of 213

Door protective devicesHoistway door InterlocksBottom door guides Interlocks and door closuresCar buffersCar exhaust fanCar top inspection stationLimit and slowdown switchesDoor protective devices and alarm bellsCar and corridor operating pushbuttonsLoad weighing equipmentHall lanternsCar position and hall position indicatorsLobby control panelsCar operating panelsAll other signal and accessory facilities furnished and installed as a

part of the whole equipmentCar and counterweight roller guides



1.19 EXCLUSIONS - WILLIAMS PLAZA



an equipment issue that is included in the Contract.6. Hoist ropes with advanced rouging, unless a lack of lubrication and regular

maintenance resulted in the advanced rouging.B. Elevator Contractor shall also not be responsible for repairs and replacement

pertaining to the car enclosure, including removable panels, door panels, car doors, suspended ceilings, handrails, car finish and flooring coverings, hoistway enclosures, hoistway entrance frames, sills and emergency telephone

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 200 of 213

instruments, signal fixture faceplates, smoke detectors, machine room HVAC units, building electrical emergency power units, electrical power feeders and fuses to machine room electrical disconnects, pit sump pumps and cleaning of car interiors. At all times the cab handrails shall be kept tight and correctly fastened, which is part of the Elevator Contractor’s responsibility under this contract. The above stated excluded items shall be repaired or replaced by the contractor if damaged by the contractor’s personnel. The contractor shall notify the Building Management of any malfunctions of or damage to the excluded items.





G. Elevator Contractor shall not be obligated to make other safety tests or install new attachments, whether or not recommended or directed by insurance companies, or by federal, state, municipal, or other governmental or non-governmental authorities unless requested to do so by Owner. In that event, Elevator Contractor shall proceed to perform the tests or Work, and shall be reimbursed at the rates as stated in Section 1.20. Elevator Contractor shall advise Owner, however, whenever such tests or attachments are recommended or required. Elevator Contractor shall not be required

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 201 of 213

to make renewals or repairs necessitated by the negligence, misuse or obsolescence of the equipment or any other cause beyond its control except ordinary wear and tear unless such renewals or repairs are caused by Elevator Contractor's negligence or misuse in performing or failure to perform pursuant to this Contract.

1.20 INSPECTION OF EQUIPMENT AND FEES

A. Owner reserves the right to make such inspections and tests whenever necessary, at their expense, or at the expense of the Elevator Contractor if any provisions of this Contract have not been adhered to by Elevator Contractor, when deemed necessary to ascertain that the requirements of these specifications are being fulfilled. Owner will promptly notify Elevator Contractor in writing of the deficiencies identified. Elevator Contractor shall resolve all deficiencies at Elevator Contractor’s total expense within ten (10) calendar days of written notification.

B. State of Oregon Elevator Inspection fees shall be paid by Owner. Owner shall notify Elevator Contractor, in writing, of items required to be completed, which are the responsibility of Elevator Contractor. Elevator Contractor shall correct all deficiencies immediately. Fees for re-inspection due to failure to eliminate deficiencies included in this Contract and the responsibility of Elevator Contractor shall be paid by Elevator Contractor. Elevator Contractor shall submit, in writing, a Work schedule of items to be completed by Elevator Contractor within seven (7) calendar days of notification of Owner. Elevator Contractor shall notify Owner, in writing of all items corrected. Owner shall notify the State of Oregon Elevator Inspector, in writing, of items completed with copy of report to Elevator Contractor.

1.21 CANCELLATION TERMS

A. If Elevator Contractor fails to perform or begin to perform the Work required by the terms of this Contract in a diligent and satisfactory manner, Owner may after fifteen (15) calendar days’ written notice to Elevator Contractor perform or cause to be performed all or and part of the Work required hereunder. Elevator Contractor agrees they shall reimburse Owner for any expense incurred therefore or Owner, at its election, may deduct the amount from any sum owed or to be owed Elevator Contractor under this contract. The waiver by Owner of a breach of any provision of these specifications by Elevator Contractor shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach by Elevator Contractor.

B. If Elevator Contractor violates any of the provisions of the Contract or fails to properly provide the services required by the Contract, Owner shall advise Elevator Contractor of specific deficiencies and shall allow fifteen (15) days to correct these deficiencies to Owner’s total satisfaction. Owner may cancel Preventive Maintenance with thirty (30) days written notice to Elevator

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 202 of 213

Contractor if any of the provisions of this contract are not completed by Elevator Contractor to the full satisfaction of Owner.

C. Owner may terminate this Contract immediately if the Elevator Contractor performs any of the following actions, or if any of the following events occur:

1. Any act or omission which creates a safety hazard to any person using any elevator.

2. Any lapse in elevator operation of any elevator in excess of seven (7) calendar days except for scheduled repairs.

3. Failure of the Elevator Contractor’s employees to be properly licensed by the State of State.

4. Improper use of Owner’s property/building.

5. Violation of any applicable statute, ordinance, rule, law, code or regulation in regard to the Contract.

6. Receipt of two consecutive unacceptable safety inspections, except discrepancies noted as building responsibility, from the State of State Elevator Inspection Department pertaining to the elevator equipment included in this Contract.

7. An elevator callback ratio in excess of one (1) callback, per elevator, per month over a four (4) month period.

D. If Owner chooses to modernize any of the equipment in the future, that equipment may be eliminated from Preventive Maintenance with thirty (30) days written notice to Elevator Contractor by Owner.

E. If Owner fails to pay current monthly invoices within 30 days of receipt of said invoice, Elevator Contractor may on thirty (30) days written notice, terminate this Contract.

1.22 REQUESTS FOR SERVICE

A. Elevator Contractor shall provide twenty-four (24) hours, seven (7) days a week answering service. Elevator Contractor shall provide a list of Elevator Contractor's Branch Manager and Service and Repair Superintendent’s cellular phone numbers for emergency contact, in the event the answering service is ineffective. Management list shall be submitted to Owner within five (5) working days of the Preventive Maintenance start date.

B. Elevator Contractor shall respond to all phone messages from Owner within fifteen (15) minutes of receipt.

C. Emphasis shall be placed on keeping the elevator operating during the day. Removal of equipment from service for scheduled maintenance shall be scheduled with Owner.

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 203 of 213

D. No repair shall be performed outside the scope of this Contract without prior written approval from Owner.

E. Overtime work required or when requested shall be scheduled with Owner beforehand. The overtime hourly rates shall be calculated as in Section 1.21.

F. If any equipment is shut down for more than twenty-four (24) continuous hours after notification of a failure (except for pre-scheduled or major equipment repairs) the monthly unit billing shall be suspended until the individual elevator equipment is restored to service.

G. In the event an elevator fails to operate properly, Owner will notify Elevator Contractor by telephone and request immediate repair. For this purpose, Elevator Contractor shall maintain, at all times, office facilities, a twenty-four (24) hour telephone service and personnel to promptly dispatch competent mechanics to repair any reported elevator failure.

H. If a safety or potential safety problem exists, Elevator Contractor shall immediately correct the problem. Written notification of corrective measures undertaken shall be provided to Owner, in writing, within one (1) business day.

I. In case of any elevator accident that involves an elevator passenger, Elevator Contractor shall be notified immediately by Owner. The elevator shall not be placed in operation until an investigation is performed by Owner’s representative and the State of Oregon Elevator Inspector. Elevator Contractor shall provide a written report to Owner stating the condition of the elevator before the Elevator Contractor leaves Owner’s facility. The elevator will not be placed in operation until an investigation is performed by Owner’s representative and/or the State of Oregon Elevator Inspector if the following conditions occur:

1. A person has been injured and requires first aid treatment.

2. The elevator is not safe to place in normal operating service because of obvious mechanical and/or electrical condition.

3. There is a concern by Elevator Contractor or Owner as to the possible continued elevator malfunction if placed in service.

J. When corrective action is found to be the responsibility of the Elevator Contractor, the Elevator Contractor shall proceed immediately to make replacements, repairs, and corrections. If Elevator Contractor fails to perform the Work required by the terms of the Contract in a diligent and satisfactory manner, Owner may, after five (5) calendar days’ written notice to Elevator Contractor, perform or cause to be performed all or part of the Work required thereunder. Elevator Contractor shall reimburse Owner for any expense incurred therefore or Owner, at its election, may deduct the amount from any sum owed or to be owed Elevator Contractor. When such Work is determined not to be the Elevator Contractor’s responsibility, a written report, including a

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 204 of 213

cost estimate to remedy the deficiency, signed by the Elevator Contractor, shall be delivered to Owner by 3:00 p.m. the next business day for further action by Owner. If Owner elects to have the Elevator Contractor perform these services, they will issue a separate Purchase Order Request beforehand. If a safety problem is noted, which is not within the Elevator Contractor's area of responsibility or expertise, written notice of such problem shall immediately be furnished to Owner by Elevator Contractor.

K. No allowances shall be made to Elevator Contractor for extra costs as a result of difficulties encountered during any Work. All materials incorporated in the Work shall become the property of Owner upon material/parts installation.

L. Elevator Contractor will assist Owner with written recommendations to improve service and reduce call backs. Elevator Contractor shall provide a call back log to Owner within seven (7) calendar days after the end of the previous month. Preventive Maintenance tickets will be separated for Work completed. The intent of this summary is to minimize callbacks by keeping the Elevator Contractor and Owner aware of callback trends. Elevator Contractor shall review Preventive Maintenance duties and Callback Trends with Owner on a monthly basis. Elevator Contractor shall provide Owner, on a monthly basis, copies of all time tickets for all work performed during the preceding month.

M. Downtime notification is required according to the following schedule:

1. Emergency Shut Down. Owner is to be notified immediately by phone, cell phone, pager or radio of emergency repairs or safety issues at time of detection. At minimum, a voice-mail message is required.

2. Short Shut Down. Owner is to be informed in writing (fax or e-mail acceptable) three (3) days in advance when an elevator will be taken down for one (1) hour to eight (8) hours for non-emergency service, repair or upgrade.

3. Major Shut Down. Owner is to be informed in writing (fax or e-mail acceptable) one (1) week in advance when an elevator will be taken down for more than one (1) day for non-emergency service, repair or upgrade.

N. Elevator Contractor shall immediately shut down and remove the elevator equipment from service when it appears to Elevator Contractor to be unsafe or operating in a manner which might cause injury to anyone using said elevator equipment. Elevator Contractor shall provide Owner written notice of such action immediately, stating the reason the elevator was placed out of service and corrective measures required to place the elevator in service. Written notice shall be provided by Elevator Contractor before Elevator Contractor’s personnel leave the jobsite.

O. "Emergency Service Requests" response time is counted from the end of the phone call requesting repair to when the technician arrives at the Project.

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 205 of 213

Elevator Contractor shall respond to unlimited Emergency Service Requests in accordance with the following standards:

1. Weekdays between 7:30 am to 4:30 pm = 60 minutes.

2. All other days/hours = 90 minutes.

3. Emergency Service Requests shall be resolved as quickly and effectively as possible and in such a manner that the disruption of equipment service and inconvenience to users is absolutely minimized.

4. Elevator Contractor shall mobilize all necessary resources, including labor, equipment, tools, parts and materials as required to complete work required under these requirements.

P. Elevator Contractor shall provide unlimited "Routine Service Requests" for elevator at no additional cost to Owner. Routine Service Request response time is counted from the end of the phone call requesting repair to when the technician arrives at the Project. A Routine Service Request is any request not deemed by Owner to require immediate response and resolution by Elevator Contractor. Routine Service Requests shall include the following:

1. Weekdays between 7:30 am to 4:30 pm = 60 minutes.

2. All other days/hours = 90 minutes.

3. Routine Service Requests shall be resolved as quickly and effectively as possible and in such a manner that the disruption of equipment service and inconvenience to users is absolutely minimized.

4. Elevator Contractor shall mobilize all necessary resources, including labor, equipment, tools, parts and materials as required to complete the work required under these requirements.

Q. If the above response times are not met Owner may impose a penalty of $500 for each Emergency Service Request and Routine Service Request that is not met within the required time frame,

R. Remote Monitoring: Any and all remote monitoring equipment and on-going monthly service shall be at the Elevator Contractor’s total expense.

S. Elevator Contractor shall assign an elevator mechanic to assist with generator tests at no additional cost to Owner.

1.23 WORK TICKETS

A. After each service/trouble call and regularly scheduled maintenance, a legible work ticket will be completed indicating the date of Work, Work performed, parts replaced, total hours on the job and the Service Technician performing the Work. In the case of an elevator shutdown or repair, the work ticket will describe the cause of the elevator failure and the action taken to correct the

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 206 of 213

failure. Each month, Elevator Contractor shall provide a written callback report showing cause and correction of each month’s callback(s).

B. Each month a Report shall be sent to Owner and/or their representative, a copy of all time tickets, callback logs, extra billing, test reports, and repairs required, that includes all items as described in 1.19.1. Reports shall be received no later than the fifth workday following the end of the month.

C. All work tickets shall be submitted electronically to Owner. Preventive Maintenance tickets shall be separated for work completed. Copies of Work Tickets shall be included in any invoice other than the monthly Preventive Maintenance Contract Amount Invoice.

D. Elevator Contractor shall provide, quarterly, by the tenth day of the month following the end of the quarter, copies of the three previous month’s maintenance logs. Report shall contain, but shall not be limited to, the following information:

1. Dates and times of inspection and/or service.2. Names of persons performing inspection and/or service.3. Location and description of equipment being inspected and/or service.4. Condition of equipment.5. Inspection/service performed.

1.24 HOURS OF WORK

A. All normal Work under the Contract is to be performed during regular working days of the elevator trade, Monday through Friday. Hours to be 7:30 a.m. to 4:30 p.m., with no noisy work before 8 a.m. if in a residential building, or as mutually agreed by Owner or Owner’s Agent and Elevator Contractor.

B. Minimum service frequency shall be once per month onsite service. If one (1) preventive maintenance visit is not completed in a calendar month, then no payment for service on that elevator will be due for that month.

C. Elevator Contractor shall provide a minimum of one (1) mechanic hours onsite per month, per elevator, performing Preventive Maintenance on hydraulic cars.

D. Elevator Contractor shall provide a minimum of two (2) mechanic hours onsite per month, per elevator, performing Preventive Maintenance on traction cars.

E. The above stated hours shall be the minimum actual onsite hours performing the Preventive Maintenance duties, including those of the Maintenance Control Program. These minimum hours do not include callbacks, repairs, travel time, adjustments or testing. Documentation of preventive maintenance hours is required for monthly payment due Elevator Contractor.

F. For any hours less than the number of hours required onsite per elevator per month, the hourly dollar value of Preventive Maintenance Work will be deducted from that month’s invoice. The hourly dollar value for the Preventive

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 207 of 213

Maintenance Work is $300.00 and may be adjusted annually by Owner by the same percentage as the Contract’s annual price adjustment.

G. Twenty-four (24) hours a day, seven (7) days a week, three hundred sixty-five (365) days a year, callbacks are included at no additional cost to Owner.

H. Elevator Contractor shall pay for all costs including but not limited to; travel time, mileage, fuel surcharges, and miscellaneous fees for any regular time and overtime maintenance and callback visits. This applies even if the elevator is running on arrival (ROA) when Elevator Contractor arrives onsite, and it was verified by Owner that the elevator was either not in operation or in a state of not operating correctly when the trouble call was placed to the Elevator Contractor.

1.25 PRICE ADJUSTMENT AND CONTRACT AMOUNT

A. The Contract stated monthly prices shall be subject to annual adjustment at the end of each one (1) year term and shall be limited to a maximum increase of 4 % per year. The monthly prices are as stated on the Bid Form and shall not be subject to further increase.

B. All Work to be performed that is not included in this Contract will be authorized by Owner by written notification to Elevator Contractor prior to commencement of the Work. Vandalism repair work required shall not be provided by the Elevator Contractor unless authorized by Owner. Elevator Contractor may be required to provide additional service mechanics and apprentices for extra work requested.

C. Hourly rates and material markup for repairs to equipment not covered as regular Preventive Maintenance under this Contract are as follows.1. The maximum hourly rates will be based on the local International Union of

Elevator Constructors (IUEC) wage and benefit rates for Mechanic and Fourth Year Apprentice, plus thirty-five percent (35%) overhead, plus fifty percent (50%) profit. The maximum hourly rates in 2019 will be as follows:

Mechanic Apprentice Crew

Straight Time $210.00 $180.00 $390.00

Straight Time + 70% $250.00 N/A N/A

Straight Time + 100% $270.00 $230.00 $500.00

Material Markup (actual cost +) 15%

2. All material and subcontractor invoices are to be submitted as backup with Contractors invoices to Owner for payment.

D. The price adjustment on the stated hourly rates for work not included in the scope of this contract shall be limited to a maximum of four percent (4.0%) per

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 208 of 213

year and shall be based on the percent change of the elevator mechanics base wage (increase or decrease) in the locality where the elevator equipment covered by this Contract is maintained, as determined by the IUEC. Elevator Contractor shall provide method of arriving at price adjustment to Owner.

E. Sixty (60) days’ advance notification of price adjustments shall be submitted to Owner.

1.26 CONTRACT TERM

A. The term of Preventive Maintenance shall be three (3) years. Owner may, at its election, renew this Contract for two (2) additional one (1) year periods, with thirty (30) days’ written notice to the Elevator Contractor before the termination date. If no written notice is given at the end of the three (3) year term, this Contract shall continue on a month-to-month basis, subject to cancellation by either party upon sixty (60) days’ written notice.

B. All records and documents pertaining to the elevator equipment shall be kept current and in good condition and shall be returned to Owner upon termination of this Contract.

1.27 CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

A. Neither Elevator Contractor, nor Elevator Contractor's agents, employees, or subcontractors, shall disclose to any person or entity any of Owner’s confidential information, whether written or oral, which Elevator Contractor or Elevator Contractor's agents, employees, or subcontractors may obtain from Owner, or otherwise discover in the performance of this Contract. The term "Confidential Information" shall include, without limitation:

1. All information or data concerning or related to Owner, including the improvement, development or general business operations.

2. Elevator Contractor shall not copy, disperse, or in any way disclose, any of Owner’s information to any person(s) or company, unless such information has been given, either verbal or written to such person by Owner and Owner does not consider such information as confidential.

3. All printed information that is the property of Owner.4. All Owner’s property.

B. Elevator Contractor shall maintain all confidential information in strict confidence. Elevator Contractor shall take all reasonable steps to ensure that no unauthorized person or entity has access to confidential information, and that all authorized persons having access to confidential information refrain from any unauthorized disclosure. Without limiting or otherwise affecting the relationship of the Parties to this Contract, Owner may require each of Elevator Contractor's employees performing Work to sign a nondisclosure agreement.

C. The provision of this shall not apply to any information that:

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 209 of 213

1. Is rightfully known to Elevator Contractor prior to disclosure by Owner.2. Is rightfully obtained by Elevator Contractor from any third party.3. Is made available by Owner to the public without restriction.4. Is disclosed by Elevator Contractor with the prior written permission of

Owner.5. Is independently developed by Elevator Contractor without the use or

benefit of the confidential information provided by Owner.

1.28 ELEVATOR CONTRACTORS EMPLOYEE SAFETY AND ACCIDENT PREVENTION PROGRAM

A. Elevator Contractor shall submit, for review, to Owner, the Elevator Contractors Employees' Safety and Accident Prevention Program. Document shall be updated when any changes in the Program are adopted by Elevator Contractor.

B. Elevator Contractor shall verify, in writing, that all Elevator Contractors personnel that perform any Work under this Contract have completed the Elevator Contractors required training under this Safety and Accident Prevention Program and that the Employee shall receive additional on-going and future training under the Elevator Contractor's Safety and Accident Prevention Program.

PART TWO - EQUIPMENT TO BE MAINTAINED

2.01 TWO (2) PASSENGER ELEVATORS – MEDALLION APARTMENTS

TYPE In-Ground HydraulicSTATE ID # PXH-5160 & PXH-15549CONTROL SYSTEM Duplex, SelectiveORIGINAL MANUFACTURER MontgomeryPUMP UNIT OtisORIGINAL INSTALLATION DATE 1964/2004 (Modernized 2004)EXISTING DOOR EQUIPMENT MAC/OtisCLEAR OPENING 3’ 6” Wide X 7’ 0” TallDOOR OPERATION AutomaticLANDINGS/OPENINGS 6/6DOOR CONFIGURATION Single Speed Side OpeningFLOOR DESIGNATIONS *1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6CAPACITY 2,000 LBS/3,000 LBSRATED SPEED 100 FPMMACHINE ROOM LOCATION Remote, Bottom Landing

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 210 of 213

2.02 TWO (2) PASSENGER ELEVATORS – SCHRUNK TOWER

TYPE Overhead Geared TractionSTATE ID # PXVE-6064 & PXVE-6065CONTROL SYSTEM Duplex, SelectiveORIGINAL MANUFACTURER WestinghouseEXISTING HOIST MACHINE WestinghouseORIGINAL INSTALLATION DATE 1971 (Modernized 2001)EXISTING DOOR EQUIPMENT MACCLEAR OPENING 3’ 6” Wide X 7’ 0” TallDOOR OPERATION AutomaticLANDINGS/OPENINGS 11/12DOOR CONFIGURATION Single Speed C/O & Two Speed Side SlideFLOOR DESIGNATIONS B, *1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11CAPACITY 2,000 LBS/3,500 LBSRATED SPEED 200 FPMMACHINE ROOM LOCATION Overhead

2.03 TWO (2) PASSENGER ELEVATORS – WILLIAMS PLAZA

TYPE Overhead Geared TractionSTATE ID # PXE-6008 & PXE-6009CONTROL SYSTEM Duplex, SelectiveORIGINAL MANUFACTURER OTISEXISTING HOIST MACHINE OTISORIGINAL INSTALLATION DATE 1970 (Modernized 2003)EXISTING DOOR EQUIPMENT MAC/OTISCLEAR OPENING 4’ 0” Wide X 7’ 0” TallDOOR OPERATION AutomaticLANDINGS/OPENINGS 9/9DOOR CONFIGURATION Single Speed Side OpeningFLOOR DESIGNATIONS *1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9CAPACITY 2,500 LBS/3,500 LBSRATED SPEED 200 FPMMACHINE ROOM LOCATION Overhead

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 211 of 213

PART THREE - REPLACEMENT PARTS INVENTORY

3.01 MATERIALS

A. Elevator Contractor shall maintain an inventory level of spare and replacement elevator parts onsite which will permit prompt repair or replacement of components that fail or become worn. The elevator shall not be left shut down more than four (4) hours because spare or replacement parts are not onsite.

B. Elevator Contractor shall mark and identify all lubricating oils and cleaning solvents that are stored onsite. All storage cans shall be code-approved. All unmarked cans shall be removed from Owner’s premises. Elevator machine room shall not be used for storage of materials or items that do not pertain to the elevator maintenance of Owner’s elevator.

C. In performing the Work indicated in these specifications, Elevator Contractor agrees to provide only manufacturer approved parts used by the manufacturers of the equipment for replacement or repair, and to use only those lubricants obtained from and/or recommended by the manufacturer of the equipment. If Elevator Contractor wishes to provide parts or lubricants other than recommended by the elevator manufacturer, Elevator Contractor shall, in writing, state the type proposed and the lubrication specifications to Owner for review and written approval. These replacement parts shall not be considered an upgrade of elevator equipment and shall be provided by Contractor at no additional cost to Owner.

D. Contractor shall procure replacements parts in the most expeditious manner available.

E. Parts requiring repair shall be rebuilt to an "as new" condition.

F. Elevator Contractor shall maintain on site and/or at their local office, at all times, a sufficient amount of replacement parts, by the original manufacturer, to maintain the equipment in first-class and safe operating condition, at all times.

3.02 MICROPROCESSORS

A. Elevator Contractor shall maintain, in stock, available for immediate usage, an inventory of replacement parts for any microprocessor/solid state equipment used for each elevator system. This includes all solid-state boards located in the machine room, fixture stations, car tops or any other location.

B. Elevator Contractor's service technicians shall carry diagnostic equipment designed to analyze programming and microprocessor functions and malfunctions on all elevator equipment.

C. Elevator Contractor shall pay for all costs if the original elevator manufacturer must be brought onsite to re-program the elevator system or be required to place the elevator in service.

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 212 of 213

END OF ATTACHMENT A - GENERAL CONDITIONS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR ELEVATOR FULL SERVICE PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

RFB 03/19 - 388Page 213 of 213